explosion/spaCy
1
1
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/explosion/spaCy.git synced 2024-12-26 01:46:28 +03:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge branch 'master' of https://github.com/honnibal/spaCy

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Matthew Honnibal 2015-09-21 11:07:06 +02:00
commit 1b5f8b888f
185 changed files with 623397 additions and 0 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

6
corpora/en/wordnet/AUTHORS Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
Cognitive Science Laboratory
Princeton University
http://wordnet.princeton.edu
wordnet@princeton.edu

31
corpora/en/wordnet/COPYING Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
WordNet Release 3.0
This software and database is being provided to you, the LICENSEE, by
Princeton University under the following license. By obtaining, using
and/or copying this software and database, you agree that you have
read, understood, and will comply with these terms and conditions.:
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and
database and its documentation for any purpose and without fee or
royalty is hereby granted, provided that you agree to comply with
the following copyright notice and statements, including the disclaimer,
and that the same appear on ALL copies of the software, database and
documentation, including modifications that you make for internal
use or for distribution.
WordNet 3.0 Copyright 2006 by Princeton University. All rights reserved.
THIS SOFTWARE AND DATABASE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND PRINCETON
UNIVERSITY MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED. BY WAY OF EXAMPLE, BUT NOT LIMITATION, PRINCETON
UNIVERSITY MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF MERCHANT-
ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE
OF THE LICENSED SOFTWARE, DATABASE OR DOCUMENTATION WILL NOT
INFRINGE ANY THIRD PARTY PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR
OTHER RIGHTS.
The name of Princeton University or Princeton may not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
and/or database. Title to copyright in this software, database and
any associated documentation shall at all times remain with
Princeton University and LICENSEE agrees to preserve same.

9
corpora/en/wordnet/ChangeLog Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
Changes between WordNet 2.1 and 3.0
Some changes were made to the graphical interface and WordNet library
with regard to adjective and adverb searches. The adjective search
"Synonyms/Related Nouns" was relabeled "Synonyms", and, similarly, the
adverb search "Synonyms/Stem Adjectives" was relabled "Synonyms". A
separate "Related Noun" search was inserted for adjectives, and a
separate "Base Adjective" search was added for adverbs.

312
corpora/en/wordnet/INSTALL Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
WordNet 3.0 Installation Instructions
Beginning with Version 2.1, we have changed the Unix package to a GNU
Autotools package. With Autotools, a system independent installation
process builds and installs WordNet on your specific platform. Read
both the `Basic Installation' and `WordNet Installation' sections
below before attempting to build and install WordNet.
See the `Running WordNet' section for important information concerning
environment variables and the commands to run WordNet.
The WordNet browser makes use of the open source Tcl and Tk
packages. Many systems come with either or both pre-installed. If
your system doesn't (some systems have Tcl installed, but not Tk)
Tcl/Tk can be downloaded from:
Linux - http://www.tcl.tk/
OS X - http://tcltkaqua.sourceforge.net/ (note that 10.4 comes with
Tcl/Tk preinstalled, but earlier versions may not)
Some Linux systems come with the Tcl/Tk libraries installed, but not
all the header files. If your build fails due to missing Tk headers, a
subset that may be sufficient on your system can be found in the
"include/tk" directory. Copy the header files to the "include" directory
and try the make again. If it fails, you should download and install
a full copy of Tcl and/or Tk from the site above.
Tcl and Tk must be installed BEFORE you build and install WordNet. You
must also have a C compiler before installing Tcl/Tk or WordNet.
WordNet has been built and tested with the GNU gcc compiler. This is
pre-installed on most Unix systems, and can be downloaded from:
http://gcc.gnu.org/
Basic Installation
==================
********************************************************************
These are generic installation instructions. Details specific to
WordNet follow in the `WordNet Installation' section below.
********************************************************************
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
debugging `configure').
It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. (Caching is
disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
cache files.)
The simplest way to compile this package is:
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
`./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're
using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
`sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
`configure' itself.
Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some
messages telling which features it is checking for.
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
3. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation.
4. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
with the distribution.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help'
for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here
is an example:
./configure CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
If you have to use a `make' that does not support the `VPATH'
variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a
time in the source code directory. After you have installed the
package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring
for another architecture.
Installation Names
==================
By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an
installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
option `--prefix=PATH'.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
Optional Features
=================
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
package recognizes.
For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
OS KERNEL-OS
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the machine type.
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
produce code for.
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
Sharing Defaults
================
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
Defining Variables
==================
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
will cause the specified gcc to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
`configure' Invocation
======================
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
`--help'
`-h'
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
`--version'
`-V'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
script, and exit.
`--cache-file=FILE'
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
disable caching.
`--config-cache'
`-C'
Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
`--quiet'
`--silent'
`-q'
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
messages will still be shown).
`--srcdir=DIR'
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
`configure --help' for more details.
WordNet Installation
====================
By default, WordNet is installed in `/usr/local/WordNet-3.0'. You
must usually be the `root' user to install something here. If you
choose to install WordNet in a different location, you must use the
`--prefix=' option to `configure' and specify an installation
directory.
WordNet relies on the Tcl/Tk package, which you must have installed on
your system prior to building the WordNet package. If you have
installed Tcl/Tk in a non-standard location, you must specify the
`--with-tcl=' and `--with-tk=' options to `configure' and specify the
directory that contains the `tclConfig.sh' and `tkConfig.sh'
configuration scripts, respectively. (Note that these are usually the
same directories.)
If you're running OS X and installed the Aqua Tcl/Tk package from the
web site above, use the following settings:
--with-tcl=/Library/Frameworks/Tcl.framework
--with-tk=/Library/Frameworks/Tk.framework
If `configure' can't find either `tclConfig.sh' or `tkConfig.sh', it
will print an error and stop processing.
After successfully running `configure', you must then build and
install WordNet using these commands:
make
make install
Running WordNet
===============
In order to run WordNet, you must set your PATH variable to include
the directory that contains the WordNet binraries. By default, WordNet
is installed in `/usr/local/WordNet-3.0'.
Several other environment variables may need to be set in order to
run WordNet on your system:
PATH - should include either `/usr/local/WordNet-3.0/bin' or the path
you specified with the `--prefix=' option to `configure', unless you
installed WordNet in a directory that is already in your path.
WNHOME - if you did not install in the default location, you must set
this environment variable to the value you specified on the `prefix='
option. This tells the WordNet browser where to find the database files.
LD_LIBRARY_PATH - may need to be set to the location of the Tcl/Tk
libraries.
TK_LIBRARY - on OS X, may need to be set to the directory that
contains the `tk.tcl' file (usually a subidrectory of where the Tk
library is installed).
The command `wnb' starts the WordNet browser application. If any
of the above variables is not set, or not set properly, an error will
occur when you run `wnb'.
The command line interface is run with the `wn' command. The `PATH' and
`WNHOME' environment variables must also be set.

31
corpora/en/wordnet/LICENSE Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
WordNet Release 3.0
This software and database is being provided to you, the LICENSEE, by
Princeton University under the following license. By obtaining, using
and/or copying this software and database, you agree that you have
read, understood, and will comply with these terms and conditions.:
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and
database and its documentation for any purpose and without fee or
royalty is hereby granted, provided that you agree to comply with
the following copyright notice and statements, including the disclaimer,
and that the same appear on ALL copies of the software, database and
documentation, including modifications that you make for internal
use or for distribution.
WordNet 3.0 Copyright 2006 by Princeton University. All rights reserved.
THIS SOFTWARE AND DATABASE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND PRINCETON
UNIVERSITY MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED. BY WAY OF EXAMPLE, BUT NOT LIMITATION, PRINCETON
UNIVERSITY MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF MERCHANT-
ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE
OF THE LICENSED SOFTWARE, DATABASE OR DOCUMENTATION WILL NOT
INFRINGE ANY THIRD PARTY PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR
OTHER RIGHTS.
The name of Princeton University or Princeton may not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
and/or database. Title to copyright in this software, database and
any associated documentation shall at all times remain with
Princeton University and LICENSEE agrees to preserve same.

2
corpora/en/wordnet/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
EXTRA_DIST = README ChangeLog COPYING INSTALL AUTHORS LICENSE doc dict include
SUBDIRS = doc dict include lib src

569
corpora/en/wordnet/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,569 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = .
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
subdir = .
DIST_COMMON = README $(am__configure_deps) $(srcdir)/Makefile.am \
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/config.h.in \
$(top_srcdir)/configure AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL NEWS \
compile depcomp install-sh missing
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES = config.status config.cache config.log \
configure.lineno configure.status.lineno
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
install-exec-recursive install-info-recursive \
install-recursive installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive \
pdf-recursive ps-recursive uninstall-info-recursive \
uninstall-recursive
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
top_distdir = $(distdir)
am__remove_distdir = \
{ test ! -d $(distdir) \
|| { find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -200 -exec chmod u+w {} ';' \
&& rm -fr $(distdir); }; }
DIST_ARCHIVES = $(distdir).tar.gz
GZIP_ENV = --best
distuninstallcheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
distcleancheck_listfiles = find . -type f -print
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC = @TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC@
TCL_LIB_SPEC = @TCL_LIB_SPEC@
TK_LIBS = @TK_LIBS@
TK_LIB_SPEC = @TK_LIB_SPEC@
TK_PREFIX = @TK_PREFIX@
TK_XINCLUDES = @TK_XINCLUDES@
VERSION = @VERSION@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
ac_prefix = @ac_prefix@
am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
bindir = @bindir@
build_alias = @build_alias@
datadir = @datadir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host_alias = @host_alias@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
EXTRA_DIST = README ChangeLog COPYING INSTALL AUTHORS LICENSE doc dict include
SUBDIRS = doc dict include lib src
all: config.h
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
am--refresh:
@:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
echo ' cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu '; \
cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
echo ' $(SHELL) ./config.status'; \
$(SHELL) ./config.status;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL) $(ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS)
config.h: stamp-h1
@if test ! -f $@; then \
rm -f stamp-h1; \
$(MAKE) stamp-h1; \
else :; fi
stamp-h1: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@rm -f stamp-h1
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status config.h
$(srcdir)/config.h.in: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)
rm -f stamp-h1
touch $@
distclean-hdr:
-rm -f config.h stamp-h1
uninstall-info-am:
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
@set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done; \
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
maintainer-clean-recursive:
@set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
case "$@" in \
distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
*) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
esac; \
rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
fi; \
done; \
rev="$$rev ."; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
for subdir in $$rev; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done && test -z "$$fail"
tags-recursive:
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
done
ctags-recursive:
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
done
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
mkid -fID $$unique
tags: TAGS
TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
include_option=--etags-include; \
empty_fix=.; \
else \
include_option=--include; \
empty_fix=; \
fi; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
$$tags $$unique; \
fi
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) config.h.in $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$tags $$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& cd $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
$(am__remove_distdir)
mkdir $(distdir)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
case $$file in \
$(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
$(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
esac; \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
fi; \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| exit 1; \
distdir=`$(am__cd) $(distdir) && pwd`; \
top_distdir=`$(am__cd) $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
(cd $$subdir && \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$$top_distdir" \
distdir="$$distdir/$$subdir" \
distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
-find $(distdir) -type d ! -perm -777 -exec chmod a+rwx {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -444 -links 1 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -400 -exec chmod a+r {} \; -o \
! -type d ! -perm -444 -exec $(SHELL) $(install_sh) -c -m a+r {} {} \; \
|| chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
dist-gzip: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
$(am__remove_distdir)
dist-bzip2: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | bzip2 -9 -c >$(distdir).tar.bz2
$(am__remove_distdir)
dist-tarZ: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | compress -c >$(distdir).tar.Z
$(am__remove_distdir)
dist-shar: distdir
shar $(distdir) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).shar.gz
$(am__remove_distdir)
dist-zip: distdir
-rm -f $(distdir).zip
zip -rq $(distdir).zip $(distdir)
$(am__remove_distdir)
dist dist-all: distdir
tardir=$(distdir) && $(am__tar) | GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gzip -c >$(distdir).tar.gz
$(am__remove_distdir)
# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration. Then
# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
# tarfile.
distcheck: dist
case '$(DIST_ARCHIVES)' in \
*.tar.gz*) \
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.bz2*) \
bunzip2 -c $(distdir).tar.bz2 | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.tar.Z*) \
uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(am__untar) ;;\
*.shar.gz*) \
GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\
*.zip*) \
unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\
esac
chmod -R a-w $(distdir); chmod a+w $(distdir)
mkdir $(distdir)/_build
mkdir $(distdir)/_inst
chmod a-w $(distdir)
dc_install_base=`$(am__cd) $(distdir)/_inst && pwd | sed -e 's,^[^:\\/]:[\\/],/,'` \
&& dc_destdir="$${TMPDIR-/tmp}/am-dc-$$$$/" \
&& cd $(distdir)/_build \
&& ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix="$$dc_install_base" \
$(DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dvi \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) check \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) installcheck \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) uninstall \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_install_base" \
distuninstallcheck \
&& chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \
&& ({ \
(cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \
distuninstallcheck_dir="$$dc_destdir" distuninstallcheck; \
} || { rm -rf "$$dc_destdir"; exit 1; }) \
&& rm -rf "$$dc_destdir" \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) dist \
&& rm -rf $(DIST_ARCHIVES) \
&& $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distcleancheck
$(am__remove_distdir)
@(echo "$(distdir) archives ready for distribution: "; \
list='$(DIST_ARCHIVES)'; for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done) | \
sed -e '1{h;s/./=/g;p;x;}' -e '$${p;x;}'
distuninstallcheck:
@cd $(distuninstallcheck_dir) \
&& test `$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -le 1 \
|| { echo "ERROR: files left after uninstall:" ; \
if test -n "$(DESTDIR)"; then \
echo " (check DESTDIR support)"; \
fi ; \
$(distuninstallcheck_listfiles) ; \
exit 1; } >&2
distcleancheck: distclean
@if test '$(srcdir)' = . ; then \
echo "ERROR: distcleancheck can only run from a VPATH build" ; \
exit 1 ; \
fi
@test `$(distcleancheck_listfiles) | wc -l` -eq 0 \
|| { echo "ERROR: files left in build directory after distclean:" ; \
$(distcleancheck_listfiles) ; \
exit 1; } >&2
check-am: all-am
check: check-recursive
all-am: Makefile config.h
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
installdirs-am:
install: install-recursive
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
install-data: install-data-recursive
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-recursive
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-recursive
-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-hdr distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-recursive
dvi-am:
html: html-recursive
info: info-recursive
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-recursive
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
-rm -f $(am__CONFIG_DISTCLEAN_FILES)
-rm -rf $(top_srcdir)/autom4te.cache
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
pdf: pdf-recursive
pdf-am:
ps: ps-recursive
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS all all-am am--refresh check \
check-am clean clean-generic clean-recursive ctags \
ctags-recursive dist dist-all dist-bzip2 dist-gzip dist-shar \
dist-tarZ dist-zip distcheck distclean distclean-generic \
distclean-hdr distclean-recursive distclean-tags \
distcleancheck distdir distuninstallcheck dvi dvi-am html \
html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
install-data-am install-exec install-exec-am install-info \
install-info-am install-man install-strip installcheck \
installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-recursive \
mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-recursive pdf \
pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive uninstall uninstall-am \
uninstall-info-am
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

0
corpora/en/wordnet/NEWS Normal file
View File

101
corpora/en/wordnet/README Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
This is the README file for WordNet 3.0
1. About WordNet
WordNet was developed at Princeton University's Cognitive Science
Laboratory under the direction of George Miller, James S. McDonnell
Distinguished University Professor of Psychology, Emeritus. Over the
years many linguists, lexicographers, students, and software engineers
have contributed to the project.
WordNet is an online lexical reference system. Word forms in WordNet
are represented in their familiar orthography; word meanings are
represented by synonym sets (synsets) - lists of synonymous word forms
that are interchangeable in some context. Two kinds of relations are
recognized: lexical and semantic. Lexical relations hold between word
forms; semantic relations hold between word meanings.
To learn more about WordNet, the book "WordNet: An Electronic Lexical
Database," containing an updated version of "Five Papers on WordNet"
and additional papers by WordNet users, is available from MIT Press:
http://mitpress.mit.edu/book-home.tcl?isbn=026206197X
2. The WordNet Web Site
We maintain a Web site at:
http://wordnet.princeton.edu
Information about WordNet, access to our online interface, and the
various WordNet packages that you can download are available from our
web site. All of the software documentation is available online, as
well as a FAQ. On this site we also have information about other
applications that use WordNet. If you have an application that you
would like included, please send e-mail to the above address.
3. Contacting Us
Ongoing deveopment work and WordNet related projects are done by a
small group of researchers, lexicographers, and systems programmers.
Since our resources are VERY limited, we request that you please
confine correspondence to WordNet topics only. Please check the
documentation, FAQ, and other resources for the answer to your
question or problem before contacting us.
If you have trouble installing or downloading WordNet, have a bug to
report, or any other problem, please refer to the online FAQ file
first. If you can heal thyself, please do so. The FAQ will be
updated over time. And if you do find a previously unreported
problem, please use our Bug Report Form:
http://wordnet.princeton.edu/cgi-bin/bugsubmit.pl
When reporting a problem, please be as specific as possible, stating
the computer platform you are using, which interface you are using,
and the exact error. The more details you can provide, the more
likely it is that you will get an answer.
There is a WordNet user discussion group mailing list that we invite
our users to join. Users use this list to ask questions of one
another, announce extensions to WordNet that they've developed, and
other topics of general usefulness to the user community.
Information on joining the user discussion list, reporting bugs and other
contact information is in found on our website at:
http://wordnet.princeton.edu/contact
4. Current Release
WordNet Version 3.0 is the latest version available for download. Two
basic database packages are available - one for Windows and one for
Unix platforms (including Mac OS X). See the file ChangeLog (Unix) or
CHANGES.txt (Windows) for a list of changes from previous versions.
WordNet packages can either be downloaded from our web site via:
http://wordnet.princeton.edu/obtain
The Windows package is a self-extracting archive that installs itself
when you double-click on it.
Beginning with Version 2.1, we changed the Unix package to a GNU Autotools
package. The WordNet browser makes use of the open source Tcl and Tk
packages. Many systems come with either or both pre-installed. If
your system doesn't (some systems have Tcl installed, but not Tk)
Tcl/Tk can be downloaded from:
http://www.tcl.tk/
Tcl and Tk must be installed BEFORE you compile WordNet. You must also
have a C compiler before installing Tcl/Tk or WordNet. WordNet has
been built and tested with the GNU gcc compiler. This is
pre-installed on most Unix systems, and can be downloaded from:
http://gcc.gnu.org/
See the file INSTALL for detailed WordNet installation instructions.

333
corpora/en/wordnet/acinclude.m4 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG --
#
# Locate the tclConfig.sh file and perform a sanity check on
# the Tcl compile flags
#
# Arguments:
# none
#
# Results:
#
# Adds the following arguments to configure:
# --with-tcl=...
#
# Defines the following vars:
# TCL_BIN_DIR Full path to the directory containing
# the tclConfig.sh file
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN(SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG, [
#
# Ok, lets find the tcl configuration
# First, look for one uninstalled.
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tcl
#
if test x"${no_tcl}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tcl in case something fails here
no_tcl=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, [ --with-tcl directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)], with_tclconfig=${withval})
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[
# First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd ${with_tclconfig}; pwd)`
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh])
fi
fi
# then check for a private Tcl installation
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
for i in \
../tcl \
`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
../../tcl \
`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
../../../tcl \
`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
break
fi
done
fi
# check in a few common install locations
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
; do
if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
break
fi
done
fi
# check in a few other private locations
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
for i in \
${srcdir}/../tcl \
`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
break
fi
done
fi
])
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
TCL_BIN_DIR="# no Tcl configs found"
AC_MSG_WARN(Can't find Tcl configuration definitions)
exit 0
else
no_tcl=
TCL_BIN_DIR=${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}
AC_MSG_RESULT(found $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh)
fi
fi
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_PATH_TKCONFIG --
#
# Locate the tkConfig.sh file
#
# Arguments:
# none
#
# Results:
#
# Adds the following arguments to configure:
# --with-tk=...
#
# Defines the following vars:
# TK_BIN_DIR Full path to the directory containing
# the tkConfig.sh file
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN(SC_PATH_TKCONFIG, [
#
# Ok, lets find the tk configuration
# First, look for one uninstalled.
# the alternative search directory is invoked by --with-tk
#
if test x"${no_tk}" = x ; then
# we reset no_tk in case something fails here
no_tk=true
AC_ARG_WITH(tk, [ --with-tk directory containing tk configuration (tkConfig.sh)], with_tkconfig=${withval})
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tk configuration])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tkconfig,[
# First check to see if --with-tkconfig was specified.
if test x"${with_tkconfig}" != x ; then
if test -f "${with_tkconfig}/tkConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd ${with_tkconfig}; pwd)`
else
AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tkconfig} directory doesn't contain tkConfig.sh])
fi
fi
# then check for a private Tk library
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
for i in \
../tk \
`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
../../tk \
`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
../../../tk \
`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ../../../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
break
fi
done
fi
# check in a few common install locations
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
for i in `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -d /usr/lib64 2>/dev/null` \
; do
if test -f "$i/tkConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
break
fi
done
fi
# check in a few other private locations
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
for i in \
${srcdir}/../tk \
`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
`ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tk[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` ; do
if test -f "$i/unix/tkConfig.sh" ; then
ac_cv_c_tkconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
break
fi
done
fi
])
if test x"${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}" = x ; then
TK_BIN_DIR="# no Tk configs found"
AC_MSG_WARN(Can't find Tk configuration definitions)
exit 0
else
no_tk=
TK_BIN_DIR=${ac_cv_c_tkconfig}
AC_MSG_RESULT(found $TK_BIN_DIR/tkConfig.sh)
fi
fi
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG --
#
# Load the tclConfig.sh file
#
# Arguments:
#
# Requires the following vars to be set:
# TCL_BIN_DIR
#
# Results:
#
# Subst the following vars:
# TCL_BIN_DIR
# TCL_SRC_DIR
# TCL_LIB_FILE
#
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN(SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG, [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh])
if test -f "$TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
. $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([file not found])
fi
#
# If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
# then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
# For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
# of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
# instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
# installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
#
if test -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile ; then
TCL_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
fi
#
# eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
#
eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
eval "TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC=\"${TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
# AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
# AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
# AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
# AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
# AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC)
# AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
# AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
# AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
])
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
# SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG --
#
# Load the tkConfig.sh file
#
# Arguments:
#
# Requires the following vars to be set:
# TK_BIN_DIR
#
# Results:
#
# Sets the following vars that should be in tkConfig.sh:
# TK_BIN_DIR
#------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC_DEFUN(SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG, [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of $TK_BIN_DIR/tkConfig.sh])
if test -f "$TK_BIN_DIR/tkConfig.sh" ; then
AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
. $TK_BIN_DIR/tkConfig.sh
else
AC_MSG_RESULT([could not find $TK_BIN_DIR/tkConfig.sh])
fi
AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_SPEC)
AC_SUBST(TK_LIBS)
AC_SUBST(TK_XINCLUDES)
AC_SUBST(TK_PREFIX)
# AC_SUBST(TK_VERSION)
# AC_SUBST(TK_BIN_DIR)
# AC_SUBST(TK_SRC_DIR)
# AC_SUBST(TK_LIB_FILE)
])
dnl From Bruno Haible.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LANGINFO_CODESET],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset,
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>],
[char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET);],
am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes,
am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no)
])
if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1,
[Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET).])
fi
])

1021
corpora/en/wordnet/aclocal.m4 vendored Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

136
corpora/en/wordnet/compile Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'.
scriptversion=2003-11-09.00
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'.
Remove `-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
arguments, and rename the output as expected.
If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
right script to run: please start by reading the file `INSTALL'.
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit 0
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "compile $scriptversion"
exit 0
;;
esac
prog=$1
shift
ofile=
cfile=
args=
while test $# -gt 0; do
case "$1" in
-o)
# configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
# So we do something ugly here.
ofile=$2
shift
case "$ofile" in
*.o | *.obj)
;;
*)
args="$args -o $ofile"
ofile=
;;
esac
;;
*.c)
cfile=$1
args="$args $1"
;;
*)
args="$args $1"
;;
esac
shift
done
if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
# If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
# pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a
# normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no
# `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also
# ok.
exec "$prog" $args
fi
# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
cofile=`echo $cfile | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.c$/.o/'`
# Create the lock directory.
# Note: use `[/.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected
# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
lockdir=`echo $cofile | sed -e 's|[/.-]|_|g'`.d
while true; do
if mkdir $lockdir > /dev/null 2>&1; then
break
fi
sleep 1
done
# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
trap "rmdir $lockdir; exit 1" 1 2 15
# Run the compile.
"$prog" $args
status=$?
if test -f "$cofile"; then
mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
fi
rmdir $lockdir
exit $status
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# End:

86
corpora/en/wordnet/config.h.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
/* Default installation prefix. */
#undef DEFAULTPATH
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
/* Define to 1 if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
/* Define to 1 if your system has a GNU libc compatible `malloc' function, and
to 0 otherwise. */
#undef HAVE_MALLOC
/* Define to 1 if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strchr' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strdup' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRDUP
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strrchr' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRRCHR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strstr' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRSTR
/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtol' function. */
#undef HAVE_STRTOL
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
/* Name of package */
#undef PACKAGE
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
/* Define to the version of this package. */
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
#undef STDC_HEADERS
/* Version number of package */
#undef VERSION
/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */
#undef malloc

5755
corpora/en/wordnet/configure vendored Executable file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

74
corpora/en/wordnet/configure.ac Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
# -*- Autoconf -*-
# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
AC_PREREQ(2.59)
AC_INIT(WordNet, 3.0, [wordnet@princeton.edu], wordnet)
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([config.h.in])
AC_CONFIG_HEADER([config.h])
# Checks for programs.
AC_PROG_CC
AC_PROG_RANLIB
AC_PROG_INSTALL
# Checks for header files.
AC_HEADER_STDC
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([locale.h malloc.h stdlib.h string.h])
# Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
# Checks for library functions.
AC_FUNC_MALLOC
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strchr strdup strrchr strstr strtol])
# Set HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET if nl_langinfo is found
AC_LANGINFO_CODESET
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(WordNet, 3.0)
SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG
SC_PATH_TKCONFIG
SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
SC_LOAD_TKCONFIG
# Set default installation prefix.
AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT([/usr/local/WordNet-3.0])
ac_prefix=$prefix
if test "x$ac_prefix" = "xNONE"; then
ac_prefix=$ac_default_prefix
fi
AC_SUBST(ac_prefix)
AH_TEMPLATE([DEFAULTPATH],[The default search path for WordNet data files])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULTPATH, ["$ac_prefix/dict"], [Default installation prefix.])
#AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULTPATH,"${prefix}/dict")
# This doesn't do anything
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default])
AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile dict/Makefile doc/Makefile doc/html/Makefile doc/man/Makefile doc/pdf/Makefile doc/ps/Makefile include/Makefile include/tk/Makefile
src/Makefile lib/Makefile lib/wnres/Makefile)
AC_OUTPUT
AC_MSG_RESULT(
[
WordNet is now configured
Installation directory: ${prefix}
To build and install WordNet:
make
make install
To run, environment variables should be set as follows:
PATH - include ${bindir}
WNHOME - if not using default installation location, set to ${prefix}
See INSTALL file for details and additional environment variables
which may need to be set on your system.
])

522
corpora/en/wordnet/depcomp Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
#! /bin/sh
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
scriptversion=2004-05-31.23
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
# 02111-1307, USA.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
as side-effects.
Environment variables:
depmode Dependency tracking mode.
source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
depfile Dependency file to output.
tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies.
libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit 0
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
exit 0
;;
esac
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
gccflag=-M
depmode=gcc
fi
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
dashmflag=-xM
depmode=dashmstdout
fi
case "$depmode" in
gcc3)
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
"$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
;;
gcc)
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
## than renaming).
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
gccflag=-MD,
fi
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
## this for us directly.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" |
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
## well.
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
sgi)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
else
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
# the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
# dependency line.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
tr '
' ' ' >> $depfile
echo >> $depfile
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
>> $depfile
else
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
# "include basename.Plo" scheme.
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
aix)
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
# in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" -Wc,-M
else
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then :
else
stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'`
tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
fi
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
outname="$stripped.o"
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
# The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
# store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
# "include basename.Plo" scheme.
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
icc)
# Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on
# icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
# ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
# foo.o: sub/foo.c
# foo.o: sub/foo.h
# which is wrong. We want:
# sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
# sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
# sub/foo.c:
# sub/foo.h:
# ICC 7.1 will output
# foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
# and will wrap long lines using \ :
# foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
# sub/foo.h ... \
# ...
"$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
# or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
tru64)
# The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
# effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
# dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
# Subdirectories are respected.
dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
# Dependencies are output in .lo.d with libtool 1.4.
# With libtool 1.5 they are output both in $dir.libs/$base.o.d
# and in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and $dir$base.o.d. We process the
# latter, because the former will be cleaned when $dir.libs is
# erased.
tmpdepfile1="$dir.libs/$base.lo.d"
tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.o.d"
tmpdepfile3="$dir.libs/$base.d"
"$@" -Wc,-MD
else
tmpdepfile1="$dir$base.o.d"
tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.d"
tmpdepfile3="$dir$base.d"
"$@" -MD
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -eq 0; then :
else
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
if test -f "$tmpdepfile1"; then
tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile1"
elif test -f "$tmpdepfile2"; then
tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2"
else
tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile3"
fi
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# That's a tab and a space in the [].
sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
#nosideeffect)
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
dashmstdout)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove `-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
# Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
# in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
# a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
"$@" $dashmflag |
sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
tr ' ' '
' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
dashXmstdout)
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
exit 1
;;
makedepend)
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove any Libtool call
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# X makedepend
shift
cleared=no
for arg in "$@"; do
case $cleared in
no)
set ""; shift
cleared=yes ;;
esac
case "$arg" in
-D*|-I*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-*|$object)
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
esac
done
obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
touch "$tmpdepfile"
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
' | \
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
;;
cpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove `-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E |
sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvisualcpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
# because we must use -o when running libtool.
"$@" || exit $?
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case "$arg" in
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
set fnord "$@"
shift
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift
shift
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
. "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
echo " " >> "$depfile"
. "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
none)
exec "$@"
;;
*)
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# End:

314
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9 from Makefile.am.
# dict/Makefile. Generated from Makefile.in by configure.
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
srcdir = .
top_srcdir = ..
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/WordNet
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/WordNet
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/WordNet
top_builddir = ..
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = /usr/csl/bin/install -c
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
subdir = dict
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(dictdir)"
dictDATA_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_DATA)
DATA = $(dict_DATA)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run aclocal-1.9
AMDEP_FALSE = #
AMDEP_TRUE =
AMTAR = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run tar
AUTOCONF = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run autoconf
AUTOHEADER = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run autoheader
AUTOMAKE = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run automake-1.9
AWK = nawk
CC = gcc
CCDEPMODE = depmode=gcc3
CFLAGS = -g -O2
CPP = gcc -E
CPPFLAGS =
CYGPATH_W = echo
DEFS = -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
DEPDIR = .deps
ECHO_C =
ECHO_N = -n
ECHO_T =
EGREP = egrep
EXEEXT =
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
INSTALL_PROGRAM = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_SCRIPT = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = ${SHELL} $(install_sh) -c -s
LDFLAGS =
LIBOBJS =
LIBS =
LTLIBOBJS =
MAKEINFO = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run makeinfo
OBJEXT = o
PACKAGE = WordNet
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = wordnet@princeton.edu
PACKAGE_NAME = WordNet
PACKAGE_STRING = WordNet 3.0
PACKAGE_TARNAME = wordnet
PACKAGE_VERSION = 3.0
PATH_SEPARATOR = :
RANLIB = ranlib
SET_MAKE =
SHELL = /bin/bash
STRIP =
TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC = -I/usr/csl/include
TCL_LIB_SPEC = -L/usr/csl/lib -ltcl8.4
TK_LIBS = -L/usr/openwin/lib -lX11 -ldl -lpthread -lsocket -lnsl -lm
TK_LIB_SPEC = -L/usr/csl/lib -ltk8.4
TK_PREFIX = /usr/csl
TK_XINCLUDES = -I/usr/openwin/include
VERSION = 3.0
ac_ct_CC = gcc
ac_ct_RANLIB = ranlib
ac_ct_STRIP =
ac_prefix = /usr/local/WordNet-3.0
am__fastdepCC_FALSE = #
am__fastdepCC_TRUE =
am__include = include
am__leading_dot = .
am__quote =
am__tar = ${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"
am__untar = ${AMTAR} xf -
bindir = ${exec_prefix}/bin
build_alias =
datadir = ${prefix}/share
exec_prefix = ${prefix}
host_alias =
includedir = ${prefix}/include
infodir = ${prefix}/info
install_sh = /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/install-sh
libdir = ${exec_prefix}/lib
libexecdir = ${exec_prefix}/libexec
localstatedir = ${prefix}/var
mandir = ${prefix}/man
mkdir_p = $(install_sh) -d
oldincludedir = /usr/include
prefix = /usr/local/WordNet-3.0
program_transform_name = s,x,x,
sbindir = ${exec_prefix}/sbin
sharedstatedir = ${prefix}/com
sysconfdir = ${prefix}/etc
target_alias =
dictdir = $(prefix)/dict
dict_DATA = adj.exc adv.exc cntlist cntlist.rev data.adj data.adv data.noun data.verb frames.vrb index.adj index.adv index.noun index.sense index.verb log.grind.3.0 noun.exc sentidx.vrb sents.vrb verb.Framestext verb.exc lexnames
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu dict/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu dict/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
uninstall-info-am:
install-dictDATA: $(dict_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(dictdir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(dictdir)"
@list='$(dict_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " $(dictDATA_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(dictdir)/$$f'"; \
$(dictDATA_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(dictdir)/$$f"; \
done
uninstall-dictDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(dict_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(dictdir)/$$f'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(dictdir)/$$f"; \
done
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
case $$file in \
$(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
$(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
esac; \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
fi; \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(DATA)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(dictdir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am: install-dictDATA
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-dictDATA uninstall-info-am
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am \
install-dictDATA install-exec install-exec-am install-info \
install-info-am install-man install-strip installcheck \
installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf \
pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-dictDATA \
uninstall-info-am
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

2
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
dictdir = $(prefix)/dict
dict_DATA = adj.exc adv.exc cntlist cntlist.rev data.adj data.adv data.noun data.verb frames.vrb index.adj index.adv index.noun index.sense index.verb log.grind.3.0 noun.exc sentidx.vrb sents.vrb verb.Framestext verb.exc lexnames

314
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ..
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
subdir = dict
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(dictdir)"
dictDATA_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_DATA)
DATA = $(dict_DATA)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC = @TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC@
TCL_LIB_SPEC = @TCL_LIB_SPEC@
TK_LIBS = @TK_LIBS@
TK_LIB_SPEC = @TK_LIB_SPEC@
TK_PREFIX = @TK_PREFIX@
TK_XINCLUDES = @TK_XINCLUDES@
VERSION = @VERSION@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
ac_prefix = @ac_prefix@
am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
bindir = @bindir@
build_alias = @build_alias@
datadir = @datadir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host_alias = @host_alias@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
dictdir = $(prefix)/dict
dict_DATA = adj.exc adv.exc cntlist cntlist.rev data.adj data.adv data.noun data.verb frames.vrb index.adj index.adv index.noun index.sense index.verb log.grind.3.0 noun.exc sentidx.vrb sents.vrb verb.Framestext verb.exc lexnames
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu dict/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu dict/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
uninstall-info-am:
install-dictDATA: $(dict_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(dictdir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(dictdir)"
@list='$(dict_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " $(dictDATA_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(dictdir)/$$f'"; \
$(dictDATA_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(dictdir)/$$f"; \
done
uninstall-dictDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(dict_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(dictdir)/$$f'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(dictdir)/$$f"; \
done
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
case $$file in \
$(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
$(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
esac; \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
fi; \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(DATA)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(dictdir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am: install-dictDATA
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-dictDATA uninstall-info-am
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am \
install-dictDATA install-exec install-exec-am install-info \
install-info-am install-man install-strip installcheck \
installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf \
pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-dictDATA \
uninstall-info-am
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

1490
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/adj.exc Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

7
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/adv.exc Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
best well
better well
deeper deeply
farther far
further far
harder hard
hardest hard

37387
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/cntlist Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

37387
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/cntlist.rev Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

18185
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/data.adj Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3650
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/data.adv Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

82144
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/data.noun Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

13796
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/data.verb Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

35
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/frames.vrb Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
1 Something ----s
2 Somebody ----s
3 It is ----ing
4 Something is ----ing PP
5 Something ----s something Adjective/Noun
6 Something ----s Adjective/Noun
7 Somebody ----s Adjective
8 Somebody ----s something
9 Somebody ----s somebody
10 Something ----s somebody
11 Something ----s something
12 Something ----s to somebody
13 Somebody ----s on something
14 Somebody ----s somebody something
15 Somebody ----s something to somebody
16 Somebody ----s something from somebody
17 Somebody ----s somebody with something
18 Somebody ----s somebody of something
19 Somebody ----s something on somebody
20 Somebody ----s somebody PP
21 Somebody ----s something PP
22 Somebody ----s PP
23 Somebody's (body part) ----s
24 Somebody ----s somebody to INFINITIVE
25 Somebody ----s somebody INFINITIVE
26 Somebody ----s that CLAUSE
27 Somebody ----s to somebody
28 Somebody ----s to INFINITIVE
29 Somebody ----s whether INFINITIVE
30 Somebody ----s somebody into V-ing something
31 Somebody ----s something with something
32 Somebody ----s INFINITIVE
33 Somebody ----s VERB-ing
34 It ----s that CLAUSE
35 Something ----s INFINITIVE

21508
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/index.adj Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4510
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/index.adv Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

117827
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/index.noun Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

206941
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/index.sense Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

11558
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/index.verb Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

45
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/lexnames Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
00 adj.all 3
01 adj.pert 3
02 adv.all 4
03 noun.Tops 1
04 noun.act 1
05 noun.animal 1
06 noun.artifact 1
07 noun.attribute 1
08 noun.body 1
09 noun.cognition 1
10 noun.communication 1
11 noun.event 1
12 noun.feeling 1
13 noun.food 1
14 noun.group 1
15 noun.location 1
16 noun.motive 1
17 noun.object 1
18 noun.person 1
19 noun.phenomenon 1
20 noun.plant 1
21 noun.possession 1
22 noun.process 1
23 noun.quantity 1
24 noun.relation 1
25 noun.shape 1
26 noun.state 1
27 noun.substance 1
28 noun.time 1
29 verb.body 2
30 verb.change 2
31 verb.cognition 2
32 verb.communication 2
33 verb.competition 2
34 verb.consumption 2
35 verb.contact 2
36 verb.creation 2
37 verb.emotion 2
38 verb.motion 2
39 verb.perception 2
40 verb.possession 2
41 verb.social 2
42 verb.stative 2
43 verb.weather 2
44 adj.ppl 3

89
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/log.grind.3.0 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
Processing adj.all...
Processing adj.pert...
Processing adv.all...
Processing noun.Tops...
noun.Tops, line 7: warning: No hypernyms in synset
Processing noun.act...
Processing noun.animal...
Processing noun.artifact...
Processing noun.attribute...
Processing noun.body...
Processing noun.cognition...
Processing noun.communication...
Processing noun.event...
Processing noun.feeling...
Processing noun.food...
Processing noun.group...
Processing noun.location...
Processing noun.motive...
Processing noun.object...
Processing noun.person...
Processing noun.phenomenon...
Processing noun.plant...
Processing noun.possession...
Processing noun.process...
Processing noun.quantity...
Processing noun.relation...
Processing noun.shape...
Processing noun.state...
Processing noun.substance...
Processing noun.time...
Processing verb.body...
Processing verb.change...
Processing verb.cognition...
Processing verb.communication...
Processing verb.competition...
Processing verb.consumption...
Processing verb.contact...
Processing verb.creation...
Processing verb.emotion...
Processing verb.motion...
Processing verb.perception...
Processing verb.possession...
Processing verb.social...
Processing verb.stative...
Processing verb.weather...
Processing adj.ppl...
*** Statistics for ground files:
82115 noun synsets
13767 verb synsets
3812 adj synsets
3621 adv synsets
3651 pertainym synsets
10693 adjective satellite synsets
117659 synsets in total (including satellite and pertainym synsets)
82115 noun synsets have definitional glosses
13767 verb synsets have definitional glosses
3812 adj synsets have definitional glosses
3621 adv synsets have definitional glosses
3651 pertainym synsets have definitional glosses
10693 adjective satellite synsets have definitional glosses
117659 definitional glosses in total (including adjective satellite synsets)
225000 pointers in total
206978 synonyms in synsets
147306 unique word phrases
83118 word phrases of length 1
54533 word phrases of length 2
7766 word phrases of length 3
1454 word phrases of length 4
298 word phrases of length 5
80 word phrases of length 6
28 word phrases of length 7
20 word phrases of length 8
9 word phrases of length 9
Resolving pointers...
Done resolving pointers...
Getting sense counts...
Done with sense counts...
Figuring out byte offsets...
Dumping data files...
Done dumping data files...
Cannot open file: cntlist
Cannot order senses
Dumping index files...
Done dumping index files...
Dumping sense index...
Done dumping sense index...

2054
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/noun.exc Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3421
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/sentidx.vrb Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

170
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/sents.vrb Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
1 The children %s to the playground
10 The cars %s down the avenue
100 These glasses %s easily
101 These fabrics %s easily
102 They %s their earnings this year
103 Their earnings %s this year
104 The water %ss
105 They %s the water
106 The animals %s
107 They %s a long time
108 The car %ss the tree
109 John will %s angry
11 They %s the car down the avenue
110 They %s in the city
111 They won't %s the story
112 They %s that there was a traffic accident
113 They %s whether there was a traffic accident
114 They %s her vice president
115 Did he %s his major works over a short period of time?
116 The chefs %s the vegetables
117 They %s the cape
118 The food does %s good
119 The music does %s good
12 They %s the glass tubes
120 The cool air does %s good
121 This food does %s well
122 It was %sing all day long
123 They %s him to write the letter
124 They %s him into writing the letter
125 They %s him from writing the letter
126 The bad news will %s him
127 The good news will %s her
128 The chef wants to %s the eggs
129 Sam wants to %s with Sue
13 The glass tubes %s
130 The fighter managed to %s his opponent
131 These cars won't %s
132 The branches %s from the trees
133 The stock market is going to %s
134 The moon will soon %s
135 The business is going to %s
136 The airplane is sure to %s
137 They %s to move
138 They %s moving
139 Sam and Sue %s the movie
14 Sam and Sue %s
140 They want to %s the prisoners
141 They want to %s the doors
142 The doors %s
143 Did he %s his foot?
144 Did his feet %s?
145 They will %s the duet
146 They %s their hair
147 They %s the trees
148 They %s him of all his money
149 Lights %s on the horizon
15 Sam cannot %s Sue
150 The horizon is %sing with lights
151 The crowds %s in the streets
152 The streets %s with crowds
153 Cars %s in the streets
154 The streets %s with cars
155 You can hear animals %s in the meadows
156 The meadows %s with animals
157 The birds %s in the woods
158 The woods %s with many kinds of birds
159 The performance is likely to %s Sue
16 The ropes %s
160 Sam and Sue %s over the results of the experiment
161 In the summer they like to go out and %s
162 The children %s in the rocking chair
163 There %s some children in the rocking chair
164 Some big birds %s in the tree
165 There %s some big birds in the tree
166 The men %s the area for animals
167 The men %s for animals in the area
168 The customs agents %s the bags for drugs
169 They %s him as chairman
17 The strong winds %s the rope
170 They %s him "Bobby"
18 They %s the sheets
19 The sheets didn't %s
2 The banks %s the check
20 The horses %s across the field
21 They %s the bags on the table
22 The men %s the horses across the field
23 Our properties %s at this point
24 His fields %s mine at this point
25 They %s the hill
26 They %s up the hill
27 They %s the river
28 They %s down the river
29 They %s the countryside
3 The checks %s
30 They %s in the countryside
31 These men %s across the river
32 These men %s the river
33 They %s the food to the people
34 They %s the people the food
35 They %s more bread
36 They %s the object in the water
37 The men %s the bookshelves
38 They %s the money in the closet
39 The lights %s from the ceiling
4 The children %s the ball
40 They %s the lights from the ceiling
41 They %s their rifles on the cabinet
42 The chairs %s in the corner
43 The men %s the chairs
44 The women %s water into the bowl
45 Water and oil %s into the bowl
46 They %s the wire around the stick
47 The wires %s around the stick
48 They %s the bread with melted butter
49 They %s the cart with boxes
5 The balls %s
50 They %s the books into the box
51 They %s sugar over the cake
52 They %s the cake with sugar
53 They %s the fruit with a chemical
54 They %s a chemical into the fruit
55 They %s the field with rye
56 They %s rye in the field
57 They %s notices on the doors
58 They %s the doors with notices
59 They %s money on their grandchild
6 The girls %s the wooden sticks
60 They %s their grandchild with money
61 They %s coins on the image
62 They %s the image with coins
63 They %s butter on the bread
64 They %s the lake with fish
65 The children %s the paper with grease
66 The children %s grease onto the paper
67 They %s papers over the floor
68 They %s the floor with papers
69 They %s the money
7 The wooden sticks %s
70 They %s the newspapers
71 They %s the goods
72 The men %s the boat
73 They %s the animals
74 The books %s the box
75 They %s the halls with holly
76 Holly flowers %s the halls
77 The wind storms %s the area with dust and dirt
78 Dust and dirt %s the area
79 The swollen rivers %s the area with water
8 The coins %s
80 The waters %s the area
81 They %s the cloth with water and alcohol
82 Water and alcohol %s the cloth
83 They %s the snow from the path
84 They %s the path of the snow
85 They %s the water from the sink
86 They %s the sink of water
87 They %s the parcel to their parents
88 They %s them the parcel
89 They %s cars to the tourists
9 They %s the coin
90 They %s the tourists their cars
91 They %s the money to them
92 They %s them the money
93 They %s them the information
94 They %s the information to them
95 The parents %s a French poem to the children
96 The parents %s the children a French poem
97 They %s
98 They %s themselves
99 These balls %s easily

35
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/verb.Framestext Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
1 Something ----s
2 Somebody ----s
3 It is ----ing
4 Something is ----ing PP
5 Something ----s something Adjective/Noun
6 Something ----s Adjective/Noun
7 Somebody ----s Adjective
8 Somebody ----s something
9 Somebody ----s somebody
10 Something ----s somebody
11 Something ----s something
12 Something ----s to somebody
13 Somebody ----s on something
14 Somebody ----s somebody something
15 Somebody ----s something to somebody
16 Somebody ----s something from somebody
17 Somebody ----s somebody with something
18 Somebody ----s somebody of something
19 Somebody ----s something on somebody
20 Somebody ----s somebody PP
21 Somebody ----s something PP
22 Somebody ----s PP
23 Somebody's (body part) ----s
24 Somebody ----s somebody to INFINITIVE
25 Somebody ----s somebody INFINITIVE
26 Somebody ----s that CLAUSE
27 Somebody ----s to somebody
28 Somebody ----s to INFINITIVE
29 Somebody ----s whether INFINITIVE
30 Somebody ----s somebody into V-ing something
31 Somebody ----s something with something
32 Somebody ----s INFINITIVE
33 Somebody ----s VERB-ing
34 It ----s that CLAUSE
35 Something ----s INFINITIVE

2401
corpora/en/wordnet/dict/verb.exc Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

426
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9 from Makefile.am.
# doc/Makefile. Generated from Makefile.in by configure.
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
srcdir = .
top_srcdir = ..
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/WordNet
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/WordNet
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/WordNet
top_builddir = ..
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = /usr/csl/bin/install -c
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
subdir = doc
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
install-exec-recursive install-info-recursive \
install-recursive installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive \
pdf-recursive ps-recursive uninstall-info-recursive \
uninstall-recursive
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run aclocal-1.9
AMDEP_FALSE = #
AMDEP_TRUE =
AMTAR = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run tar
AUTOCONF = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run autoconf
AUTOHEADER = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run autoheader
AUTOMAKE = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run automake-1.9
AWK = nawk
CC = gcc
CCDEPMODE = depmode=gcc3
CFLAGS = -g -O2
CPP = gcc -E
CPPFLAGS =
CYGPATH_W = echo
DEFS = -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
DEPDIR = .deps
ECHO_C =
ECHO_N = -n
ECHO_T =
EGREP = egrep
EXEEXT =
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
INSTALL_PROGRAM = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_SCRIPT = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = ${SHELL} $(install_sh) -c -s
LDFLAGS =
LIBOBJS =
LIBS =
LTLIBOBJS =
MAKEINFO = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run makeinfo
OBJEXT = o
PACKAGE = WordNet
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = wordnet@princeton.edu
PACKAGE_NAME = WordNet
PACKAGE_STRING = WordNet 3.0
PACKAGE_TARNAME = wordnet
PACKAGE_VERSION = 3.0
PATH_SEPARATOR = :
RANLIB = ranlib
SET_MAKE =
SHELL = /bin/bash
STRIP =
TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC = -I/usr/csl/include
TCL_LIB_SPEC = -L/usr/csl/lib -ltcl8.4
TK_LIBS = -L/usr/openwin/lib -lX11 -ldl -lpthread -lsocket -lnsl -lm
TK_LIB_SPEC = -L/usr/csl/lib -ltk8.4
TK_PREFIX = /usr/csl
TK_XINCLUDES = -I/usr/openwin/include
VERSION = 3.0
ac_ct_CC = gcc
ac_ct_RANLIB = ranlib
ac_ct_STRIP =
ac_prefix = /usr/local/WordNet-3.0
am__fastdepCC_FALSE = #
am__fastdepCC_TRUE =
am__include = include
am__leading_dot = .
am__quote =
am__tar = ${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"
am__untar = ${AMTAR} xf -
bindir = ${exec_prefix}/bin
build_alias =
datadir = ${prefix}/share
exec_prefix = ${prefix}
host_alias =
includedir = ${prefix}/include
infodir = ${prefix}/info
install_sh = /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/install-sh
libdir = ${exec_prefix}/lib
libexecdir = ${exec_prefix}/libexec
localstatedir = ${prefix}/var
mandir = ${prefix}/man
mkdir_p = $(install_sh) -d
oldincludedir = /usr/include
prefix = /usr/local/WordNet-3.0
program_transform_name = s,x,x,
sbindir = ${exec_prefix}/sbin
sharedstatedir = ${prefix}/com
sysconfdir = ${prefix}/etc
target_alias =
SUBDIRS = html man pdf ps
all: all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
uninstall-info-am:
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
@set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done; \
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
maintainer-clean-recursive:
@set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
case "$@" in \
distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
*) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
esac; \
rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
fi; \
done; \
rev="$$rev ."; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
for subdir in $$rev; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done && test -z "$$fail"
tags-recursive:
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
done
ctags-recursive:
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
done
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
mkid -fID $$unique
tags: TAGS
TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
include_option=--etags-include; \
empty_fix=.; \
else \
include_option=--include; \
empty_fix=; \
fi; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
$$tags $$unique; \
fi
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$tags $$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& cd $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
case $$file in \
$(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
$(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
esac; \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
fi; \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| exit 1; \
distdir=`$(am__cd) $(distdir) && pwd`; \
top_distdir=`$(am__cd) $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
(cd $$subdir && \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$$top_distdir" \
distdir="$$distdir/$$subdir" \
distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-recursive
all-am: Makefile
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
installdirs-am:
install: install-recursive
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
install-data: install-data-recursive
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-recursive
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-recursive
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-recursive
dvi-am:
html: html-recursive
info: info-recursive
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-recursive
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
pdf: pdf-recursive
pdf-am:
ps: ps-recursive
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am \
clean clean-generic clean-recursive ctags ctags-recursive \
distclean distclean-generic distclean-recursive distclean-tags \
distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am install \
install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
mostlyclean-recursive pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive \
uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

1
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
SUBDIRS = html man pdf ps

426
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ..
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
subdir = doc
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive dvi-recursive \
html-recursive info-recursive install-data-recursive \
install-exec-recursive install-info-recursive \
install-recursive installcheck-recursive installdirs-recursive \
pdf-recursive ps-recursive uninstall-info-recursive \
uninstall-recursive
ETAGS = etags
CTAGS = ctags
DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC = @TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC@
TCL_LIB_SPEC = @TCL_LIB_SPEC@
TK_LIBS = @TK_LIBS@
TK_LIB_SPEC = @TK_LIB_SPEC@
TK_PREFIX = @TK_PREFIX@
TK_XINCLUDES = @TK_XINCLUDES@
VERSION = @VERSION@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
ac_prefix = @ac_prefix@
am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
bindir = @bindir@
build_alias = @build_alias@
datadir = @datadir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host_alias = @host_alias@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
SUBDIRS = html man pdf ps
all: all-recursive
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
uninstall-info-am:
# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
# (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
$(RECURSIVE_TARGETS):
@set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
dot_seen=yes; \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done; \
if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \
fi; test -z "$$fail"
mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
maintainer-clean-recursive:
@set fnord $$MAKEFLAGS; amf=$$2; \
dot_seen=no; \
case "$@" in \
distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \
*) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \
esac; \
rev=''; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then :; else \
rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
fi; \
done; \
rev="$$rev ."; \
target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
for subdir in $$rev; do \
echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \
local_target="$$target-am"; \
else \
local_target="$$target"; \
fi; \
(cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \
|| case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
done && test -z "$$fail"
tags-recursive:
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) tags); \
done
ctags-recursive:
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
test "$$subdir" = . || (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) ctags); \
done
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
mkid -fID $$unique
tags: TAGS
TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
include_option=--etags-include; \
empty_fix=.; \
else \
include_option=--include; \
empty_fix=; \
fi; \
list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \
tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
fi; \
done; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
$$tags $$unique; \
fi
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
tags=; \
here=`pwd`; \
list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP) $(TAGS_FILES)'; \
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
done | \
$(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \
END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
$$tags $$unique
GTAGS:
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
&& cd $(top_srcdir) \
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) $$here
distclean-tags:
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
case $$file in \
$(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
$(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
esac; \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
fi; \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \
test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| $(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \
|| exit 1; \
distdir=`$(am__cd) $(distdir) && pwd`; \
top_distdir=`$(am__cd) $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
(cd $$subdir && \
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
top_distdir="$$top_distdir" \
distdir="$$distdir/$$subdir" \
distdir) \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-recursive
all-am: Makefile
installdirs: installdirs-recursive
installdirs-am:
install: install-recursive
install-exec: install-exec-recursive
install-data: install-data-recursive
uninstall: uninstall-recursive
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-recursive
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-recursive
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-recursive
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags
dvi: dvi-recursive
dvi-am:
html: html-recursive
info: info-recursive
info-am:
install-data-am:
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-recursive
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
pdf: pdf-recursive
pdf-am:
ps: ps-recursive
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
uninstall-info: uninstall-info-recursive
.PHONY: $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) CTAGS GTAGS all all-am check check-am \
clean clean-generic clean-recursive ctags ctags-recursive \
distclean distclean-generic distclean-recursive distclean-tags \
distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am install \
install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
installdirs-am maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
maintainer-clean-recursive mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic \
mostlyclean-recursive pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-recursive \
uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

313
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9 from Makefile.am.
# doc/html/Makefile. Generated from Makefile.in by configure.
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
srcdir = .
top_srcdir = ../..
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/WordNet
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/WordNet
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/WordNet
top_builddir = ../..
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = /usr/csl/bin/install -c
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
subdir = doc/html
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)"
htmlDATA_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_DATA)
DATA = $(html_DATA)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run aclocal-1.9
AMDEP_FALSE = #
AMDEP_TRUE =
AMTAR = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run tar
AUTOCONF = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run autoconf
AUTOHEADER = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run autoheader
AUTOMAKE = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run automake-1.9
AWK = nawk
CC = gcc
CCDEPMODE = depmode=gcc3
CFLAGS = -g -O2
CPP = gcc -E
CPPFLAGS =
CYGPATH_W = echo
DEFS = -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
DEPDIR = .deps
ECHO_C =
ECHO_N = -n
ECHO_T =
EGREP = egrep
EXEEXT =
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
INSTALL_PROGRAM = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_SCRIPT = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = ${SHELL} $(install_sh) -c -s
LDFLAGS =
LIBOBJS =
LIBS =
LTLIBOBJS =
MAKEINFO = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run makeinfo
OBJEXT = o
PACKAGE = WordNet
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = wordnet@princeton.edu
PACKAGE_NAME = WordNet
PACKAGE_STRING = WordNet 3.0
PACKAGE_TARNAME = wordnet
PACKAGE_VERSION = 3.0
PATH_SEPARATOR = :
RANLIB = ranlib
SET_MAKE =
SHELL = /bin/bash
STRIP =
TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC = -I/usr/csl/include
TCL_LIB_SPEC = -L/usr/csl/lib -ltcl8.4
TK_LIBS = -L/usr/openwin/lib -lX11 -ldl -lpthread -lsocket -lnsl -lm
TK_LIB_SPEC = -L/usr/csl/lib -ltk8.4
TK_PREFIX = /usr/csl
TK_XINCLUDES = -I/usr/openwin/include
VERSION = 3.0
ac_ct_CC = gcc
ac_ct_RANLIB = ranlib
ac_ct_STRIP =
ac_prefix = /usr/local/WordNet-3.0
am__fastdepCC_FALSE = #
am__fastdepCC_TRUE =
am__include = include
am__leading_dot = .
am__quote =
am__tar = ${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"
am__untar = ${AMTAR} xf -
bindir = ${exec_prefix}/bin
build_alias =
datadir = ${prefix}/share
exec_prefix = ${prefix}
host_alias =
includedir = ${prefix}/include
infodir = ${prefix}/info
install_sh = /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/install-sh
libdir = ${exec_prefix}/lib
libexecdir = ${exec_prefix}/libexec
localstatedir = ${prefix}/var
mandir = ${prefix}/man
mkdir_p = $(install_sh) -d
oldincludedir = /usr/include
prefix = /usr/local/WordNet-3.0
program_transform_name = s,x,x,
sbindir = ${exec_prefix}/sbin
sharedstatedir = ${prefix}/com
sysconfdir = ${prefix}/etc
target_alias =
htmldir = $(prefix)/doc/html
html_DATA = binsrch.3WN.html cntlist.5WN.html grind.1WN.html lexnames.5WN.html morph.3WN.html morphy.7WN.html senseidx.5WN.html uniqbeg.7WN.html wn.1WN.html wnb.1WN.html wndb.5WN.html wngloss.7WN.html wngroups.7WN.html wninput.5WN.html wnintro.1WN.html wnintro.3WN.html wnintro.5WN.html wnintro.7WN.html wnlicens.7WN.html wnpkgs.7WN.html wnsearch.3WN.html wnstats.7WN.html wnutil.3WN.html
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/html/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/html/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
uninstall-info-am:
install-htmlDATA: $(html_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(htmldir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)"
@list='$(html_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " $(htmlDATA_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \
$(htmlDATA_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f"; \
done
uninstall-htmlDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(html_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f"; \
done
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
case $$file in \
$(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
$(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
esac; \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
fi; \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(DATA)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am: install-htmlDATA
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-htmlDATA uninstall-info-am
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-htmlDATA install-info install-info-am \
install-man install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall \
uninstall-am uninstall-htmlDATA uninstall-info-am
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

2
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
htmldir = $(prefix)/doc/html
html_DATA = binsrch.3WN.html cntlist.5WN.html grind.1WN.html lexnames.5WN.html morph.3WN.html morphy.7WN.html senseidx.5WN.html uniqbeg.7WN.html wn.1WN.html wnb.1WN.html wndb.5WN.html wngloss.7WN.html wngroups.7WN.html wninput.5WN.html wnintro.1WN.html wnintro.3WN.html wnintro.5WN.html wnintro.7WN.html wnlicens.7WN.html wnpkgs.7WN.html wnsearch.3WN.html wnstats.7WN.html wnutil.3WN.html

313
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ../..
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
subdir = doc/html
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)"
htmlDATA_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_DATA)
DATA = $(html_DATA)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC = @TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC@
TCL_LIB_SPEC = @TCL_LIB_SPEC@
TK_LIBS = @TK_LIBS@
TK_LIB_SPEC = @TK_LIB_SPEC@
TK_PREFIX = @TK_PREFIX@
TK_XINCLUDES = @TK_XINCLUDES@
VERSION = @VERSION@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
ac_prefix = @ac_prefix@
am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
bindir = @bindir@
build_alias = @build_alias@
datadir = @datadir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host_alias = @host_alias@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
htmldir = $(prefix)/doc/html
html_DATA = binsrch.3WN.html cntlist.5WN.html grind.1WN.html lexnames.5WN.html morph.3WN.html morphy.7WN.html senseidx.5WN.html uniqbeg.7WN.html wn.1WN.html wnb.1WN.html wndb.5WN.html wngloss.7WN.html wngroups.7WN.html wninput.5WN.html wnintro.1WN.html wnintro.3WN.html wnintro.5WN.html wnintro.7WN.html wnlicens.7WN.html wnpkgs.7WN.html wnsearch.3WN.html wnstats.7WN.html wnutil.3WN.html
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/html/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/html/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
uninstall-info-am:
install-htmlDATA: $(html_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(htmldir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)"
@list='$(html_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " $(htmlDATA_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \
$(htmlDATA_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f"; \
done
uninstall-htmlDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(html_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f"; \
done
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
case $$file in \
$(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
$(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
esac; \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
fi; \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(DATA)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am: install-htmlDATA
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-htmlDATA uninstall-info-am
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-htmlDATA install-info install-info-am \
install-man install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall \
uninstall-am uninstall-htmlDATA uninstall-info-am
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

78
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/binsrch.3WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>BINSRCH(3WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
bin_search, copyfile, replace_line, insert_line
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">SYNOPSIS </A></H2>
<P>
<B>char *bin_search(char
*key, FILE *fp); </B> <P>
<B>void copyfile(FILE *fromfp, FILE *tofp); </B> <P>
<B>char *replace_line(char
*new_line, char *key, FILE *fp); </B> <P>
<B>char *insert_line(char *new_line, char
*key, FILE *fp); </B>
<H2><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
<P>
The WordNet library contains several general
purpose functions for performing a binary search and modifying sorted
files. <P>
<B>bin_search()</B> is the primary binary search algorithm to search for
<I>key </I> as the first item on a line in the file pointed to by <I>fp </I>. The delimiter
between the key and the rest of the fields on the line, if any, must be
a space. A pointer to a static variable containing the entire line is
returned. <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
is returned if a match is not found. <P>
The remaining functions
are not used by WordNet, and are only briefly described. <P>
<B>copyfile()</B> copies
the contents of one file to another. <P>
<B>replace_line()</B> replaces a line in
a file having searchkey <I>key </I> with the contents of <I>new_line </I>. It returns
the original line or <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
in case of error. <P>
<B>insert_line()</B> finds the proper
place to insert the contents of <I>new_line </I>, having searchkey <I>key </I> in the
sorted file pointed to by <I>fp </I>. It returns <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
if a line with this searchkey
is already in the file.
<H2><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">NOTES </A></H2>
The maximum length of <I>key </I> is 1024. <P>
The
maximum line length in a file is 25K. <P>
If there are no additional fields
after the search key, the key must be followed by at least one space before
the newline character.
<H2><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="wnintro.3WN.html">wnintro</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="morph.3WN.html">morph</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnsearch.3WN.html">wnsearch</B>(3WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="wnutil.3WN.html">wnutil</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.5WN.html">wnintro</B>(5WN)</A>
.
<H2><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">WARNINGS </A></H2>
<B>binsearch() </B> returns a pointer to
a static character buffer. The returned string should be copied by the
caller if the results need to be saved, as a subsequent call will replace
the contents of the static buffer. <P>
<P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">SYNOPSIS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">NOTES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">WARNINGS</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

125
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/cntlist.5WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>CNTLIST(5WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
cntlist - file listing number of times each tagged sense occurs
in a semantic concordance, sorted most to least frequently tagged <P>
cntlist.rev
- file listing number of times each tagged sense occurs in a semantic concordance,
sorted by sense key
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
A cntlist file for a semantic concordance
lists the number of times each semantically tagged sense occurs in the
concordance and its sense number in the WordNet database. Each line in
the file corresponds to a sense in the WordNet database to which at least
one semantic tag points. Only senses that are tagged in a concordance
are in the concordance's cntlist file. <P>
<H3><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">WordNet Database <I>cntlist </I> File
</A></H3>
In the WordNet database, words are assigned sense numbers based on frequency
of use in semantically tagged corpora. The cntlist file used by <B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)<B></B></A>
to build the WordNet database and assign the sense numbers is a union
of the cntlist files from the various semantic concordances that were
formerly released by Princeton University. This combined cntlist file
is provided with the WordNet package and is found in the <B>WNSEARCHDIR </B>
directory. <P>
The <I>cntlist.rev </I> file is used at run-time by the WordNet library
code and browser interfaces to print in the output display the number
of times each sense has been tagged.
<H3><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">File Format </A></H3>
Each line in a cntlist
file contains information for one sense. The file is ordered from most
to least frequently tagged sense. The fields are separated by one space,
and each line is terminated with a newline character. Senses having the
same <I>tag_cnt </I> value are listed in reverse alphabetical order of the <I>lemma
</I> field of the <I>sense_key </I>. <P>
Each line in <B>cntlist </B> is of the form: <P>
<blockquote><I>tag_cnt&nbsp;&nbsp;sense_key&nbsp;&nbsp;sense_number
</I> </blockquote>
<P>
where <I>tag_cnt </I> is the decimal number of times the sense is tagged in
the corresponding semantic concordance. <I>sense_key </I> is a WordNet sense
encoding and <I>sense_number </I> is a WordNet sense number as described in <P>
The <I>cntlist.rev </I> file contains the same fields described above, in the
following order: <P>
<blockquote><I>sense_key&nbsp;&nbsp;sense_number&nbsp;&nbsp;tag_cnt </I> </blockquote>
<P>
<H2><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">NOTES </A></H2>
Princeton
no longer maintains or releases the Semantic Concordance files. The <I>cntlist
</I> file used to order the senses in WordNet 3.0 was generated from the Semantic
Concordance files at the point that they were last updated in 2001. In
general, the order of senses presented usually reflects what the user
would expect, however sense ordering is now less reliable than in prior
releases and should not be construed as an accurate indicator of frequency
of use.
<H2><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>WNHOME</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory for WordNet.
Default is <B>/usr/local/WordNet-3.0 </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>WNSEARCHDIR</B> </DT>
<DD>Directory in which the
WordNet database has been installed. Default is <B>WNHOME/dict </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">REGISTRY
(WINDOWS) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\WordNet\3.0\WNHome</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory for
WordNet. Default is <B>C:\Program&nbsp;Files\WordNet\3.0 </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\SOFTWARE\WordNet\3.0\wnres</B>
</DT>
<DD>User's default browser options. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect7" HREF="#toc7">FILES </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>cntlist, cntlist.rev</B> </DT>
<DD>file of combined
semantic concordance <B>cntlist </B> files. Used to assign sense numbers in WordNet
database </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect8" HREF="#toc8">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.5WN.html">wnintro</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="senseidx.5WN.html">senseidx</B>(5WN)</A>
. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">WordNet Database cntlist File</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">File Format</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">NOTES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">REGISTRY (WINDOWS)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc7" HREF="#sect7">FILES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc8" HREF="#sect8">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

195
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/grind.1WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>GRIND(1) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
grind - process WordNet lexicographer files
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">SYNOPSIS </A></H2>
<B>grind </B> [ <B>-v
</B> ] [ <B>-s </B> ] [ <B>-L </B><I>logfile </I> ] [ <B>-a </B> ] [ <B>-d </B> ] [ <B>-i </B> ] [ <B>-o </B> ] [ <B>-n </B> ] <I>filename </I>
[ <I>filename </I>... ]
<H2><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
<B>grind() </B> processes WordNet lexicographer files,
producing database files suitable for use with the WordNet search and
interface code and other applications. The syntactic and structural integrity
of the input files is verified. Warnings and errors are reported via <B>stderr
</B> and a run-time log is produced on <B>stdout </B>. A database is generated only
if there are no errors.
<H3><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">Input Files </A></H3>
Input files correspond to the syntactic
categories implemented in WordNet - <B>noun</B>, <B></B> <B>verb</B>, <B></B> <B>adjective</B> and <B></B> <B>adverb</B>.
Each input lexicographer file consists of a list of synonym sets (<I>synsets
</I>) for one part of speech. Although the basic synset syntax is the same
for all of the parts of speech, some parts of the syntax only apply to
a particular part of speech. See <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)<B></B></A>
for a description of the
input file format. <P>
Each <I>filename </I> specified is of the form: <P>
<blockquote> </blockquote>
<P>
where
<I>pathname </I> is optional and <I>pos </I> is either <B>noun</B>, <B></B> <B>verb</B>, <B></B> <B>adj</B> or <B></B> <B>adv</B>. <I>suffix
</I> may be used to separate groups of synsets into different files, for example
<B>noun.animal </B> and <B>noun.plant </B>. One or more input files, in any combination
of syntactic categories, may be specified. See <B><A HREF="lexnames.5WN.html">lexnames</B>(5WN)</A>
for a list
of the lexicographer files used to build the complete WordNet database.
<H3><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">Output Files </A></H3>
<B>grind() </B> produces the following output files: <P>
<TABLE BORDER=0>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Filename
</B></TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>Description </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>index.<I>pos </I></B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Index file for each syntactic category </TD>
</TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>data.<I>pos </I></B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Data file for each syntactic category </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>index.sense </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Sense
index </TD> </TR>
</TABLE>
<P>
See <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)<B></B></A>
for a description of the database file formats.
<P>
Each time <B>grind() </B> is run, any existing database files are overwritten
with the database files generated from the specified input files. If no
input files from a syntactic category are specified, the corresponding
database files are not overwritten.
<H3><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">Sense Numbers </A></H3>
Senses are generally
ordered from most to least frequently used, with the most common sense
numbered <B>1 </B>. Frequency of use is determined by the number of times a sense
is tagged in the various semantic concordance texts. Senses that are not
semantically tagged follow the ordered senses in an arbitrary order.
Note that this ordering is only an estimate based on usage in a small
corpus. <P>
The <I>tagsense_cnt </I> field for each entry in the <B>index.<I>pos </I></B> files
indicates how many of the senses in the list have been tagged. <P>
The <B>cntlist
</B> file provided with the database lists the number of times each sense
is tagged in the semantic concordances. <B>grind() </B> uses the data from <B>cntlist
</B> to order the senses of each word. When the <B>index </B>.<I>pos </I> files are generated,
the <I>synset_offset </I>s are output in sense number order, with sense 1 first
in the list. Senses with the same number of semantic tags are assigned
unique but consecutive sense numbers. The WordNet <FONT SIZE=-1><B>OVERVIEW </B></FONT>
search displays
all senses of the specified word, in all syntactic categories, and indicates
which of the senses are represented in the semantically tagged texts.
<H2><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">OPTIONS </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>-v</B> </DT>
<DD>Verify integrity of input without generating database. </DD>
<DT><B>-s</B> </DT>
<DD>Suppress
generation of warning messages. Usually <B>grind </B> is run with this option
until all syntactic and structural errors are corrected since the warning
messages may make it difficult to spot error messages. </DD>
<DT><B>-L</B><I>logfile</I> </DT>
<DD>Write
all messages to <I>logfile </I> instead of <B>stderr </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>-a</B> </DT>
<DD>Generate statistical report
on input files processed. </DD>
<DT><B>-d</B> </DT>
<DD>Generate distribution of senses by string
length report on input files processed. </DD>
<DT><B>-i</B> </DT>
<DD>Generate sense index file. </DD>
<DT><B>-o</B>
</DT>
<DD>Order senses using <B>cntlist </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>-n</B> </DT>
<DD>Generate nominalization (derivational
morphology) links in database. </DD>
<DT><I>filename</I> </DT>
<DD>Input file of the form described
in <FONT SIZE=-1><B>Input </B></FONT>
</DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect7" HREF="#toc7">FILES </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B><I>pos </I>.*</B> </DT>
<DD>lexicographer files to use to build database
</DD>
<DT><B>cntlist</B> </DT>
<DD>file of combined semantic concordance <B>cntlist </B> files. Used to
assign sense numbers in WordNet database </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect8" HREF="#toc8">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="cntlist.5WN.html">cntlist</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="lexnames.5WN.html">lexnames</B>(5WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="senseidx.5WN.html">senseidx</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="uniqbeg.7WN.html">uniqbeg</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wngloss.7WN.html">wngloss</B>(7WN)</A>
.
<H2><A NAME="sect9" HREF="#toc9">DIAGNOSTICS
</A></H2>
Exit status is normally 0. Exit status is -1 if non-specific error occurs.
If syntactic or structural errors exist, exit status is number of errors
detected.
<DL>
<DT><B>usage: grind [-v] [-s] [-Llogfile] [-a ] [-d] [-i] [-o] [-n] filename
[filename...]</B> </DT>
<DD>Invalid options were specified on the command line. </DD>
<DT><B>No input
files processed.</B> </DT>
<DD>None of the filenames specified were of the appropriate
form. </DD>
<DT><B><I>n </I> syntactic errors found.</B> </DT>
<DD>Syntax errors were found while parsing
the input files. </DD>
<DT><B><I>n </I> structural errors found.</B> </DT>
<DD>Pointer errors were found
that could not be automatically corrected. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect10" HREF="#toc10">BUGS </A></H2>
Please report bugs to
<B>wordnet@princeton.edu </B>. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">SYNOPSIS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">Input Files</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">Output Files</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">Sense Numbers</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">OPTIONS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc7" HREF="#sect7">FILES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc8" HREF="#sect8">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc9" HREF="#sect9">DIAGNOSTICS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc10" HREF="#sect10">BUGS</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

195
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/lexnames.5WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>LEXNAMES(5WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
List of WordNet lexicographer file names and numbers
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">DESCRIPTION
</A></H2>
During WordNet development synsets are organized into forty-five lexicographer
files based on syntactic category and logical groupings. <B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)</A>
processes
these files and produces a database suitable for use with the WordNet
library, interface code, and other applications. The format of the lexicographer
files is described in <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
. <P>
A file number corresponds to each
lexicographer file. File numbers are encoded in several parts of the WordNet
system as an efficient way to indicate a lexicographer file name. The
file <B>lexnames </B> lists the mapping between file names and numbers, and can
be used by programs or end users to correlate the two.
<H3><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">File Format </A></H3>
Each
line in <B>lexnames </B> contains 3 tab separated fields, and is terminated with
a newline character. The first field is the two digit decimal integer
file number. (The first file in the list is numbered <B>00 </B>.) The second
field is the name of the lexicographer file that is represented by that
number, and the third field is an integer that indicates the syntactic
category of the synsets contained in the file. This is simply a shortcut
for programs and scripts, since the syntactic category is also part of
the lexicographer file's name.
<H3><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">Syntactic Category </A></H3>
The syntactic category
field is encoded as follows: <P>
<blockquote><B>1 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;NOUN <BR>
<B>2 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;VERB <BR>
<B>3 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADJECTIVE <BR>
<B>4 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADVERB <BR>
</blockquote>
<H3><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">Lexicographer Files </A></H3>
The names of the lexicographer files and their corresponding
file numbers are listed below along with a brief description each file's
contents. <P>
<blockquote> <TABLE BORDER=0>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>File Number </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>Name </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>Contents </B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>00 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>adj.all </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>all adjective
clusters </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>01 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>adj.pert </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>relational adjectives (pertainyms) </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>02 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>adv.all
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>all adverbs </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>03 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.Tops </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>unique beginner for nouns </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>04 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.act
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting acts or actions </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>05 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.animal </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting animals
</TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>06 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.artifact </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting man-made objects </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>07 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.attribute
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting attributes of people and objects </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>08 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.body </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns
denoting body parts </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>09 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.cognition </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting cognitive processes
and contents </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>10 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.communication </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting communicative processes
and contents </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>11 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.event </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting natural events </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>12
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.feeling </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting feelings and emotions </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>13 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.food </TD>
<TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting foods and drinks </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>14 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.group </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting groupings
of people or objects </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>15 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.location </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting spatial position
</TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>16 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.motive </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting goals </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>17 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.object </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting
natural objects (not man-made) </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>18 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.person </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting people
</TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>19 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.phenomenon </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting natural phenomena </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>20 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.plant
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting plants </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>21 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.possession </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting possession
and transfer of possession </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>22 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.process </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting natural
processes </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>23 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.quantity </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting quantities and units of
measure </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>24 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.relation </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting relations between people
or things or ideas </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>25 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.shape </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting two and three dimensional
shapes </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>26 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.state </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting stable states of affairs </TD>
</TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>27 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.substance </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns denoting substances </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>28 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun.time </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>nouns
denoting time and temporal relations </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>29 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.body </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of grooming,
dressing and bodily care </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>30 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.change </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of size, temperature
change, intensifying, etc. </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>31 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.cognition </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of thinking, judging,
analyzing, doubting </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>32 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.communication </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of telling, asking,
ordering, singing </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>33 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.competition </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of fighting, athletic
activities </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>34 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.consumption </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of eating and drinking </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>35 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.contact </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of touching, hitting, tying, digging </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>36 </TD>
<TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.creation </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of sewing, baking, painting, performing </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>37 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.emotion
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of feeling </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>38 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.motion </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of walking, flying, swimming
</TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>39 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.perception </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of seeing, hearing, feeling </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>40 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.possession
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of buying, selling, owning </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>41 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.social </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of political
and social activities and events </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>42 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.stative </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of being,
having, spatial relations </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>43 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb.weather </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verbs of raining, snowing,
thawing, thundering </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>44 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>adj.ppl </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>participial adjectives </TD> </TR>
</TABLE>
</blockquote>
<H2><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">NOTES
</A></H2>
The lexicographer files are not included in the WordNet database package.
<H2><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>WNHOME</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory for WordNet. Default
is <B>/usr/local/WordNet-3.0 </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>WNSEARCHDIR</B> </DT>
<DD>Directory in which the WordNet database
has been installed. Default is <B>WNHOME/dict </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect7" HREF="#toc7">REGISTRY (WINDOWS) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\WordNet\3.0\WNHome</B>
</DT>
<DD>Base directory for WordNet. Default is <B>C:\Program&nbsp;Files\WordNet\3.0 </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect8" HREF="#toc8">FILES
</A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>lexnames</B> </DT>
<DD>list of lexicographer file names and numbers </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect9" HREF="#toc9">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="wnintro.5WN.html">wnintro</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">File Format</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">Syntactic Category</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">Lexicographer Files</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">NOTES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc7" HREF="#sect7">REGISTRY (WINDOWS)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc8" HREF="#sect8">FILES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc9" HREF="#sect9">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

109
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/morph.3WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>MORPH(3WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
morphinit, re_morphinit, morphstr, morphword
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">SYNOPSIS </A></H2>
<P>
<B>#include
"wn.h" </B> <P>
<B>int morphinit(void); </B> <P>
<B>int re_morphinit(void); </B> <P>
<B>char *morphstr(char
*origstr, int pos); </B> <P>
<B>char *morphword(char *word, int pos); </B>
<H2><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">DESCRIPTION
</A></H2>
<P>
The WordNet morphological processor, Morphy, is accessed through these
functions: <P>
<B>morphinit()</B> is used to open the exception list files. It returns
<B>0 </B> if successful, <B>-1 </B> otherwise. The exception list files must be opened
before <B>morphstr() </B> or <B>morphword()</B> are called. <P>
<B>re_morphinit()</B> is used to
close the exception list files and reopen them, and is used exclusively
for WordNet development. Return codes are as described above. <P>
<B>morphstr()</B>
is the basic user interface to Morphy. It tries to find the base form
(lemma) of the word or collocation <I>origstr </I> in the specified <I>pos </I>. The
first call (with <I>origstr </I> specified) returns a pointer to the first base
form found. Subsequent calls requesting base forms of the same string
must be made with the first argument of <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL. </B></FONT>
When no more base forms
for <I>origstr </I> can be found, <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
is returned. Note that <B>morphstr() </B> returns
a pointer to a static character buffer. A subsequent call to <B>morphstr()
</B> with a new string (instead of <B>NULL </B>) will overwrite the string pointed
to by a previous call. Users should copy the returned string into a local
buffer, or use the C library function <B>strdup </B> to duplicate the returned
string into a <I>malloc'd </I> buffer. <P>
<B>morphword()</B> tries to find the base form
of <I>word </I> in the specified <I>pos </I>. This function is called by <B>morphstr()</B> for
each individual word in a collocation. Note that <B>morphword() </B> returns a
pointer to a static character buffer. A subsequent call to <B>morphword()
</B> will overwrite the string pointed to by a previous call. Users should
copy the returned string into a local buffer, or use the C library function
<B>strdup </B> to duplicate the returned string into a <I>malloc'd </I> buffer.
<H2><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">NOTES
</A></H2>
<B>morphinit()</B> is called by <B>wninit() </B> and is not intended to be called directly
by an application. Applications wishing to use WordNet and/or the morphological
functions must call <B>wninit() </B> at the start of the program. See <B><A HREF="wnutil.3WN.html">wnutil</B>(3WN)</A>
for more information. <P>
<I>origstr </I> may be either a word or a collocation formed
by joining individual words with underscore characters (<B>_ </B>). <P>
Usually only
<B>morphstr() </B> is called from applications, as it works on both words and
collocations. <P>
<I>pos </I> must be one of the following: <P>
<blockquote><B>1 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;NOUN <BR>
<B>2 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;VERB <BR>
<B>3 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADJECTIVE
<BR>
<B>4 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADVERB <BR>
<B>5 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADJECTIVE_SATELLITE <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
If <FONT SIZE=-1><B>ADJECTIVE_SATELLITE </B></FONT>
is passed,
it is treated by <B>morphstr() </B> as <FONT SIZE=-1><B>ADJECTIVE. </B></FONT>
<H2><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="wnintro.3WN.html">wnintro</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnsearch.3WN.html">wnsearch</B>(3WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="morphy.7WN.html">morphy</B>(7WN)</A>
. <P>
<H2><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">WARNINGS </A></H2>
Passing an invalid part of speech will
result in a core dump. <P>
The WordNet database files must be open to use
<B>morphstr() </B> or <B>morphword(). <P>
</B>
<H2><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">BUGS </A></H2>
Morphy will allow non-words to be converted
to words, if they follow one of the rules described above. For example,
it will happily convert <B>plantes </B> to <B>plants </B>. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">SYNOPSIS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">NOTES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">WARNINGS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">BUGS</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

221
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/morphy.7WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>MORPHY(7WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
morphy - discussion of WordNet's morphological processing
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">DESCRIPTION
</A></H2>
Although only base forms of words are usually stored in WordNet, searches
may be done on inflected forms. A set of morphology functions, Morphy,
is applied to the search string to generate a form that is present in
WordNet. <P>
Morphology in WordNet uses two types of processes to try to convert
the string passed into one that can be found in the WordNet database. There
are lists of inflectional endings, based on syntactic category, that can
be detached from individual words in an attempt to find a form of the
word that is in WordNet. There are also exception list files, one for
each syntactic category, in which a search for an inflected form is done.
Morphy tries to use these two processes in an intelligent manner to translate
the string passed to the base form found in WordNet. Morphy first checks
for exceptions, then uses the rules of detachment. The Morphy functions
are not independent from WordNet. After each transformation, WordNet is
searched for the resulting string in the syntactic category specified.
<P>
The Morphy functions are passed a string and a syntactic category. A
string is either a single word or a collocation. Since some words, such
as <B>axes </B> can have more than one base form (<B>axe </B> and <B>axis </B>), Morphy works
in the following manner. The first time that Morphy is called with a specific
string, it returns a base form. For each subsequent call to Morphy made
with a <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
string argument, Morphy returns another base form. Whenever
Morphy cannot perform a transformation, whether on the first call for
a word or subsequent calls, <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
is returned. A transformation to a
valid English string will return <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
if the base form of the string
is not in WordNet. <P>
The morphological functions are found in the WordNet
library. See <B><A HREF="morph.3WN.html">morph</B>(3WN)</A>
for information on using these functions.
<H3><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">Rules
of Detachment </A></H3>
The following table shows the rules of detachment used by
Morphy. If a word ends with one of the suffixes, it is stripped from the
word and the corresponding ending is added. Then WordNet is searched for
the resulting string. No rules are applicable to adverbs. <P>
<TABLE BORDER=0>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>POS </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Suffix
</B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Ending </B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>NOUN </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"s" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>NOUN </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"ses" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"s" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>NOUN </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"xes" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"x" </TD>
</TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>NOUN </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"zes" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"z" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>NOUN </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"ches" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"ch" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>NOUN </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"shes" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"sh" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>NOUN
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"men" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"man" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>NOUN </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"ies" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"y" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>VERB </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"s" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>VERB </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"ies" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"y"
</TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>VERB </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"es" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"e" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>VERB </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"es" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>VERB </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"ed" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"e" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>VERB </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"ed"
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>VERB </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"ing" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"e" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>VERB </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"ing" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ADJ </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"er" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ADJ </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"est"
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ADJ </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"er" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"e" </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ADJ </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"est" </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>"e" </TD> </TR>
</TABLE>
<H3><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">Exception Lists </A></H3>
There is one
exception list file for each syntactic category. The exception lists contain
the morphological transformations for strings that are not regular and
therefore cannot be processed in an algorithmic manner. Each line of an
exception list contains an inflected form of a word or collocation, followed
by one or more base forms. The list is kept in alphabetical order and
a binary search is used to find words in these lists. See <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
for
information on the format of the exception list files.
<H3><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">Single Words </A></H3>
In
general, single words are relatively easy to process. Morphy first looks
for the word in the exception list. If it is found the first base form
is returned. Subsequent calls with a <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
argument return additional
base forms, if present. A <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
is returned when there are no more base
forms of the word. <P>
If the word is not found in the exception list corresponding
to the syntactic category, an algorithmic process using the rules of detachment
looks for a matching suffix. If a matching suffix is found, a corresponding
ending is applied (sometimes this ending is a <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
string, so in effect
the suffix is removed from the word), and WordNet is consulted to see
if the resulting word is found in the desired part of speech.
<H3><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">Collocations
</A></H3>
As opposed to single words, collocations can be quite difficult to transform
into a base form that is present in WordNet. In general, only base forms
of words, even those comprising collocations, are stored in WordNet, such
as <B>attorney&nbsp;general </B>. Transforming the collocation <B>attorneys&nbsp;general </B>
is then simply a matter of finding the base forms of the individual words
comprising the collocation. This usually works for nouns, therefore non-conforming
nouns, such as <B>customs&nbsp;duty </B> are presently entered in the noun exception
list. <P>
Verb collocations that contain prepositions, such as <B>ask&nbsp;for&nbsp;it
</B>, are more difficult. As with single words, the exception list is searched
first. If the collocation is not found, special code in Morphy determines
whether a verb collocation includes a preposition. If it does, a function
is called to try to find the base form in the following manner. It is
assumed that the first word in the collocation is a verb and that the
last word is a noun. The algorithm then builds a search string with the
base forms of the verb and noun, leaving the remainder of the collocation
(usually just the preposition, but more words may be involved) in the
middle. For example, passed <B>asking&nbsp;for&nbsp;it </B>, the database search would
be performed with <B>ask&nbsp;for&nbsp;it </B>, which is found in WordNet, and therefore
returned from Morphy. If a verb collocation does not contain a preposition,
then the base form of each word in the collocation is found and WordNet
is searched for the resulting string.
<H3><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">Hyphenation </A></H3>
Hyphenation also presents
special difficulties when searching WordNet. It is often a subjective decision
as to whether a word is hyphenated, joined as one word, or is a collocation
of several words, and which of the various forms are entered into WordNet.
When Morphy breaks a string into "words", it looks for both spaces and
hyphens as delimiters. It also looks for periods in strings and removes
them if an exact match is not found. A search for an abbreviation like
<B>oct. </B> return the synset for <B>{&nbsp;October,&nbsp;Oct&nbsp;} </B>. Not every pattern of hyphenated
and collocated string is searched for properly, so it may be advantageous
to specify several search strings if the results of a search attempt seem
incomplete.
<H3><A NAME="sect7" HREF="#toc7">Special Processing for nouns ending with 'ful' </A></H3>
Morphy contains
code that searches for nouns ending with <B>ful </B> and performs a transformation
on the substring preceeding it. It then appends 'ful' back onto the resulting
string and returns it. For example, if passed the nouns <B>boxesful </B>, it will
return <B>boxful </B>.
<H2><A NAME="sect8" HREF="#toc8">BUGS </A></H2>
Since many noun collocations contains prepositions,
such as <B>line&nbsp;of&nbsp;products </B>, an algorithm similar to that used for verbs
should be written for nouns. In the present scheme, if Morphy is passed
<B>lines&nbsp;of&nbsp;products </B>, the search string becomes <B>line&nbsp;of&nbsp;product </B>, which
is not in WordNet <P>
Morphy will allow non-words to be converted to words,
if they follow one of the rules described above. For example, it will
happily convert <B>plantes </B> to <B>plants </B>.
<H2><A NAME="sect9" HREF="#toc9">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>WNHOME</B>
</DT>
<DD>Base directory for WordNet. Default is <B>/usr/local/WordNet-3.0 </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>WNSEARCHDIR</B>
</DT>
<DD>Directory in which the WordNet database has been installed. Default
is <B>WNHOME/dict </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect10" HREF="#toc10">REGISTRY (WINDOWS) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\WordNet\3.0\WNHome</B>
</DT>
<DD>Base directory for WordNet. Default is <B>C:\Program&nbsp;Files\WordNet\3.0 </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect11" HREF="#toc11">FILES
</A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B><I>pos </I>.exc</B> </DT>
<DD>morphology exception lists </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect12" HREF="#toc12">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="wn.1WN.html">wn</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnb.1WN.html">wnb</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="binsrch.3WN.html">binsrch</B>(3WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="morph.3WN.html">morph</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wninput.7WN.html">wninput</B>(7WN)</A>
. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">Rules of Detachment</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">Exception Lists</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">Single Words</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">Collocations</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">Hyphenation</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc7" HREF="#sect7">Special Processing for nouns ending with 'ful'</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc8" HREF="#sect8">BUGS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc9" HREF="#sect9">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc10" HREF="#sect10">REGISTRY (WINDOWS)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc11" HREF="#sect11">FILES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc12" HREF="#sect12">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

318
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/prologdb.5WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>PROLOGDB(5WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
wn_pl - description of Prolog database files
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
The files
<B>wn_ </B><I>* </I><B>.pl </B> contain the WordNet database in a prolog-readable format. A prolog
interface to WordNet is not implemented. <P>
The prolog database is very large
and may take many minutes to load into the Prolog workspace. A separate
file has been created for each WordNet relation giving the user the ability
to load only those parts of the database that they are interested. <P>
See
<B>FILES </B>, below, for a list of the database files and <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
and <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)<B></B></A>
for detailed descriptions of the various WordNet relations (referred to
as <I>operators </I> in this manual page).
<H3><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">File Format </A></H3>
Each prolog database file
contains information corresponding to the synsets and word senses contained
in the WordNet database. In the prolog version of the database, the <I>synset_id
</I>s (defined below) are used as unique synset identifiers. <P>
Each line of
a file contains an operator that corresponds to a WordNet relation. All
lines with the same <I>operator </I> value are stored in the file <B>wn_ </B><I>operator
</I><B>.pl </B>. <P>
The general format of a line in a prolog database file is as follows:
<P>
<blockquote><I>operator<B>(<I>field1<B>,<I>&nbsp;&nbsp;...&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>,<I>fieldn<B>). </B></I></B></I></B></I></B></I> <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
Each line contains the name of the
operator, followed by a left parenthesis, a comma-separated list of fields,
a right parenthesis, and a period. Note there are no spaces, and each
line is terminated with a newline character.
<H3><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">Operators </A></H3>
Each WordNet relation
is represented in a separate file by <I>operator </I> name. Some operators are
reflexive (i.e. the "reverse" relation is implicit). So, for example, if
<B>x </B> is a hypernym of <B>y </B>, <B>y </B> is necessarily a hyponym of <B>x </B>. In the prolog
database, reflected pointers are usually implied for semantic relations.
<P>
Semantic relations are represented by a pair of <I>synset_id </I>s, in which
the first <I>synset_id </I> is generally the source of the relation and the second
is the target. If two pairs <I>synset_id </I><B>, </B><I>w_num </I> are present, the operator
represents a lexical relation between word forms. <P>
<B>s(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>w_num<B>,'<I>word<B>',<I>ss_type<B>,<I>sense_number<B>,<I>tag_count<B>).
</B></I></B></I></B></I></B></I></B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>A <B>s </B> operator is present for every word sense in WordNet. In <B>wn_s.pl
</B>, <I>w_num </I> specifies the word number for <I>word </I> in the synset. </blockquote>
<P>
<B>g(<I>synset_id<B>,'(<I>gloss<B>)').
</B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>g </B> operator specifies the gloss for a synset. </blockquote>
<P>
<B>hyp(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>synset_id<B>).
</B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>hyp </B> operator specifies that the second synset is a hypernym of
the first synset. This relation holds for nouns and verbs. The reflexive
operator, hyponym, implies that the first synset is a hyponym of the second
synset. </blockquote>
<P>
<B>ent(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>synset_id<B>). </B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>ent </B> operator specifies that the
second synset is an entailment of first synset. This relation only holds
for verbs. </blockquote>
<P>
<B>sim(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>synset_id<B>). </B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>sim </B> operator specifies that
the second synset is similar in meaning to the first synset. This means
that the second synset is a satellite the first synset, which is the cluster
head. This relation only holds for adjective synsets contained in adjective
clusters. </blockquote>
<P>
<B>mm(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>synset_id<B>). </B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>mm </B> operator specifies that the
second synset is a member meronym of the first synset. This relation only
holds for nouns. The reflexive operator, member holonym, can be implied.
</blockquote>
<P>
<B>ms(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>synset_id<B>). </B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>ms </B> operator specifies that the second
synset is a substance meronym of the first synset. This relation only
holds for nouns. The reflexive operator, substance holonym, can be implied.
</blockquote>
<P>
<B>mp(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>synset_id<B>). </B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>mp </B> operator specifies that the second
synset is a part meronym of the first synset. This relation only holds
for nouns. The reflexive operator, part holonym, can be implied. </blockquote>
<P>
<B>cs(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>synset_id<B>).
</B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>cs </B> operator specifies that the second synset is a cause of the
first synset. This relation only holds for verbs. </blockquote>
<P>
<B>vgp(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>synset_id<B>).
</B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>vgp </B> operator specifies verb synsets that are similar in meaning
and should be grouped together when displayed in response to a grouped
synset search. </blockquote>
<P>
<B>at(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>synset_id<B>). </B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>at </B> operator defines the
attribute relation between noun and adjective synset pairs in which the
adjective is a value of the noun. For each pair, both relations are listed
(ie. each <I>synset_id </I> is both a source and target). </blockquote>
<P>
<B>ant(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>w_num<B>,<I>synset_id<B>,<I>w_num<B>).
</B></I></B></I></B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>ant </B> operator specifies antonymous <I>word </I>s. This is a lexical relation
that holds for all syntactic categories. For each antonymous pair, both
relations are listed (ie. each <I>synset_id,w_num </I> pair is both a source and
target word.) </blockquote>
<P>
<B>sa(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>w_num<B>,<I>synset_id<B>,<I>w_num<B>). </B></I></B></I></B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>sa </B> operator
specifies that additional information about the first word can be obtained
by seeing the second word. This operator is only defined for verbs and
adjectives. There is no reflexive relation (ie. it cannot be inferred that
the additional information about the second word can be obtained from
the first word). </blockquote>
<P>
<B>ppl(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>w_num<B>,<I>synset_id<B>,<I>w_num<B>). </B></I></B></I></B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>ppl </B> operator
specifies that the adjective first word is a participle of the verb second
word. The reflexive operator can be implied. </blockquote>
<P>
<B>per(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>w_num<B>,<I>synset_id<B>,<I>w_num<B>).
</B></I></B></I></B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>per </B> operator specifies two different relations based on the parts
of speech involved. If the first word is in an adjective synset, that
word pertains to either the noun or adjective second word. If the first
word is in an adverb synset, that word is derived from the adjective second
word. </blockquote>
<P>
<B>fr(<I>synset_id<B>,<I>f_num<B>,<I>w_num<B>). </B></I></B></I></B></I></B><BR>
<blockquote>The <B>fr </B> operator specifies a generic
sentence frame for one or all words in a synset. The operator is defined
only for verbs. </blockquote>
<H3><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">Field Definitions </A></H3>
A <I>synset_id </I> is a nine byte field in
which the first byte defines the syntactic category of the synset and
the remaining eight bytes are a <I>synset_offset </I>, as defined in <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
,
indicating the byte offset in the <B>data. </B><I>pos </I> file that corresponds to the
syntactic category. <P>
The syntactic category is encoded as: <P>
<blockquote><B>1 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;NOUN <BR>
<B>2 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;VERB <BR>
<B>3 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADJECTIVE <BR>
<B>4 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADVERB <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
<I>w_num </I>, if present, indicates which word
in the synset is being referred to. Word numbers are assigned to the <I>word
</I> fields in a synset, from left to right, beginning with 1. When used to
represent lexical WordNet relations <I>w_num </I> may be 0, indicating that the
relation holds for all words in the synset indicated by the preceding
<I>synset_id </I>. See <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
for a discussion of semantic and lexical
relations. <P>
<I>ss_type </I> is a one character code indicating the synset type:
<P>
<blockquote><B>n </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;NOUN <BR>
<B>v </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;VERB <BR>
<B>a </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADJECTIVE <BR>
<B>s </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADJECTIVE&nbsp;SATELLITE <BR>
<B>r </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADVERB <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
<I>sense_number
</I> specifies the sense number of the word, within the part of speech encoded
in the <I>synset_id </I>, in the WordNet database. <P>
<I>word </I> is the ASCII text of
the word as entered in the synset by the lexicographer, with spaces replaced
by underscore characters (<B>_ </B>). The text of the word is case sensitive.
An adjective <I>word </I> is immediately followed by a syntactic marker if one
was specified in the lexicographer file. A syntactic marker is appended,
in parentheses, onto <I>word </I> without any intervening spaces. See <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
for a list of the syntactic markers for adjectives. <P>
Each synset has a
<I>gloss </I> that may contain a definition, one or more example sentences, or
both. Note that glosses are enclosed in single forward quotes and parentheses:&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>'(<I>gloss<B>)'
</B></I></B>. <P>
<I>f_num </I> specifies the generic sentence frame number for word <I>w_num </I> in
the synset indicated by <I>synset_id </I>. Note that when <I>w_num </I> is <B>0 </B>, the frame
number applies to all words in the synset. If non-zero, the frame applies
to that word in the synset. <P>
In WordNet, sense numbers are assigned as
described in <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
. <I>tag_count </I> is the number of times the sense was
tagged in the Semantic Concordances, and <B>0 </B> if it was not instantiated.
<H2><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">NOTES </A></H2>
Since single forward quotes are used to enclose character strings,
single quote characters found in <I>word </I> and <I>gloss </I> fields are represented
as two adjacent single quote characters. <P>
The load time can be greatly
reduced by creating "object language" versions of the files, an option
that is supported by some implementations, such as Quintus Prolog.
<H2><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">ENVIRONMENT
VARIABLES (UNIX) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>WNHOME</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory for WordNet. Default is <B>/usr/local/WordNet-3.0
</B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect7" HREF="#toc7">REGISTRY (WINDOWS) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\WordNet\3.0\WNHome</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory
for WordNet. Default is <B>C:\Program&nbsp;Files\WordNet\3.0 </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect8" HREF="#toc8">FILES </A></H2>
All files are
in <B>WNHOME/prolog </B> on Unix platforms and <B>WNHome\prolog </B> on Windows platforms
<DL>
<DT><B>wn_s.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>synset pointers </DD>
<DT><B>wn_g.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>gloss pointers </DD>
<DT><B>wn_hyp.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>hypernym pointers
</DD>
<DT><B>wn_ent.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>entailment pointers </DD>
<DT><B>wn_sim.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>similar pointers </DD>
<DT><B>wn_mm.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>member
meronym pointers </DD>
<DT><B>wn_ms.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>substance meronym pointers </DD>
<DT><B>wn_mp.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>part meronym
pointers </DD>
<DT><B>wn_cs.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>cause pointers </DD>
<DT><B>wn_vgp.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>grouped verb pointers </DD>
<DT><B>wn_at.pl</B>
</DT>
<DD>attribute pointers </DD>
<DT><B>wn_ant.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>antonym pointers </DD>
<DT><B>wn_sa.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>see also pointers
</DD>
<DT><B>wn_ppl.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>participle pointers </DD>
<DT><B>wn_per.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>pertainym pointers </DD>
<DT><B>wn_fr.pl</B> </DT>
<DD>frame
pointers </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect9" HREF="#toc9">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wngroups.7WN.html">wngroups</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnpkgs.7WN.html">wnpkgs</B>(7WN)</A>
.
<P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">File Format</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">Operators</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">Field Definitions</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">NOTES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc7" HREF="#sect7">REGISTRY (WINDOWS)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc8" HREF="#sect8">FILES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc9" HREF="#sect9">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

184
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/senseidx.5WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>SENSEIDX(5WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
index.sense, sense.idx - WordNet's sense index
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
The WordNet
sense index provides an alternate method for accessing synsets and word
senses in the WordNet database. It is useful to applications that retrieve
synsets or other information related to a specific sense in WordNet, rather
than all the senses of a word or collocation. It can also be used with
tools like <B>grep </B> and Perl to find all senses of a word in one or more
parts of speech. A specific WordNet sense, encoded as a <I>sense_key </I>, can
be used as an index into this file to obtain its WordNet sense number,
the database byte offset of the synset containing the sense, and the number
of times it has been tagged in the semantic concordance texts. <P>
Concatenating
the <I>lemma </I> and <I>lex_sense </I> fields of a semantically tagged word (represented
in a <B>&lt;wf&nbsp; </B>...&nbsp;<B>&gt; </B> attribute/value pair) in a semantic concordance file, using
<B>% </B> as the concatenation character, creates the <I>sense_key </I> for that sense,
which can in turn be used to search the sense index file. <P>
A <I>sense_key
</I> is the best way to represent a sense in semantic tagging or other systems
that refer to WordNet senses. <I>sense_key </I>s are independent of WordNet sense
numbers and <I>synset_offset </I>s, which vary between versions of the database.
Using the sense index and a <I>sense_key </I>, the corresponding synset (via
the <I>synset_offset </I>) and WordNet sense number can easily be obtained. A
mapping from noun <I>sense_key </I>s in WordNet 1.6 to corresponding 2.0 <I>sense_key
</I>s is provided with version 2.0, and is described in <B><A HREF="sensemap.5WN.html">sensemap</B>(5WN)</A>
. <P>
See
<B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
for a thorough discussion of the WordNet database files.
<H3><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">File
Format </A></H3>
The sense index file lists all of the senses in the WordNet database
with each line representing one sense. The file is in alphabetical order,
fields are separated by one space, and each line is terminated with a
newline character. <P>
Each line is of the form: <P>
<blockquote><I>sense_key&nbsp;&nbsp;synset_offset&nbsp;&nbsp;sense_number&nbsp;&nbsp;tag_cnt
</I> </blockquote>
<P>
<I>sense_key </I> is an encoding of the word sense. Programs can construct
a sense key in this format and use it as a binary search key into the
sense index file. The format of a <I>sense_key </I> is described below. <P>
<I>synset_offset
</I> is the byte offset that the synset containing the sense is found at in
the database "data" file corresponding to the part of speech encoded in
the <I>sense_key </I>. <I>synset_offset </I> is an 8 digit, zero-filled decimal integer,
and can be used with <B><A HREF="fseek.3.html">fseek</B>(3)</A>
to read a synset from the data file. When
passed to the WordNet library function <B>read_synset() </B> along with the syntactic
category, a data structure containing the parsed synset is returned. <P>
<I>sense_number
</I> is a decimal integer indicating the sense number of the word, within
the part of speech encoded in <I>sense_key </I>, in the WordNet database. See
<B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
for information about how sense numbers are assigned. <P>
<I>tag_cnt
</I> represents the decimal number of times the sense is tagged in various
semantic concordance texts. A <I>tag_cnt </I> of <B>0 </B> indicates that the sense
has not been semantically tagged.
<H3><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">Sense Key Encoding </A></H3>
A <I>sense_key </I> is represented
as: <P>
<blockquote><I>lemma </I><B>% </B><I>lex_sense </I> </blockquote>
<P>
where <I>lex_sense </I> is encoded as: <P>
<blockquote><I>ss_type<B>:<I>lex_filenum<B>:<I>lex_id<B>:<I>head_word<B>:<I>head_id
</I></B></I></B></I></B></I></B></I> </blockquote>
<P>
<I>lemma </I> is the ASCII text of the word or collocation as found in the
WordNet database index file corresponding to <I>pos </I>. <I>lemma </I> is in lower case,
and collocations are formed by joining individual words with an underscore
(<B>_ </B>) character. <P>
<I>ss_type </I> is a one digit decimal integer representing the
synset type for the sense. See <FONT SIZE=-1><B>Synset Type </B></FONT>
below for a listing of the
numbers corresponding to each synset type. <P>
<I>lex_filenum </I> is a two digit
decimal integer representing the name of the lexicographer file containing
the synset for the sense. See <B><A HREF="lexnames.5WN.html">lexnames</B>(5WN)</A>
for the list of lexicographer
file names and their corresponding numbers. <P>
<I>lex_id </I> is a two digit decimal
integer that, when appended onto <I>lemma </I>, uniquely identifies a sense within
a lexicographer file. <I>lex_id </I> numbers usually start with <B>00 </B>, and are incremented
as additional senses of the word are added to the same file, although
there is no requirement that the numbers be consecutive or begin with
<B>00 </B>. Note that a value of <B>00 </B> is the default, and therefore is not present
in lexicographer files. Only non-default <I>lex_id </I> values must be explicitly
assigned in lexicographer files. See <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
for information on the
format of lexicographer files. <P>
<I>head_word </I> is only present if the sense
is in an adjective satellite synset. It is the lemma of the first word
of the satellite's head synset. <P>
<I>head_id </I> is a two digit decimal integer
that, when appended onto <I>head_word </I>, uniquely identifies the sense of
<I>head_word </I> within a lexicographer file, as described for <I>lex_id </I>. There
is a value in this field only if <I>head_word </I> is present.
<H3><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">Synset Type </A></H3>
The
synset type is encoded as follows: <P>
<blockquote><B>1 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;NOUN <BR>
<B>2 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;VERB <BR>
<B>3 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADJECTIVE <BR>
<B>4 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADVERB
<BR>
<B>5 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADJECTIVE SATELLITE <BR>
</blockquote>
<H2><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">NOTES </A></H2>
For non-satellite senses the <I>head_word
</I> and <I>head_id </I> fields have no values, however the field separator character
(<B>: </B>) is present.
<H2><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>WNHOME</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory
for WordNet. Default is <B>/usr/local/WordNet-3.0 </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>WNSEARCHDIR</B> </DT>
<DD>Directory in
which the WordNet database has been installed. Default is <B>WNHOME/dict
</B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect7" HREF="#toc7">REGISTRY (WINDOWS) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\WordNet\3.0\WNHome</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory
for WordNet. Default is <B>C:\Program&nbsp;Files\WordNet\3.0 </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect8" HREF="#toc8">FILES </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>index.sense</B> </DT>
<DD>sense
index </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect9" HREF="#toc9">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="binsrch.3WN.html">binsrch</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnsearch.3WN.html">wnsearch</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="lexnames.5WN.html">lexnames</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.5WN.html">wnintro</B>(5WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="sensemap.5WN.html">sensemap</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">File Format</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">Sense Key Encoding</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">Synset Type</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">NOTES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc7" HREF="#sect7">REGISTRY (WINDOWS)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc8" HREF="#sect8">FILES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc9" HREF="#sect9">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

53
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/uniqbeg.7WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>UNIQBEG(7WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
uniqbeg - unique beginners for noun hierarchies
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
All
of the WordNet noun synsets are organized into hierarchies, headed by
the unique beginner synset for <B>entity </B> in the file <B>noun.Tops </B>. <P>
<blockquote>{ entity
(that which is perceived or known or inferred to have its own <BR>
distinct
existence (living or nonliving)) } <BR>
<P>
</blockquote>
<H2><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">NOTES </A></H2>
The lexicographer files are
not included in the WordNet database package.
<H2><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">FILES </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>noun.Tops</B> </DT>
<DD>unique beginners
for nouns </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.7WN.html">wnintro</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wngloss.7WN.html">wngloss</B>(7WN)</A>
.
<P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">NOTES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">FILES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

388
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wn.1WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WN(1WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
wn - command line interface to WordNet lexical database
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">SYNOPSIS
</A></H2>
<B>wn </B> [ <I>searchstr </I> ] [ <B>-h </B>] [ <B>-g </B> ] [ <B>-a </B> ] [ <B>-l </B> ] [ <B>-o </B> ] [ <B>-s </B> ] [ <B>-n<I># </I></B> ] [
<I>search_option </I>... ]
<H2><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
<B>wn() </B> provides a command line interface
to the WordNet database, allowing synsets and relations to be displayed
as formatted text. For each word, different searches are provided, based
on syntactic category and pointer types. Although only base forms of words
are usually stored in WordNet, users may search for inflected forms. A
morphological process is applied to the search string to generate a form
that is present in WordNet. <P>
The command line interface is often useful
when writing scripts to extract information from the WordNet database.
Post-processing of the output with various scripting tools can reformat
the results as desired.
<H2><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">OPTIONS </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>-h</B> </DT>
<DD>Print help text before search results.
</DD>
<DT><B>-g</B> </DT>
<DD>Display textual glosses associated with synsets. </DD>
<DT><B>-a</B> </DT>
<DD>Display lexicographer
file information. </DD>
<DT><B>-o</B> </DT>
<DD>Display synset offset of each synset. </DD>
<DT><B>-s</B> </DT>
<DD>Display each
word's sense numbers in synsets. </DD>
<DT><B>-l</B> </DT>
<DD>Display the WordNet copyright notice,
version number, and license. </DD>
<DT><B>-n<I># </I></B> </DT>
<DD>Perform search on sense number <I># </I> only.
</DD>
<DT><B>-over </B> </DT>
<DD>Display overview of all senses of <I>searchstr </I> in all syntactic categories.
</DD>
</DL>
<H3><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">Search Options </A></H3>
Note that the last letter of <I>search_option </I> generally
denotes the part of speech that the search applies to: <B>n </B> for nouns, <B>v
</B> for verbs, <B>a </B> for adjectives, and <B>r </B> for adverbs. Multiple searches may
be done for <I>searchstr </I> with a single command by specifying all the appropriate
search options. <P>
<DL>
<DT><B>-syns </B>(<I>n </I> | <I>v </I> | <I>a </I> | <I>r </I>) </DT>
<DD>Display synonyms and immediate
hypernyms of synsets containing <I>searchstr </I>. Synsets are ordered by estimated
frequency of use. For adjectives, if <I>searchstr </I> is in a head synset, the
cluster's satellite synsets are displayed in place of hypernyms. If <I>searchstr
</I> is in a satellite synset, its head synset is also displayed. </DD>
<DT><B>-simsv </B> </DT>
<DD>Display
verb synonyms and immediate hypernyms of synsets containing <I>searchstr
</I>. Synsets are grouped by similarity of meaning. </DD>
<DT><B>-ants </B>(<I>n </I> | <I>v </I> | <I>a </I> | <I>r </I>)
</DT>
<DD>Display synsets containing antonyms of <I>searchstr </I>. For adjectives, if <I>searchstr
</I> is in a head synset, <I>searchstr </I> has a direct antonym. The head synset
for the direct antonym is displayed along with the direct antonym's satellite
synsets. If <I>searchstr </I> is in a satellite synset, <I>searchstr </I> has an indirect
antonym via the head synset, which is displayed. </DD>
<DT><B>-faml </B>(<I>n </I> | <I>v </I> | <I>a </I> | <I>r </I>)
</DT>
<DD>Display familiarity and polysemy information for <I>searchstr </I>. </DD>
<DT><B>-hype </B>(<I>n </I>
| <I>v </I>) </DT>
<DD>Recursively display hypernym (superordinate) tree for <I>searchstr
</I> (<I>searchstr </I> <I>IS A KIND OF _____ </I> relation). </DD>
<DT><B>-hypo </B>(<I>n </I> | <I>v </I>) </DT>
<DD>Display immediate
hyponyms (subordinates) for <I>searchstr </I> (<I>_____ IS A KIND OF </I> <I>searchstr
</I> relation). </DD>
<DT><B>-tree </B>(<I>n </I> | <I>v </I>) </DT>
<DD>Display hyponym (subordinate) tree for <I>searchstr
</I>. This is a recursive search that finds the hyponyms of each hyponym. </DD>
<DT><B>-coor
</B>(<I>n </I> | <I>v </I>) </DT>
<DD>Display the coordinates (sisters) of <I>searchstr </I>. This search
prints the immediate hypernym for each synset that contains <I>searchstr
</I> and the hypernym's immediate hyponyms. </DD>
<DT><B>-deri </B>(<I>n </I> | <I>v </I>) </DT>
<DD>Display derivational
morphology links between noun and verb forms. </DD>
<DT><B>-domn </B>(<I>n </I> | <I>v </I> | <I>a </I> | <I>r </I>) </DT>
<DD>Display
domain that <I>searchstr </I> has been classified in. </DD>
<DT><B>-domt </B>(<I>n </I> | <I>v </I> | <I>a </I> | <I>r </I>) </DT>
<DD>Display
all terms classified as members of the <I>searchstr </I>'s domain. </DD>
<DT><B>-subsn</B> </DT>
<DD>Display
substance meronyms of <I>searchstr </I> (<I>HAS SUBSTANCE </I> relation). </DD>
<DT><B>-partn</B> </DT>
<DD>Display
part meronyms of <I>searchstr </I> (<I>HAS PART </I> relation). </DD>
<DT><B>-membn</B> </DT>
<DD>Display member
meronyms of <I>searchstr </I> (<I>HAS MEMBER </I> relation). </DD>
<DT><B>-meron</B> </DT>
<DD>Display all meronyms
of <I>searchstr </I> (<I>HAS PART, HAS MEMBER, HAS SUBSTANCE </I> relations). </DD>
<DT><B>-hmern</B>
</DT>
<DD>Display meronyms for <I>searchstr </I> tree. This is a recursive search that
prints all the meronyms of <I>searchstr </I> and all of its hypernyms. </DD>
<DT><B>-sprtn</B>
</DT>
<DD>Display <I>part of </I> holonyms of <I>searchstr </I> (<I>PART OF </I> relation). </DD>
<DT><B>-smemn</B> </DT>
<DD>Display
<I>member of </I> holonyms of <I>searchstr </I> (<I>MEMBER OF </I> relation). </DD>
<DT><B>-ssubn</B> </DT>
<DD>Display
<I>substance of </I> holonyms of <I>searchstr </I> (<I>SUBSTANCE OF </I> relation). </DD>
<DT><B>-holon</B> </DT>
<DD>Display
all holonyms of <I>searchstr </I> (<I>PART OF, MEMBER OF, SUBSTANCE OF </I> relations).
</DD>
<DT><B>-hholn</B> </DT>
<DD>Display holonyms for <I>searchstr </I> tree. This is a recursive search
that prints all the holonyms of <I>searchstr </I> and all of each holonym's holonyms.
</DD>
<DT><B>-entav</B> </DT>
<DD>Display entailment relations of <I>searchstr </I>. </DD>
<DT><B>-framv</B> </DT>
<DD>Display applicable
verb sentence frames for <I>searchstr </I>. </DD>
<DT><B>-causv</B> </DT>
<DD>Display <I>cause to </I> relations
of <I>searchstr </I>. </DD>
<DT><B> -pert </B>(<I>a </I> | <I>r </I>) </DT>
<DD>Display pertainyms of <I>searchstr </I>. </DD>
<DT><B> -attr </B>(<I>n
</I> | <I>a </I>) </DT>
<DD>Display adjective values for noun attribute, or noun attributes
of adjective values. </DD>
<DT><B>-grep </B>(<I>n </I> | <I>v </I> | <I>a </I> | <I>r </I>) </DT>
<DD>List compound words containing
<I>searchstr </I> as a substring. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">SEARCH RESULTS </A></H2>
The results of a search are
written to the standard output. For each search, the output consists a
one line description of the search, followed by the search results. <P>
All
searches other than <B>-over </B> list all senses matching the search results
in the following general format. Items enclosed in italicized square brackets
(<I>[&nbsp;...&nbsp;] </I>) may not be present. <P>
<blockquote>One line listing the number of senses matching
the search request. <P>
Each sense matching the search requested displayed
as follows: <P>
<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<B>Sense <I>n </I></B> <BR>
<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<I>[<B>{<I>synset_offset<B>}<I>] [<B>&lt;<I>lex_filename<B>&gt;<I>]&nbsp;&nbsp;word1[<B>#<I>sense_number][,&nbsp;&nbsp;word2...]
</I></B></I></B></I></B></I></B></I></B></I> <BR>
<P>
Where <I>n </I> is the sense number of the search word, <I>synset_offset </I> is
the byte offset of the synset in the <B>data.<I>pos </I></B> file corresponding to the
syntactic category, <I>lex_filename </I> is the name of the lexicographer file
that the synset comes from, <I>word1 </I> is the first word in the synset (note
that this is not necessarily the search word) and <I>sense_number </I> is the
WordNet sense number assigned to the preceding word. <I>synset_offset, lex_filename
</I>, and <I>sense_number </I> are generated when the <B>-o, -a, </B> and <B>-s </B> options, respectively,
are specified. <P>
The synsets matching the search requested are printed below
each sense's synset output described above. Each line of output is preceded
by a marker (usually <B>=&gt; </B>), then a synset, formatted as described above.
If a search traverses more one level of the tree, then successive lines
are indented by spaces corresponding to its level in the hierarchy. When
the <B>-g </B> option is specified, synset glosses are displayed in parentheses
at the end of each synset. Each synset is printed on one line. <P>
Senses
are generally ordered from most to least frequently used, with the most
common sense numbered <B>1 </B>. Frequency of use is determined by the number
of times a sense is tagged in the various semantic concordance texts.
Senses that are not semantically tagged follow the ordered senses. Note
that this ordering is only an estimate based on usage in a small corpus.
<P>
Verb senses can be grouped by similarity of meaning, rather than ordered
by frequency of use. The <B>-simsv </B> search prints all senses that are close
in meaning together, with a line of dashes indicating the end of a group.
See <B><A HREF="wngroups.7WN.html">wngroups</B>(7WN)</A>
for a discussion of how senses are grouped. <P>
The <B>-over
</B> search displays an overview of all the senses of the search word in all
syntactic categories. The results of this search are similar to the <B>-syns
</B> search, however no additional (ex. hypernym) synsets are displayed, and
synset glosses are always printed. The senses are grouped by syntactic
category, and each synset is annotated as described above with <I>synset_offset
</I>, <I>lex_filename </I>, and <I>sense_number </I> as dictated by the <B>-o, -a, </B> and <B>-s </B> options.
The overview search also indicates how many of the senses in each syntactic
category are represented in the tagged texts. This is a way for the user
to determine whether a sense's sense number is based on semantic tagging
data, or was arbitrarily assigned. For each sense that has appeared in
such texts, the number of semantic tags to that sense are indicated in
parentheses after the sense number. <P>
If a search cannot be performed on
some senses of <I>searchstr </I>, the search results are headed by a string of
the form: <tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;X of Y senses of <I>searchstr </I> <BR>
<P>
The output of the <B>-deri </B> search
shows word forms that are morphologically related to <B>searchstr </B>. Each word
form pointed to from <I>searchstr </I> is displayed, preceded by <B>RELATED TO-&gt; </B>
and the syntactic category of the link, followed, on the next line, by
its synset. Printed after the word form is <B># </B><I>n </I> where <I>n </I> indicates the
WordNet sense number of the term pointed to. <P>
The <B>-domn </B> and <B>-domt </B> searches
show the domain that a synset has been classified in and, conversely,
all of the terms that have been assigned to a specific domain. A domain
is either a <B>TOPIC, </B> <B>REGION </B> or <B>USAGE, </B> as reflected in the specific pointer
character stored in the database, and displayed in the output. A <B>-domn
</B> search on a term shows the domain, if any, that each synset containing
<I>searchstr </I> has been classified in. The output display shows the domain
type (<B>TOPIC, </B> <B>REGION </B> or <B>USAGE </B>), followed by the syntactic category of
the domain synset and the terms in the synset. Each term is followed by
<B># </B><I>n </I> where <I>n </I> indicates the WordNet sense number of the term. The converse
search, <B>-domt </B>, shows all of the synsets that have been placed into the
domain <I>searchstr </I>, with analogous markers. <P>
When <B>-framv </B> is specified,
sample illustrative sentences and generic sentence frames are displayed.
If a sample sentence is found, the base form of <I>search </I> is substituted
into the sentence, and it is printed below the synset, preceded with the
<B>EX: </B> marker. When no sample sentences are found, the generic sentence
frames are displayed. Sentence frames that are acceptable for all words
in a synset are preceded by the marker <B>*&gt; </B>. If a frame is acceptable for
the search word only, it is preceded by the marker <B>=&gt; </B>. <P>
Search results
for adjectives are slightly different from those for other parts of speech.
When an adjective is printed, its direct antonym, if it has one, is also
printed in parentheses. When <I>searchstr </I> is in a head synset, all of the
head synset's satellites are also displayed. The position of an adjective
in relation to the noun may be restricted to the <I>prenominal </I>, <I>postnominal
</I> or <I>predicative </I> position. Where present, these restrictions are noted
in parentheses. <P>
When an adjective is a participle of a verb, the output
indicates the verb and displays its synset. <P>
When an adverb is derived
from an adjective, the specific adjectival sense on which it is based
is indicated. <P>
The morphological transformations performed by the search
code may result in more than one word to search for. WordNet automatically
performs the requested search on all of the strings and returns the results
grouped by word. For example, the verb <B>saw </B> is both the present tense
of <B>saw </B> and the past tense of <B>see </B>. When passed <I>searchstr </I> <B>saw </B>, WordNet
performs the desired search first on <B>saw </B> and next on <B>see </B>, returning
the list of <B>saw </B> senses and search results, followed by those for <B>see
</B>. </blockquote>
<H2><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">EXIT STATUS </A></H2>
<B>wn() </B> normally exits with the number of senses displayed.
If <I>searchword </I> is not found in WordNet, it exits with <B>0 </B>. <P>
If the WordNet
database cannot be opened, an error messages is displayed and <B>wn() </B> exits
with <B>-1 </B>.
<H2><A NAME="sect7" HREF="#toc7">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>WNHOME</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory for WordNet.
Default is <B>/usr/local/WordNet-3.0 </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>WNSEARCHDIR</B> </DT>
<DD>Directory in which the
WordNet database has been installed. Default is <B>WNHOME/dict </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect8" HREF="#toc8">REGISTRY
(WINDOWS) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\WordNet\3.0\WNHome</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory for
WordNet. Default is <B>C:\Program&nbsp;Files\WordNet\3.0 </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect9" HREF="#toc9">FILES </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>index.<I>pos </I></B> </DT>
<DD>database
index files </DD>
<DT><B>data.<I>pos </I></B> </DT>
<DD>database data files </DD>
<DT><B>*.vrb</B> </DT>
<DD>files of sentences illustrating
the use of verbs </DD>
<DT><B><I>pos </I>.exc</B> </DT>
<DD>morphology exception lists </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect10" HREF="#toc10">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="wnintro.1WN.html">wnintro</B>(1WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="wnb.1WN.html">wnb</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.3WN.html">wnintro</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="lexnames.5WN.html">lexnames</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="senseidx.5WN.html">senseidx</B>(5WN)</A>
<B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
,<B></B> <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="morphy.7WN.html">morphy</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wngloss.7WN.html">wngloss</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wngroups.7WN.html">wngroups</B>(7WN)</A>
.
<H2><A NAME="sect11" HREF="#toc11">BUGS </A></H2>
Please report bugs to wordnet@princeton.edu.
<P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">SYNOPSIS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">OPTIONS</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">Search Options</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">SEARCH RESULTS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">EXIT STATUS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc7" HREF="#sect7">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc8" HREF="#sect8">REGISTRY (WINDOWS)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc9" HREF="#sect9">FILES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc10" HREF="#sect10">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc11" HREF="#sect11">BUGS</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

524
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wnb.1WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WNB(1WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
wnb - WordNet window-based browser interface
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">SYNOPSIS </A></H2>
<P>
<B>wnb </B>
<H2><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">DESCRIPTION
</A></H2>
<B>wnb() </B> provides a window-based interface for browsing the WordNet database,
allowing synsets and relations to be displayed as formatted text. For
each search word, different searches are available based on syntactic
category and information available in the database. <P>
<B>wnb </B> is written
in Tcl/Tk, which is available for Unix and Windows platforms. This allows
the same code to work on all supported WordNet platforms without modification.
<H2><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">WNB WINDOWS </A></H2>
<B>wnb() </B> was developed with the philosophy that only those
searches and buttons that are applicable at the current time are displayed.
As a result, the appearance of the interface changes as it is used. Use
the standard windowing system mouse functions to open and close the WordNet
Browser Window, move the window, and change its size. <P>
The WordNet Browser
Window contains the following areas, from top to bottom:
<DL>
<DT>Menubar </DT>
<DD>A menubar
runs along the top of the browser window with pulldown menus and button
entitled <B>File </B>, <B>History </B>, <B>Options </B>, and <B>Help </B>. </DD>
<DT>Search Word Entry </DT>
<DD>Below
the Menubar is a line for entering the search word. A search word can
be a single word, hyphenated string, or a collocation. Case is ignored.
Although only uninflected forms of words are usually stored in WordNet,
users may search for inflected forms. WordNet's morphological processor
finds the base form automatically. </DD>
<DT>Search Selection </DT>
<DD>Below the Search Word
Entry line is an area for selecting the search type and senses to search.
Until a search word is entered this area is blank. After a search word
is entered, buttons appear corresponding to each syntactic category (<B>Noun
</B>, <B>Verb </B>, <B>Adjective </B>, <B>Adverb </B>) in which the search string is defined in
WordNet. </DD>
</DL>
<P>
At the right edge of the Search Selection line is a box for
entering sense numbers. When this box is empty, search results for all
senses of the search word that match the search type are displayed. The
search may be restricted to one or more specific senses by entering a
comma or space separated list of sense numbers in the <B>Senses </B> box. These
sense numbers remain in effect until either the user changes or deletes
them, or a new search word is entered.
<DL>
<DT>Results Window </DT>
<DD>Most of the browser
window consists of a large text buffer for displaying the results of WordNet
searches. Horizontal and vertical scroll bars are present for scrolling
through the output. </DD>
<DT>Status Line </DT>
<DD>A status line is at the bottom of the
browser window. When search results are displayed in the Results Window,
this status line reflects the type of search selected. When there is no
search word entered, your are prompted to <B>"Enter search word and press
return." </B> If the search word entered is not in WordNet, the message <B>"Sorry,
no matches found." </B> is displayed. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">SEARCHING THE DATABASE </A></H2>
The WordNet browser
navigates through WordNet in two steps. First a search word is entered
and an overview of all the senses of the word in all syntactic categories
is displayed in the Results Window. The senses are grouped by syntactic
category, and each synset is annotated as described above with <I>synset_offset
</I>, <I>lex_filename </I>, and <I>sense_number </I> as dictated by the advanced search
options set. The overview search also indicates how many of the senses
in each syntactic category are represented in the tagged texts. This is
a way for the user to determine whether a sense's sense number is based
on semantic tagging data, or was arbitrarily assigned. For each sense
that has appeared in such texts, the number of semantic tags to that sense
are indicated in parentheses after the sense number. <P>
Then, within a syntactic
category, a specific search is selected. The desired search is performed
and the search results are displayed in the Results Window. Additional
searches on the same word can be performed, or a new search word can be
entered. <P>
To enter a search word, click the mouse in the horizontal box
labeled <B>Search Word </B>, type a single word, hyphenated string, or collocation
and press <FONT SIZE=-1><B>RETURN. </B></FONT>
<P>
<B>wnb() </B> responds by making a set of Part of Speech
buttons appear in the Search Selection line. Each button corresponds to
a syntactic category in which the search string is defined in WordNet.
At the same time, an Overview of the synsets for all senses of the search
word is displayed in the Results Window. The Overview includes the gloss
for each synset and also indicates which of the senses have appeared in
the semantically tagged texts. For each sense that has appeared in such
texts, the number of semantic tags to that sense are indicated in parentheses
after the sense number. <P>
The pulldown menus in the Search Selection line
list all of the WordNet searches that can be performed for the search
word in that part of speech. To select a search, highlight it by dragging
the mouse to it, and release the mouse while it is highlighted. Drag the
mouse outside of the pulldown list and release to hide the menu without
making a selection. Dragging the mouse across the Part of Speech buttons
displays the available searches for each syntactic category. <P>
To restrict
a search to one or more senses within a syntactic category, enter a comma
or space separated list of sense numbers in the <B>Senses </B> box before selecting
a search. <P>
After a search is selected, <B>wnb() </B> performs the search on the
WordNet database and displays the formatted results in the Results Window.
Whenever search results are displayed, a button entitled <B>Redisplay Overview
</B> is present at the right edge of the Search Word Entry line. Clicking
on this button redisplays the Overview of all synsets for the search word
in the Results Window.
<H3><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">Changing the Search Word </A></H3>
A new search word can
be entered at any time by moving to the Search Word Entry box, if necessary
highlighting it by clicking, erasing the old string, typing a new one
and pressing <FONT SIZE=-1><B>RETURN. </B></FONT>
The <B>Senses </B> box is cleared if necessary, the Part
of Speech buttons applicable to the new search word appear, and the Overview
for the new search word is displayed. <P>
The middle mouse button can also
be used to select a new search word by placing the mouse over any word
in the Results Window and clicking. The selected word will replace the
text in the Search Word Entry box, and the overview for that word will
automatically be displayed. <P>
To select a new search string collocation
from text in the Results Window, highlight the text with the mouse and
press <FONT SIZE=-1><B>CONTROL-S. </B></FONT>
<P>
<H3><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">Interrupting a Search </A></H3>
When a search is in progress
the message <B>"Searching...(press escape to abort)" </B> is displayed in the Status
Line. Note that most searches return very quickly, so this message isn't
noticeable. As indicated, pressing the <FONT SIZE=-1><B>ESCAPE </B></FONT>
key will interrupt the
search. The results of the search obtained before the time the search
was interrupted are displayed in the Results Window.
<H2><A NAME="sect7" HREF="#toc7">MENUS </A></H2>
<H3><A NAME="sect8" HREF="#toc8">File Menu
</A></H3>
<blockquote>
<DL>
<DT>Find keywords by substring </DT>
<DD>Display a popup window for specifying a search
of WordNet for words or collocations that contain a specific substring.
If a search word is currently entered in the <B>Search Word </B> box, it is
used as the substring to search for by default. The Substring Search Window
contains a box for entering a substring, a pulldown menu to its right
for specifying the part of speech to search, a large area for displaying
the search results, and action buttons at the bottom entitled <B>Search </B>,
<B>Save </B>, <B>Print </B> <B>Dismiss </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<P>
Once a substring is entered and a part of speech
selected, clicking on the <B>Search </B> button causes a search to be done for
all words and collocations in WordNet, in that syntactic category, that
contain the substring according to the following criteria: <P>
1. The substring
can appear at the beginning or end of a word, hyphenated string o collocation.
<P>
2. The substring can appear in the middle of a hyphenated string or collocation,
but only delimited on both sides by spaces or hyphens. <P>
The search results
are displayed in the large buffer. Clicking on an item from the search
results list causes <B>wnb() </B> to automatically enter that word in the <B>Search
Word </B> box of the WordNet Browser Window and perform the Overview search.
<P>
Clicking the <B>Save </B> button generates a popup dialog for specifying a filename
to save the substring search results to. Clicking the <B>Print </B> button generates
a popup dialog in which a print command can be specified. <P>
Selecting <B>Dismiss
</B> closes the Substring Search Window.
<DL>
<DT>Save current display </DT>
<DD>Display a popup
dialog for specifying a filename to save the current Results Window contents
to. </DD>
<DT>Print current display </DT>
<DD>Display a popup dialog in which to specify a
print command to which the current Results Window contents can be piped.
Note - this option does not exist in the Windows version. </DD>
<DT>Clear current
display </DT>
<DD>Clear the <B>Search Word </B> and <B>Senses </B> boxes, and Results Window. </DD>
<DT>Exit
</DT>
<DD>Does what you would expect. </DD>
</DL>
</blockquote>
<H3><A NAME="sect9" HREF="#toc9">History </A></H3>
This pulldown menu contains a list
of the last searches performed. Selecting an item from this list performs
that search again. The maximum number of searches stored in the list can
be adjusted from the <B>Options </B> menu. The default is 10.
<H3><A NAME="sect10" HREF="#toc10">Options </A></H3>
<blockquote>
<DL>
<DT>Show help
with each search </DT>
<DD>When this checkbox is selected search results are preceded
by some explanatory text about the type of search selected. This is off
by default. </DD>
<DT>Show descriptive gloss </DT>
<DD>When this checkbox is selected, synset
glosses are displayed in all search results. This is set by default. Note
that glosses are always displayed in the Overview. </DD>
<DT>Wrap Lines </DT>
<DD>When this
checkbox is selected, lines in the Results Window that are wider than
the window are automatically wrapped. This is set by default. If not selected,
a horizontal scroll bar is present if any lines are longer than the width
of the window. </DD>
<DT>Set advanced search options... </DT>
<DD>Selecting this item displays
a popup window for setting the following search options: <B>Lexical file
information; Synset location in database file; Sense number </B>. Choices
for each are: </DD>
</DL>
<P>
<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<B>Don't show </B> (default) <BR>
<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<B>Show with searches </B> <BR>
<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<B>Show with searches
and overview </B> <BR>
<P>
When lexical file information is shown, the name of the
lexicographer file is printed before each synset, enclosed in angle brackets
(<B>&lt;&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>...<B>&nbsp;&nbsp;&gt; </B></I></B>). When both lexical file information and synset location information
are displayed, the synset location information appears first. If within
one lexicographer file more than one sense of a word is entered, an integer
<I>lex_id </I> is appended onto all but one of the word's instances to uniquely
identify it. In each synset, each word having a non-zero <I>lex_id </I> is printed
with the <I>lex_id </I> value printed immediately following the word. If both
lexicographer information and sense numbers are displayed, <I>lex_id </I>s, if
present, precede sense numbers. <P>
When synset location is shown, the byte
offset of the synset in the database "data" file corresponding to the
syntactic category of the synset is printed before each synset, enclosed
in curly braces (<B>{&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>...<B>&nbsp;&nbsp;} </B></I></B>). When both lexical file information and synset
location information are displayed, the synset location information appears
first. <P>
When sense numbers are shown, the sense number of each word in
each synset is printed immediately after the word, and is preceded by
a number sign (<B># </B>).
<DL>
<DT>Set maximum history length... </DT>
<DD>Display a popup dialog in
which the maximum number of previous searches to be kept on the History
list can be set. </DD>
<DT>Set font...&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; </DT>
<DD>Display a popup window for setting
the font (typeface) and font size to use for the Results Window. Choices
for typeface are: <B>Courier </B>, <B>Helvetica </B>, and <B>Times </B> (default). Font size
can be <B>small </B>, <B>medium </B> (default), or <B>large </B>. </DD>
<DT>Save current options as default
</DT>
<DD>Save the currently set options. Next time the browser is started, these
options will be used as the user defaults. </DD>
</DL>
</blockquote>
<H3><A NAME="sect11" HREF="#toc11">Help </A></H3>
<blockquote>
<DL>
<DT>Help on using the WordNet
browser </DT>
<DD>Display this manual page. </DD>
<DT>Help on WordNet terminology </DT>
<DD>Display the
<B><A HREF="wngloss.7WN.html">wngloss</B>(7WN)</A>
manual page. </DD>
<DT>Display the WordNet license </DT>
<DD>Display the WordNet
copyright notice and license agreement. </DD>
<DT>About the WordNet browser </DT>
<DD>Information
about this application. </DD>
</DL>
</blockquote>
<H2><A NAME="sect12" HREF="#toc12">SHORCUTS </A></H2>
Clicking on any word in the Results
Window while holding down the <FONT SIZE=-1><B>SHIFT </B></FONT>
key on the keyboard causes the
browser to replace <B>Search Word </B> with the word and display its Overview
and available searches. Clicking on any word in the Results Window with
the middle mouse button does the same thing. <P>
Pressing the <FONT SIZE=-1><B>CONTROL-S </B></FONT>
keys
causes the browser to do as above on the text that is currently highlighted.
Under Unix, this will work even if the highlighted text is in another
window. This works on hyphenated strings and collocations, as well as
individual words. <P>
Pressing the <FONT SIZE=-1><B>CONTROL-G </B></FONT>
keys displays the Substring
Search Window. <P>
<H2><A NAME="sect13" HREF="#toc13">SEARCH RESULTS </A></H2>
The results of a search of the WordNet
database are displayed in the Results Window. Horizontal and vertical
scroll bars are present for scrolling through the search results. <P>
All
searches other than the Overview list all senses matching the search results
in the following general format. Items enclosed in italicized square brackets
(<I>[&nbsp;...&nbsp;] </I>) may not be present. <P>
If a search cannot be performed on some senses
of <I>searchstr </I>, the search results are headed by a string of the form:
<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;X of Y senses of <I>searchstr </I> <BR>
<P>
<blockquote>One line listing the number of senses matching
the search selected. <P>
Each sense matching the search selected displayed
as follows: <P>
<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<B>Sense <I>n </I></B> <BR>
<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<I>[<B>{<I>synset_offset<B>}<I>] [<B>&lt;<I>lex_filename<B>&gt;<I>]&nbsp;&nbsp;word1[<B>#<I>sense_number][,&nbsp;&nbsp;word2...]
</I></B></I></B></I></B></I></B></I></B></I> <BR>
<P>
Where <I>n </I> is the sense number of the search word, <I>synset_offset </I> is
the byte offset of the synset in the <B>data.<I>pos </I></B> file corresponding to the
syntactic category, <I>lex_filename </I> is the name of the lexicographer file
that the synset comes from, <I>word1 </I> is the first word in the synset (note
that this is not necessarily the search word) and <I>sense_number </I> is the
WordNet sense number assigned to the preceding word. <I>synset_offset </I>, <I>lex_filename
</I>, and <I>sense_number </I> are generated if the appropriate Options are specified.
<P>
The synsets matching the search selected are printed below each sense's
synset output described above. Each line of output is preceded by a marker
(usually <B>=&gt; </B>), then a synset, formatted as described above. If a search
traverses more one level of the tree, then successive lines are indented
by spaces corresponding to its level in the hierarchy. Glosses are displayed
in parentheses at the end of each synset if the appropriate Option is
set. Each synset is printed on one line. <P>
Senses are ordered from most
to least frequently used, with the most common sense numbered <B>1 </B>. Frequency
of use is determined by the number of times a sense is tagged in the various
semantic concordance texts. Senses that are not semantically tagged follow
the ordered senses. Note that this ordering is only an estimate based on
usage in a small corpus. <P>
Verb senses can be grouped by similarity of meaning,
rather than ordered by frequency of use. When the <B>"Synonyms, grouped by
similarity" </B> search is selected, senses that are close in meaning are
printed together, with a line of dashes indicating the end of a group.
See <B><A HREF="wngroups.7WN.html">wngroups</B>(7WN)</A>
for a discussion how senses are grouped. <P>
The output
of the <B>"Derivationally Related Forms" </B> search shows word forms that are
morphologically related to <B>searchstr </B>. Each word form pointed to from <I>searchstr
</I> is displayed, preceded by <B>RELATED TO-&gt; </B> and the syntactic category of the
link, followed, on the next line, by its synset. Printed after the word
form is <B># </B><I>n </I> where <I>n </I> indicates the WordNet sense number of the term pointed
to. <P>
The <B>"Domain" </B> and <B>"Domain Terms" </B> searches show the domain that a
synset has been classified in and, conversely, all of the terms that have
been assigned to a specific domain. A domain is either a <B>TOPIC, </B> <B>REGION
</B> or <B>USAGE, </B> as reflected in the specific pointer character stored in the
database, and displayed in the output. A <B>Domain </B> search on a term shows
the domain, if any, that each synset containing <I>searchstr </I> has been classified
in. The output display shows the domain type (<B>TOPIC, </B> <B>REGION </B> or <B>USAGE
</B>), followed by the syntactic category of the domain synset and the terms
in the synset. Each term is followed by <B># </B><I>n </I> where <I>n </I> indicates the WordNet
sense number of the term. The converse search, <B>Domain Terms </B>, shows all
of the synsets that have been placed into the domain <I>searchstr </I>, with
analogous markers. <P>
When the <B>"Sentence Frames" </B> search is specified, sample
illustrative sentences and generic sentence frames are displayed. If a
sample sentence is found, the base form of the search word is substituted
into the sentence, and it is printed below the synset, preceded with the
<B>EX: </B> marker. When no sample sentences are found, the generic sentence
frames are displayed. Sentence frames that are acceptable for all words
in a synset are preceded by the marker <B>*&gt; </B>. If a frame is acceptable for
the search word only, it is preceded by the marker <B>=&gt; </B>. <P>
Search results
for adjectives are slightly different from those for other parts of speech.
When an adjective is printed, its direct antonym, if it has one, is also
printed in parentheses. When the search word is in a head synset, all
of the head synset's satellites are also displayed. The position of an
adjective in relation to the noun may be restricted to the <I>prenominal
</I>, <I>postnominal </I> or <I>predicative </I> position. Where present, these restrictions
are noted in parentheses. <P>
When an adjective is a participle of a verb,
the output indicates the verb and displays its synset. <P>
When an adverb
is derived from an adjective, the specific adjectival sense on which it
is based is indicated. <P>
The morphological transformations performed by
the search code may result in more than one word to search for. <B>wnb()
</B> automatically performs the requested search on all of the strings and
returns the results grouped by word. For example, the verb <B>saw </B> is both
the present tense of <B>saw </B> and the past tense of <B>see </B>. When there is more
than one word to search for, search results are grouped by word. </blockquote>
<H2><A NAME="sect14" HREF="#toc14">DIAGNOSTICS
</A></H2>
If the WordNet database files cannot be opened, error messages are displayed.
This is usually corrected by setting the environment variables described
below to the proper location of the WordNet database for your installation.
<H2><A NAME="sect15" HREF="#toc15">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>WNHOME</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory for WordNet. Default
is <B>/usr/local/WordNet-3.0 </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>WNSEARCHDIR</B> </DT>
<DD>Directory in which the WordNet database
has been installed. Default is <B>WNHOME/dict </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect16" HREF="#toc16">REGISTRY (WINDOWS) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\WordNet\3.0\WNHome</B>
</DT>
<DD>Base directory for WordNet. Default is <B>C:\Program&nbsp;Files\WordNet\3.0 </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\SOFTWARE\WordNet\3.0\wnres</B>
</DT>
<DD>User's default browser options. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect17" HREF="#toc17">FILES </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>index.<I>pos </I></B> </DT>
<DD>database index files
</DD>
<DT><B>data.<I>pos </I></B> </DT>
<DD>database data files </DD>
<DT><B>*.vrb</B> </DT>
<DD>files of sentences illustrating the
use of verbs </DD>
<DT><B><I>pos </I>.exc</B> </DT>
<DD>morphology exception lists </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect18" HREF="#toc18">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="wnintro.1WN.html">wnintro</B>(1WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="wn.1WN.html">wn</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.3WN.html">wnintro</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="lexnames.5WN.html">lexnames</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="senseidx.5WN.html">senseidx</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
,<B></B> <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="morphy.7WN.html">morphy</B>(7WN)</A>
,<B></B> <B><A HREF="wngloss.7WN.html">wngloss</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wngroups.7WN.html">wngroups</B>(7WN)</A>
.
<H2><A NAME="sect19" HREF="#toc19">BUGS </A></H2>
Please reports bugs to
wordnet@princeton.edu. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">SYNOPSIS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">WNB WINDOWS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">SEARCHING THE DATABASE</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">Changing the Search Word</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">Interrupting a Search</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc7" HREF="#sect7">MENUS</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc8" HREF="#sect8">File Menu</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc9" HREF="#sect9">History</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc10" HREF="#sect10">Options</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc11" HREF="#sect11">Help</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc12" HREF="#sect12">SHORCUTS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc13" HREF="#sect13">SEARCH RESULTS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc14" HREF="#sect14">DIAGNOSTICS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc15" HREF="#sect15">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc16" HREF="#sect16">REGISTRY (WINDOWS)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc17" HREF="#sect17">FILES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc18" HREF="#sect18">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc19" HREF="#sect19">BUGS</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

398
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wndb.5WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WNDB(5WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
index.noun, data.noun, index.verb, data.verb, index.adj, data.adj, index.adv,
data.adv - WordNet database files <P>
noun.exc, verb.exc. adj.exc adv.exc - morphology
exception lists <P>
sentidx.vrb, sents.vrb - files used by search code to display
sentences illustrating the use of some specific verbs
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
For
each syntactic category, two files are needed to represent the contents
of the WordNet database - <B>index. </B><I>pos </I> and <B>data. </B><I>pos </I>, where <I>pos </I> is <B>noun
</B>, <B>verb </B>, <B>adj </B> and <B>adv </B>. The other auxiliary files are used by the WordNet
library's searching functions and are needed to run the various WordNet
browsers. <P>
Each index file is an alphabetized list of all the words found
in WordNet in the corresponding part of speech. On each line, following
the word, is a list of byte offsets (<I>synset_offset </I>s) in the corresponding
data file, one for each synset containing the word. Words in the index
file are in lower case only, regardless of how they were entered in the
lexicographer files. This folds various orthographic representations of
the word into one line enabling database searches to be case insensitive.
See <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
for a detailed description of the lexicographer files
<P>
A data file for a syntactic category contains information corresponding
to the synsets that were specified in the lexicographer files, with relational
pointers resolved to <I>synset_offset </I>s. Each line corresponds to a synset.
Pointers are followed and hierarchies traversed by moving from one synset
to another via the <I>synset_offset </I>s. <P>
The exception list files, <I>pos </I><B>.exc
</B>, are used to help the morphological processor find base forms from irregular
inflections. <P>
The files <B>sentidx.vrb </B> and <B>sents.vrb </B> contain sentences illustrating
the use of specific senses of some verbs. These files are used by the
searching software in response to a request for verb sentence frames.
Generic sentence frames are displayed when an illustrative sentence is
not present. <P>
The various database files are in ASCII formats that are
easily read by both humans and machines. All fields, unless otherwise
noted, are separated by one space character, and all lines are terminated
by a newline character. Fields enclosed in italicized square brackets
may not be present. <P>
See <B><A HREF="wngloss.7WN.html">wngloss</B>(7WN)</A>
for a glossary of WordNet terminology
and a discussion of the database's content and logical organization.
<H3><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">Index
File Format </A></H3>
Each index file begins with several lines containing a copyright
notice, version number and license agreement. These lines all begin with
two spaces and the line number so they do not interfere with the binary
search algorithm that is used to look up entries in the index files. All
other lines are in the following format. In the field descriptions, <B>number
</B> always refers to a decimal integer unless otherwise defined. <P>
<I>lemma&nbsp;&nbsp;pos&nbsp;&nbsp;synset_cnt&nbsp;&nbsp;p_cnt&nbsp;&nbsp;[ptr_symbol...]&nbsp;&nbsp;sense_cnt&nbsp;&nbsp;tagsense_cnt
&nbsp;&nbsp;synset_offset&nbsp;&nbsp;[synset_offset...] </I> <BR>
<P>
<DL>
<DT><I>lemma</I> </DT>
<DD>lower case ASCII text of word
or collocation. Collocations are formed by joining individual words with
an underscore (<B>_ </B>) character. </DD>
<DT><I>pos</I> </DT>
<DD>Syntactic category: <B>n </B> for noun files,
<B>v </B> for verb files, <B>a </B> for adjective files, <B>r </B> for adverb files. </DD>
</DL>
<P>
<P>
All remaining
fields are with respect to senses of <I>lemma </I> in <I>pos </I>. <P>
<DL>
<DT><I>synset_cnt</I> </DT>
<DD>Number
of synsets that <I>lemma </I> is in. This is the number of senses of the word
in WordNet. See <FONT SIZE=-1><B>Sense Numbers </B></FONT>
below for a discussion of how sense numbers
are assigned and the order of <I>synset_offset </I>s in the index files. </DD>
<DT><I>p_cnt</I>
</DT>
<DD>Number of different pointers that <I>lemma </I> has in all synsets containing
it. </DD>
<DT><I>ptr_symbol</I> </DT>
<DD>A space separated list of <I>p_cnt </I> different types of pointers
that <I>lemma </I> has in all synsets containing it. See <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
for a list
of <I>pointer_symbol </I>s. If all senses of <I>lemma </I> have no pointers, this field
is omitted and <I>p_cnt </I> is <B>0 </B>. </DD>
<DT><I>sense_cnt</I> </DT>
<DD>Same as <I>sense_cnt </I> above. This
is redundant, but the field was preserved for compatibility reasons. </DD>
<DT><I>tagsense_cnt</I>
</DT>
<DD>Number of senses of <I>lemma </I> that are ranked according to their frequency
of occurrence in semantic concordance texts. </DD>
<DT><I>synset_offset</I> </DT>
<DD>Byte offset
in <B>data.<I>pos </I></B> file of a synset containing <I>lemma </I>. Each <I>synset_offset </I> in
the list corresponds to a different sense of <I>lemma </I> in WordNet. <I>synset_offset
</I> is an 8 digit, zero-filled decimal integer that can be used with <B><A HREF="fseek.3.html">fseek</B>(3)</A>
to read a synset from the data file. When passed to <B><A HREF="read_synset.3WN.html">read_synset</B>(3WN)</A>
along
with the syntactic category, a data structure containing the parsed synset
is returned. </DD>
</DL>
<H3><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">Data File Format </A></H3>
Each data file begins with several lines
containing a copyright notice, version number and license agreement. These
lines all begin with two spaces and the line number. All other lines are
in the following format. Integer fields are of fixed length, and are zero-filled.
<P>
<I>synset_offset&nbsp;&nbsp;lex_filenum&nbsp;&nbsp;ss_type&nbsp;&nbsp;w_cnt&nbsp;&nbsp;word&nbsp;&nbsp;lex_id&nbsp;&nbsp;[word&nbsp;&nbsp;lex_id...]&nbsp;&nbsp;p_cnt&nbsp;&nbsp;[ptr...]&nbsp;&nbsp;[frames...]&nbsp;&nbsp;<B>|
</B></I><I>&nbsp;&nbsp;gloss </I> <BR>
<P>
<DL>
<DT><I>synset_offset</I> </DT>
<DD>Current byte offset in the file represented
as an 8 digit decimal integer. </DD>
<DT><I>lex_filenum</I> </DT>
<DD>Two digit decimal integer
corresponding to the lexicographer file name containing the synset. See
<B><A HREF="lexnames.5WN.html">lexnames</B>(5WN)</A>
for the list of filenames and their corresponding numbers.
</DD>
<DT><I>ss_type</I> </DT>
<DD>One character code indicating the synset type: </DD>
</DL>
<P>
<blockquote><B>n </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;NOUN <BR>
<B>v </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;VERB
<BR>
<B>a </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADJECTIVE <BR>
<B>s </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADJECTIVE SATELLITE <BR>
<B>r </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADVERB <BR>
</blockquote>
<DL>
<DT><I>w_cnt</I> </DT>
<DD>Two digit hexadecimal
integer indicating the number of words in the synset. </DD>
<DT><I>word</I> </DT>
<DD>ASCII form
of a word as entered in the synset by the lexicographer, with spaces replaced
by underscore characters (<B>_ </B>). The text of the word is case sensitive,
in contrast to its form in the corresponding <B>index. </B><I>pos </I> file, that contains
only lower-case forms. In <B>data.adj </B>, a <I>word </I> is followed by a syntactic
marker if one was specified in the lexicographer file. A syntactic marker
is appended, in parentheses, onto <I>word </I> without any intervening spaces.
See <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
for a list of the syntactic markers for adjectives. </DD>
<DT><I>lex_id</I>
</DT>
<DD>One digit hexadecimal integer that, when appended onto <I>lemma </I>, uniquely
identifies a sense within a lexicographer file. <I>lex_id </I> numbers usually
start with <B>0 </B>, and are incremented as additional senses of the word are
added to the same file, although there is no requirement that the numbers
be consecutive or begin with <B>0 </B>. Note that a value of <B>0 </B> is the default,
and therefore is not present in lexicographer files. </DD>
<DT><I>p_cnt</I> </DT>
<DD>Three digit
decimal integer indicating the number of pointers from this synset to
other synsets. If <I>p_cnt </I> is <B>000 </B> the synset has no pointers. </DD>
<DT><I>ptr</I> </DT>
<DD>A pointer
from this synset to another. <I>ptr </I> is of the form: </DD>
</DL>
<P>
<I>pointer_symbol&nbsp;&nbsp;synset_offset&nbsp;&nbsp;pos&nbsp;&nbsp;source/target
</I> <BR>
<P>
where <I>synset_offset </I> is the byte offset of the target synset in the
data file corresponding to <I>pos </I>. <P>
The <I>source/target </I> field distinguishes
lexical and semantic pointers. It is a four byte field, containing two
two-digit hexadecimal integers. The first two digits indicates the word
number in the current (source) synset, the last two digits indicate the
word number in the target synset. A value of <B>0000 </B> means that <I>pointer_symbol
</I> represents a semantic relation between the current (source) synset and
the target synset indicated by <I>synset_offset </I>. <P>
A lexical relation between
two words in different synsets is represented by non-zero values in the
source and target word numbers. The first and last two bytes of this field
indicate the word numbers in the source and target synsets, respectively,
between which the relation holds. Word numbers are assigned to the <I>word
</I> fields in a synset, from left to right, beginning with <B>1 </B>. <P>
See <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
for a list of <I>pointer_symbol </I>s, and semantic and lexical pointer classifications.
<DL>
<DT><I>frames</I> </DT>
<DD>In <B>data.verb </B> only, a list of numbers corresponding to the generic
verb sentence frames for <I>word </I>s in the synset. <I>frames </I> is of the form:
</DD>
</DL>
<P>
<I>f_cnt&nbsp;&nbsp; </I> <B>+ </B> <I>&nbsp;&nbsp;f_num&nbsp;&nbsp;w_num&nbsp;&nbsp;[ </I> <B>+ </B> <I>&nbsp;&nbsp;f_num&nbsp;&nbsp;w_num...] </I> <BR>
<P>
where <I>f_cnt </I> a two
digit decimal integer indicating the number of generic frames listed,
<I>f_num </I> is a two digit decimal integer frame number, and <I>w_num </I> is a two
digit hexadecimal integer indicating the word in the synset that the frame
applies to. As with pointers, if this number is <B>00 </B>, <I>f_num </I> applies to
all <I>word </I>s in the synset. If non-zero, it is applicable only to the word
indicated. Word numbers are assigned as described for pointers. Each <I>f_num&nbsp;&nbsp;w_num
</I> pair is preceded by a <B>+ </B>. See <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
for the text of the generic
sentence frames.
<DL>
<DT><I>gloss</I> </DT>
<DD>Each synset contains a gloss. A <I>gloss </I> is represented
as a vertical bar (<B>| </B>), followed by a text string that continues until
the end of the line. The gloss may contain a definition, one or more example
sentences, or both. </DD>
</DL>
<H3><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">Sense Numbers </A></H3>
Senses in WordNet are generally ordered
from most to least frequently used, with the most common sense numbered
<B>1 </B>. Frequency of use is determined by the number of times a sense is tagged
in the various semantic concordance texts. Senses that are not semantically
tagged follow the ordered senses. The <I>tagsense_cnt </I> field for each entry
in the <B>index.<I>pos </I></B> files indicates how many of the senses in the list have
been tagged. <P>
The <B><A HREF="cntlist.5WN.html">cntlist</B>(5WN)</A>
file provided with the database lists the
number of times each sense is tagged in the semantic concordances. The
data from <B>cntlist </B> is used by <B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)</A>
to order the senses of each word.
When the <B>index </B>.<I>pos </I> files are generated, the <I>synset_offset </I>s are output
in sense number order, with sense 1 first in the list. Senses with the
same number of semantic tags are assigned unique but consecutive sense
numbers. The WordNet <FONT SIZE=-1><B>OVERVIEW </B></FONT>
search displays all senses of the specified
word, in all syntactic categories, and indicates which of the senses are
represented in the semantically tagged texts.
<H3><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">Exception List File Format
</A></H3>
Exception lists are alphabetized lists of inflected forms of words and
their base forms. The first field of each line is an inflected form, followed
by a space separated list of one or more base forms of the word. There
is one exception list file for each syntactic category. <P>
Note that the
noun and verb exception lists were automatically generated from a machine-readable
dictionary, and contain many words that are not in WordNet. Also, for
many of the inflected forms, base forms could be easily derived using
the standard rules of detachment programmed into Morphy (See <B><A HREF="morph.7WN.html">morph</B>(7WN)</A>
).
These anomalies are allowed to remain in the exception list files, as
they do no harm. <P>
<H3><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">Verb Example Sentences </A></H3>
For some verb senses, example
sentences illustrating the use of the verb sense can be displayed. Each
line of the file <B>sentidx.vrb </B> contains a <I>sense_key </I> followed by a space
and a comma separated list of example sentence template numbers, in decimal.
The file <B>sents.vrb </B> lists all of the example sentence templates. Each
line begins with the template number followed by a space. The rest of
the line is the text of a template example sentence, with <B>%s </B> used as
a placeholder in the text for the verb. Both files are sorted alphabetically
so that the <I>sense_key </I> and template sentence number can be used as indices,
via <B><A HREF="binsrch.3WN.html">binsrch</B>(3WN)</A>
,<B></B> into the appropriate file. <P>
When a request for <FONT SIZE=-1><B>FRAMES
</B></FONT>
is made, the WordNet search code looks for the sense in <B>sentidx.vrb </B>.
If found, the sentence template(s) listed is retrieved from <B>sents.vrb
</B>, and the <B>%s </B> is replaced with the verb. If the sense is not found, the
applicable generic sentence frame(s) listed in <I>frames </I> is displayed.
<H2><A NAME="sect7" HREF="#toc7">NOTES
</A></H2>
Information in the <B>data.<I>pos </I></B> and <B>index.<I>pos </I></B> files represents all of the
word senses and synsets in the WordNet database. The <I>word </I>, <I>lex_id </I>, and
<I>lex_filenum </I> fields together uniquely identify each word sense in WordNet.
These can be encoded in a <I>sense_key </I> as described in <B><A HREF="senseidx.5WN.html">senseidx</B>(5WN)</A>
. Each
synset in the database can be uniquely identified by combining the <I>synset_offset
</I> for the synset with a code for the syntactic category (since it is possible
for synsets in different <B>data.<I>pos </I></B> files to have the same <I>synset_offset
</I>). <P>
The WordNet system provide both command line and window-based browser
interfaces to the database. Both interfaces utilize a common library of
search and morphology code. The source code for the library and interfaces
is included in the WordNet package. See <B><A HREF="wnintro.3WN.html">wnintro</B>(3WN)</A>
for an overview of
the WordNet source code.
<H2><A NAME="sect8" HREF="#toc8">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>WNHOME</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory
for WordNet. Default is <B>/usr/local/WordNet-3.0 </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>WNSEARCHDIR</B> </DT>
<DD>Directory in
which the WordNet database has been installed. Default is <B>WNHOME/dict
</B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect9" HREF="#toc9">REGISTRY (WINDOWS) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\WordNet\3.0\WNHome</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory
for WordNet. Default is <B>C:\Program&nbsp;Files\WordNet\3.0 </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect10" HREF="#toc10">FILES </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>index.<I>pos </I></B> </DT>
<DD>database
index files </DD>
<DT><B>data.<I>pos </I></B> </DT>
<DD>database data files </DD>
<DT><B>*.vrb</B> </DT>
<DD>files of sentences illustrating
the use of verbs </DD>
<DT><B><I>pos </I>.exc</B> </DT>
<DD>morphology exception lists </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect11" HREF="#toc11">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="wn.1WN.html">wn</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnb.1WN.html">wnb</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.3WN.html">wnintro</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="binsrch.3WN.html">binsrch</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.5WN.html">wnintro</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="cntlist.5WN.html">cntlist</B>(5WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="lexnames.5WN.html">lexnames</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="senseidx.5WN.html">senseidx</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="morphy.7WN.html">morphy</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wngloss.7WN.html">wngloss</B>(7WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="wngroups.7WN.html">wngroups</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnstats.7WN.html">wnstats</B>(7WN)</A>
. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">Index File Format</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">Data File Format</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">Sense Numbers</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">Exception List File Format</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">Verb Example Sentences</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc7" HREF="#sect7">NOTES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc8" HREF="#sect8">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc9" HREF="#sect9">REGISTRY (WINDOWS)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc10" HREF="#sect10">FILES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc11" HREF="#sect11">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

325
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wngloss.7WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WNGLOSS(7WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
wngloss - glossary of terms used in WordNet system
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">DESCRIPTION
</A></H2>
The <I>WordNet Reference Manual </I> consists of Unix-style manual pages divided
into sections as follows: <P>
<TABLE BORDER=0>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Section </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Description </B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>1 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>WordNet User
Commands </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>3 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>WordNet Library Functions </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>5 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>WordNet File Formats </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>7 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Miscellaneous Information about WordNet </TD> </TR>
</TABLE>
<P>
<H3><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">System Description </A></H3>
The
WordNet system consists of lexicographer files, code to convert these
files into a database, and search routines and interfaces that display
information from the database. The lexicographer files organize nouns,
verbs, adjectives and adverbs into groups of synonyms, and describe relations
between synonym groups. <B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)</A>
converts the lexicographer files into
a database that encodes the relations between the synonym groups. The
different interfaces to the WordNet database utilize a common library
of search routines to display these relations. Note that the lexicographer
files and <B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)</A>
program are not generally distributed. <P>
<H3><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">Database
Organization </A></H3>
Information in WordNet is organized around logical groupings
called synsets. Each synset consists of a list of synonymous words or
collocations (eg. <B>"fountain pen" </B>, <B>"take in" </B>), and pointers that describe
the relations between this synset and other synsets. A word or collocation
may appear in more than one synset, and in more than one part of speech.
The words in a synset are grouped such that they are interchangeable
in some context. <P>
Two kinds of relations are represented by pointers: lexical
and semantic. Lexical relations hold between semantically related word
forms; semantic relations hold between word meanings. These relations
include (but are not limited to) hypernymy/hyponymy (superordinate/subordinate),
antonymy, entailment, and meronymy/holonymy. <P>
Nouns and verbs are organized
into hierarchies based on the hypernymy/hyponymy relation between synsets.
Additional pointers are be used to indicate other relations. <P>
Adjectives
are arranged in clusters containing head synsets and satellite synsets.
Each cluster is organized around antonymous pairs (and occasionally antonymous
triplets). The antonymous pairs (or triplets) are indicated in the head
synsets of a cluster. Most head synsets have one or more satellite synsets,
each of which represents a concept that is similar in meaning to the concept
represented by the head synset. One way to think of the adjective cluster
organization is to visualize a wheel, with a head synset as the hub and
satellite synsets as the spokes. Two or more wheels are logically connected
via antonymy, which can be thought of as an axle between the wheels. <P>
Pertainyms
are relational adjectives and do not follow the structure just described.
Pertainyms do not have antonyms; the synset for a pertainym most often
contains only one word or collocation and a lexical pointer to the noun
that the adjective is "pertaining to". Participial adjectives have lexical
pointers to the verbs that they are derived from. <P>
Adverbs are often derived
from adjectives, and sometimes have antonyms; therefore the synset for
an adverb usually contains a lexical pointer to the adjective from which
it is derived. <P>
See <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
for a detailed description of the database
files and how the data are represented.
<H2><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">GLOSSARY OF TERMS </A></H2>
Many terms
used in the <I>WordNet Reference Manual </I> are unique to the WordNet system.
Other general terms have specific meanings when used in the WordNet documentation.
Definitions for many of these terms are given to help with the interpretation
and understanding of the reference manual, and in the use of the WordNet
system. <P>
In following definitions <B>word </B> is used in place of <B>word or collocation
</B>.
<DL>
<DT><B>adjective cluster</B> </DT>
<DD>A group of adjective synsets that are organized around
antonymous pairs or triplets. An adjective cluster contains two or more
<B>head synsets </B> which represent antonymous concepts. Each head synset has
one or more <B>satellite synsets </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>attribute</B> </DT>
<DD>A noun for which adjectives
express values. The noun <B>weight </B> is an attribute, for which the adjectives
<B>light </B> and <B>heavy </B> express values. </DD>
<DT><B>base form</B> </DT>
<DD>The base form of a word
or collocation is the form to which inflections are added. </DD>
<DT><B>basic synset</B>
</DT>
<DD>Syntactically, same as <B>synset </B>. Term is used in <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)<B></B></A>
to help
explain differences in entering synsets in lexicographer files. </DD>
<DT><B>collocation</B>
</DT>
<DD>A collocation in WordNet is a string of two or more words, connected
by spaces or hyphens. Examples are: <B>man-eating&nbsp;shark </B>, <B>blue-collar </B>, <B>depend&nbsp;on
</B>, <B>line&nbsp;of&nbsp;products </B>. In the database files spaces are represented as underscore
(<B>_ </B>) characters. </DD>
<DT><B>coordinate</B> </DT>
<DD>Coordinate terms are nouns or verbs that have
the same <B>hypernym </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>cross-cluster pointer</B> </DT>
<DD>A <B>semantic pointer </B> from one
adjective cluster to another. </DD>
<DT><B>derivationally related forms</B> </DT>
<DD>Terms in different
syntactic categories that have the same root form and are semantically
related. </DD>
<DT><B>direct antonyms</B> </DT>
<DD>A pair of words between which there is an associative
bond resulting from their frequent co-occurrence. In <B>adjective clusters
</B>, direct antonyms appears only in <B>head synsets </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>domain</B> </DT>
<DD>A topical classification
to which a synset has been linked with a CATEGORY, REGION or USAGE pointer.
</DD>
<DT><B>domain term</B> </DT>
<DD>A synset belonging to a topical class. A domain term is further
identified as being a CATEGORY_TERM, REGION_TERM or USAGE_TERM. </DD>
<DT><B>entailment</B>
</DT>
<DD>A verb <B>X </B> entails <B>Y </B> if <B>X </B> cannot be done unless <B>Y </B> is, or has been,
done. </DD>
<DT><B>exception list</B> </DT>
<DD>Morphological transformations for words that are
not regular and therefore cannot be processed in an algorithmic manner.
</DD>
<DT><B>group</B> </DT>
<DD>Verb senses that similar in meaning and have been manually grouped
together. </DD>
<DT><B>gloss</B> </DT>
<DD>Each synset contains <B>gloss </B> consisting of a definition
and optionally example sentences. </DD>
<DT><B>head synset</B> </DT>
<DD>Synset in an adjective <B>cluster
</B> containing at least one word that has a <B>direct antonym </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>holonym</B> </DT>
<DD>The
name of the whole of which the meronym names a part. <B>Y </B> is a holonym
of <B>X </B> if <B>X </B> is a part of <B>Y </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>hypernym</B> </DT>
<DD>The generic term used to designate
a whole class of specific instances. <B>Y </B> is a hypernym of <B>X </B> if <B>X </B> is a
(kind of) <B>Y </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>hyponym</B> </DT>
<DD>The specific term used to designate a member of
a class. <B>X </B> is a hyponym of <B>Y </B> if <B>X </B> is a (kind of) <B>Y </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>indirect antonym</B>
</DT>
<DD>An adjective in a <B>satellite synset </B> that does not have a <B>direct antonym
</B> has an indirect antonyms via the direct antonym of the <B>head synset </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>instance</B>
</DT>
<DD>A proper noun that refers to a particular, unique referent (as distinguished
from nouns that refer to classes). This is a specific form of hyponym.
</DD>
<DT><B>lemma</B> </DT>
<DD>Lower case ASCII text of word as found in the WordNet database
index files. Usually the <B>base form </B> for a word or collocation. </DD>
<DT><B>lexical
pointer</B> </DT>
<DD>A lexical pointer indicates a relation between words in synsets
(word forms). </DD>
<DT><B>lexicographer file</B> </DT>
<DD>Files containing the raw data for WordNet
synsets, edited by lexicographers, that are input to the <B>grind </B> program
to generate a WordNet database. </DD>
<DT><B>lexicographer id (lex id)</B> </DT>
<DD>A decimal integer
that, when appended onto <B>lemma </B>, uniquely identifies a sense within a
lexicographer file. </DD>
<DT><B>monosemous</B> </DT>
<DD>Having only one sense in a syntactic category.
</DD>
<DT><B>meronym</B> </DT>
<DD>The name of a constituent part of, the substance of, or a member
of something. <B>X </B> is a meronym of <B>Y </B> if <B>X </B> is a part of <B>Y </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>part of speech</B>
</DT>
<DD>WordNet defines "part of speech" as either noun, verb, adjective, or
adverb. Same as <B>syntactic category </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>participial adjective</B> </DT>
<DD>An adjective
that is derived from a verb. </DD>
<DT><B>pertainym</B> </DT>
<DD>A relational adjective. Adjectives
that are pertainyms are usually defined by such phrases as "of or pertaining
to" and do not have antonyms. A pertainym can point to a noun or another
pertainym. </DD>
<DT><B>polysemous</B> </DT>
<DD>Having more than one sense in a syntactic category.
</DD>
<DT><B>polysemy count</B> </DT>
<DD>Number of senses of a word in a syntactic category, in
WordNet. </DD>
<DT><B>postnominal</B> </DT>
<DD>A postnominal adjective occurs only immediately following
the noun that it modifies. </DD>
<DT><B>predicative</B> </DT>
<DD>An adjective that can be used
only in predicate positions. If <B>X </B> is a predicate adjective, it can only
be used in such phrases as "it is <B>X </B>" and never prenominally. </DD>
<DT><B>prenominal</B>
</DT>
<DD>An adjective that can occur only before the noun that it modifies: it
cannot be used predicatively. </DD>
<DT><B>satellite synset</B> </DT>
<DD>Synset in an adjective
<B>cluster </B> representing a concept that is similar in meaning to the concept
represented by its <B>head synset </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>semantic concordance</B> </DT>
<DD>A textual corpus
(e.g. the Brown Corpus) and a lexicon (e.g. WordNet) so combined that every
substantive word in the text is linked to its appropriate sense in the
lexicon via a <B>semantic tag </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>semantic tag</B> </DT>
<DD>A pointer from a word in a text
file to a specific sense of that word in the WordNet database. A semantic
tag in a semantic concordance is represented by a <B>sense key </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>semantic
pointer</B> </DT>
<DD>A semantic pointer indicates a relation between synsets (concepts).
</DD>
<DT><B>sense</B> </DT>
<DD>A meaning of a word in WordNet. Each sense of a word is in a different
<B>synset </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>sense key</B> </DT>
<DD>Information necessary to find a sense in the WordNet
database. A sense key combines a <B>lemma </B> field and codes for the synset
type, lexicographer id, lexicographer file number, and information about
a satellite's <B>head synset </B>, if required. See <B><A HREF="senseidx.5WN.html">senseidx</B>(5WN)</A>
for a description
of the format of a sense key. </DD>
<DT><B>subordinate</B> </DT>
<DD>Same as <B>hyponym </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>superordinate</B>
</DT>
<DD>Same as <B>hypernym </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>synset</B> </DT>
<DD>A synonym set; a set of words that are interchangeable
in some context without changing the truth value of the preposition in
which they are embedded. </DD>
<DT><B>troponym</B> </DT>
<DD>A verb expressing a specific manner
elaboration of another verb. <B>X </B> is a troponym of <B>Y </B> if <B>to X </B> is <B>to Y </B> in
some manner. </DD>
<DT><B>unique beginner</B> </DT>
<DD>A noun synset with no <B>superordinate </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">System Description</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">Database Organization</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">GLOSSARY OF TERMS</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

80
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wngroups.7WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WNGROUPS(7WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
wngroups - discussion of WordNet search code to group similar verb
senses
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
Some similar senses of verbs have been grouped by
the lexicographers. This grouping is done statically in the lexicographer
source files using the semantic <I>pointer_symbol </I> <B>$ </B>. Transitivity is used
to combine groups of overlapping senses into the largest sense groups
possible.
<H2><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">NOTES </A></H2>
Coverage of verb groups is incomplete.
<H2><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
(UNIX) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>WNHOME</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory for WordNet. Default is <B>/usr/local/WordNet-3.0
</B>. </DD>
<DT><B>WNSEARCHDIR</B> </DT>
<DD>Directory in which the WordNet database has been installed.
Default is <B>WNHOME/dict </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">REGISTRY (WINDOWS) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\WordNet\3.0\WNHome</B>
</DT>
<DD>Base directory for WordNet. Default is <B>C:\Program&nbsp;Files\WordNet\3.0 </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">FILES
</A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>sentidx.vrb</B> </DT>
<DD>verb sense keys and sentence frame numbers </DD>
<DT><B>sents.vrb</B> </DT>
<DD>example
sentence frames </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="wn.1WN.html">wn</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnb.1WN.html">wnb</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="senseidx.5WN.html">senseidx</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnsearch.3WN.html">wnsearch</B>(3WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.7WN.html">wnintro</B>(7WN)</A>
. <P>
<P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">NOTES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">REGISTRY (WINDOWS)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">FILES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

491
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wninput.5WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,491 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WNINPUT(5WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
noun.<I>suffix </I>, verb.<I>suffix </I>, adj.<I>suffix </I>, adv.<I>suffix </I> - WordNet lexicographer
files that are input to <B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)</A>
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
WordNet's source files
are written by lexicographers. They are the product of a detailed relational
analysis of lexical semantics: a variety of lexical and semantic relations
are used to represent the organization of lexical knowledge. Two kinds
of building blocks are distinguished in the source files: word forms and
word meanings. Word forms are represented in their familiar orthography;
word meanings are represented by synonym sets (<I>synset </I>s) - lists of synonymous
word forms that are interchangeable in some context. Two kinds of relations
are recognized: lexical and semantic. Lexical relations hold between word
forms; semantic relations hold between word meanings. <P>
Lexicographer files
correspond to the syntactic categories implemented in WordNet - noun, verb,
adjective and adverb. All of the synsets in a lexicographer file are in
the same syntactic category. Each synset consists of a list of synonymous
words or collocations (eg. <B>"fountain pen" </B>, <B>"take in" </B>), and pointers that
describe the relations between this synset and other synsets. These relations
include (but are not limited to) hypernymy/hyponymy, antonymy, entailment,
and meronymy/holonymy. A word or collocation may appear in more than one
synset, and in more than one part of speech. Each use of a word in a synset
represents a sense of that word in the part of speech corresponding to
the synset. <P>
Adjectives may be organized into clusters containing head
synsets and satellite synsets. Adverbs generally point to the adjectives
from which they are derived. <P>
See <B><A HREF="wngloss.7WN.html">wngloss</B>(7WN)</A>
for a glossary of WordNet
terminology and a discussion of the database's content and logical organization.
<H3><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">Lexicographer File Names </A></H3>
The names of the lexicographer files are of
the form: <P>
<blockquote><I>pos</I>.<I>suffix</I> </blockquote>
<P>
where <I>pos </I> is either <B>noun </B>, <B>verb </B>, <B>adj </B> or <B>adv
</B>. <I>suffix </I> may be used to organize groups of synsets into different files,
for example <B>noun.animal </B> and <B>noun.plant </B>. See <B><A HREF="lexnames.5WN.html">lexnames</B>(5WN)</A>
for a list of
lexicographer file names that are used in building WordNet.
<H3><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">Pointers </A></H3>
Pointers
are used to represent the relations between the words in one synset and
another. Semantic pointers represent relations between word meanings,
and therefore pertain to all of the words in the source and target synsets.
Lexical pointers represent relations between word forms, and pertain
only to specific words in the source and target synsets. The following
pointer types are usually used to indicate lexical relations: Antonym,
Pertainym, Participle, Also See, Derivationally Related. The remaining
pointer types are generally used to represent semantic relations. <P>
A relation
from a source to a target synset is formed by specifying a word from the
target synset in the source synset, followed by the <I>pointer_symbol </I> indicating
the pointer type. The location of a pointer within a synset defines it
as either lexical or semantic. The <FONT SIZE=-1><B>Lexicographer File Format </B></FONT>
section
describes the syntax for entering a semantic pointer, and <FONT SIZE=-1><B>Word Syntax
</B></FONT>
describes the syntax for entering a lexical pointer. <P>
Although there
are many pointer types, only certain types of relations are permitted
between synsets of each syntactic category. <P>
The <I>pointer_symbol </I>s for nouns
are: <blockquote><B>! </B> <tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Antonym <BR>
<B>@ </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Hypernym <BR>
<B>@i </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Instance Hypernym <BR>
<B>&nbsp; </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Hyponym <BR>
<B>&nbsp;i </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Instance
Hyponym <BR>
<B>#m </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Member holonym <BR>
<B>#s </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Substance holonym <BR>
<B>#p </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Part holonym <BR>
<B>%m
</B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Member meronym <BR>
<B>%s </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Substance meronym <BR>
<B>%p </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Part meronym <BR>
<B>= </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Attribute <BR>
<B>+
</B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Derivationally related form<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp; <BR>
<B>;c </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Domain of synset - TOPIC <BR>
<B>-c </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Member of this
domain - TOPIC <BR>
<B>;r </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Domain of synset - REGION <BR>
<B>-r </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Member of this domain - REGION
<BR>
<B>;u </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Domain of synset - USAGE <BR>
<B>-u </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Member of this domain - USAGE <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
The <I>pointer_symbol
</I>s for verbs are: <blockquote><B>! </B> <tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Antonym <BR>
<B>@ </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Hypernym <BR>
<B>&nbsp; </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Hyponym <BR>
<B>* </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Entailment <BR>
<B>&gt; </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Cause
<BR>
<B>^ </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Also see <BR>
<B>$ </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Verb Group <BR>
<B>+ </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Derivationally related form<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp; <BR>
<B>;c </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Domain of
synset - TOPIC <BR>
<B>;r </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Domain of synset - REGION <BR>
<B>;u </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Domain of synset - USAGE
<BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
The <I>pointer_symbol </I>s for adjectives are: <blockquote><B>! </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Antonym <BR>
<B>&amp; </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Similar to <BR>
<B>&lt;
</B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Participle of verb <BR>
<B>\ </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Pertainym (pertains to noun) <BR>
<B>= </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Attribute <BR>
<B>^ </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Also
see <BR>
<B>;c </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Domain of synset - TOPIC <BR>
<B>;r </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Domain of synset - REGION <BR>
<B>;u </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Domain
of synset - USAGE <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
The <I>pointer_symbol </I>s for adverbs are: <blockquote><B>! </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Antonym <BR>
<B>\ </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Derived from adjective <BR>
<B>;c </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Domain of synset - TOPIC <BR>
<B>;r </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Domain of synset
- REGION <BR>
<B>;u </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Domain of synset - USAGE <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
Many pointer types are reflexive,
meaning that if a synset contains a pointer to another synset, the other
synset should contain a corresponding reflexive pointer. <B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)</A>
automatically
inserts missing reflexive pointers for the following pointer types: <P>
<TABLE BORDER=0>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Pointer </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Reflect </B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Antonym </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Antonym </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Hyponym </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Hypernym </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Hypernym
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Hyponym </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Instance Hyponym </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Instance Hypernym </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Instance Hypernym </TD>
<TD ALIGN=LEFT>Instance Hyponym </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Holonym </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Meronym </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Meronym </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Holonym </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Similar to
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Similar to </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Attribute </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Attribute </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Verb Group </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Verb Group </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Derivationally
Related </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Derivationally Related </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Domain of synset </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Member of Doman </TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
<H3><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">Verb Frames </A></H3>
Each verb synset contains a list of generic sentence frames
illustrating the types of simple sentences in which the verbs in the synset
can be used. For some verb senses, example sentences illustrating actual
uses of the verb are provided. (See <FONT SIZE=-1><B>Verb Example Sentences </B></FONT>
in <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
.)
Whenever there is no example sentence, the generic sentence frames specified
by the lexicographer are used. The generic sentence frames are entered
in a synset as a comma-separated list of integer frame numbers. The following
list is the text of the generic frames, preceded by their frame numbers:
<P>
<blockquote>1<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Something ----s <BR>
2<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s <BR>
3<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;It is ----ing <BR>
4<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Something is ----ing PP <BR>
5<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Something
----s something Adjective/Noun <BR>
6<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Something ----s Adjective/Noun <BR>
7<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s Adjective
<BR>
8<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s something <BR>
9<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s somebody <BR>
10<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Something ----s somebody <BR>
11<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Something ----s something <BR>
12<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Something ----s to somebody <BR>
13<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s on something
<BR>
14<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s somebody something <BR>
15<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s something to somebody <BR>
16<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s something from somebody <BR>
17<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s somebody with something
<BR>
18<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s somebody of something <BR>
19<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s something on somebody
<BR>
20<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s somebody PP <BR>
21<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s something PP <BR>
22<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s PP
<BR>
23<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody's (body part) ----s <BR>
24<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s somebody to INFINITIVE <BR>
25<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody
----s somebody INFINITIVE <BR>
26<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s that CLAUSE <BR>
27<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s to somebody
<BR>
28<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s to INFINITIVE <BR>
29<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s whether INFINITIVE <BR>
30<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody
----s somebody into V-ing something <BR>
31<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s something with something
<BR>
32<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s INFINITIVE <BR>
33<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Somebody ----s VERB-ing <BR>
34<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;It ----s that CLAUSE <BR>
35<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;Something
----s INFINITIVE <BR>
</blockquote>
<H3><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">Lexicographer File Format </A></H3>
Synsets are entered one per
line, and each line is terminated with a newline character. A line containing
a synset may be as long as necessary, but no newlines can be entered within
a synset. Within a synset, spaces or tabs may be used to separate entities.
Items enclosed in italicized square brackets may not be present. <P>
The
general synset syntax is: <P>
<blockquote><B>{ </B> <I>&nbsp;&nbsp;words&nbsp;&nbsp;pointers&nbsp;&nbsp; </I> <B>( </B> <I>&nbsp;gloss&nbsp; </I> <B>)&nbsp;&nbsp;} </B>
<BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
Synsets of this form are valid for all syntactic categories except
verb, and are referred to as basic synsets. At least one <I>word </I> and a <I>gloss
</I> are required to form a valid synset. Pointers entered following all the
<I>words </I> in a synset represent semantic relations between all the words
in the source and target synsets. <P>
For verbs, the basic synset syntax is
defined as follows: <P>
<blockquote><B>{ </B> <I>&nbsp;&nbsp;words&nbsp;&nbsp;pointers&nbsp;&nbsp;frames&nbsp;&nbsp; </I> <B>( </B> &nbsp;<I>gloss&nbsp; </I> <B>)&nbsp;&nbsp;}
</B> <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
Adjective may be organized into clusters containing one or more head
synsets and optional satellite synsets. Adjective clusters are of the
form: <P>
<blockquote><B>[ </B><BR>
<I>head synset </I><BR>
[satellite synsets] <BR>
[-] <BR>
[additional head/satellite
synsets] <BR>
<B>] </B> <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
Each adjective cluster is enclosed in square brackets,
and may have one or more parts. Each part consists of a head synset and
optional satellite synsets that are conceptually similar to the head synset's
meaning. Parts of a cluster are separated by one or more hyphens (<B>- </B>) on
a line by themselves, with the terminating square bracket following the
last synset. Head and satellite synsets follow the syntax of basic synsets,
however a "Similar to" pointer must be specified in a head synset for
each of its satellite synsets. Most adjective clusters contain two antonymous
parts. See <B><A HREF="wngloss.7WN.html">wngloss</B>(7WN)</A>
for a discussion of adjective clusters, and <FONT SIZE=-1><B>Special
Adjective Syntax </B></FONT>
for more information on adjective cluster syntax. <P>
Synsets
for relational adjectives (pertainyms) and participial adjectives do not
adhere to the cluster structure. They use the basic synset syntax. <P>
Comments
can be entered in a lexicographer file by enclosing the text of the comment
in parentheses. Note that comments <B>cannot </B> appear within a synset, as
parentheses within a synset have an entirely different meaning (see <FONT SIZE=-1><B>Gloss
Syntax </B></FONT>
). However, entire synsets (or adjective clusters) can be "commented
out" by enclosing them in parentheses. This is often used by the lexicographers
to verify the syntax of files under development or to leave a note to
oneself while working on entries.
<H3><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">Word Syntax </A></H3>
A synset must have at least
one word, and the words of a synset must appear after the opening brace
and before any other synset constructs. A word may be entered in either
the simple word or word/pointer syntax. <P>
A simple word is of the form:
<P>
<blockquote><I>word[ </I> <B>( </B> <I>marker </I> <B>) </B> <I>][lex_id] </I> <B>, </B> <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
<I>word </I> may be entered in any combination
of upper and lower case unless it is in an adjective cluster. A collocation
is entered by joining the individual words with an underscore character
(<B>_ </B>). Numbers (integer or real) may be entered, either by themselves or
as part of a word string, by following the number with a double quote
(<B>" </B>). <P>
See <FONT SIZE=-1><B>Special Adjective Syntax </B></FONT>
for a description of adjective clusters
and markers. <P>
<I>word </I> may be followed by an integer <I>lex_id </I> from <B>1 </B> to <B>15
</B>. The <I>lex_id </I> is used to distinguish different senses of the same word
within a lexicographer file. The lexicographer assigns <I>lex_id </I> values,
usually in ascending order, although there is no requirement that the
numbers be consecutive. The default is <B>0 </B>, and does not have to be specified.
A <I>lex_id </I> must be used on pointers if the desired sense has a non-zero
<I>lex_id </I> in its synset specification. <P>
Word/pointer syntax is of the form:
<P>
<blockquote><B>[&nbsp;&nbsp; </B> <I>word[ </I> <B>( </B> <I>marker </I> <B>) </B> <I>][lex_id] </I> <B>, </B> <I>&nbsp;&nbsp;pointers&nbsp;&nbsp; </I> <B>] </B> <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
This syntax
is used when one or more pointers correspond only to the specific word
in the word/pointer set, rather than all the words in the synset, and
represents a lexical relation. Note that a word/pointer set appears within
a synset, therefore the square brackets used to enclose it are treated
differently from those used to define an adjective cluster. Only one word
can be specified in each word/pointer set, and any number of pointers
may be included. A synset can have any number of word/pointer sets. Each
is treated by <B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)<B></B></A>
essentially as a <I>word </I>, so they all must appear
before any synset <I>pointers </I> representing semantic relations. <P>
For verbs,
the word/pointer syntax is extended in the following manner to allow the
user to specify generic sentence frames that, like pointers, correspond
only to a specific word, rather than all the words in the synset. In this
case, <I>pointers </I> are optional. <P>
<blockquote><B>[&nbsp;&nbsp; </B> <I>word </I> <B>, </B> &nbsp;&nbsp;<I>[pointers]&nbsp;&nbsp;frames&nbsp;&nbsp; </I> <B>]
</B> <BR>
</blockquote>
<H3><A NAME="sect7" HREF="#toc7">Pointer Syntax </A></H3>
Pointers are optional in synsets. If a pointer is specified
outside of a word/pointer set, the relation is applied to all of the words
in the synset, including any words specified using the word/pointer syntax.
This indicates a semantic relation between the meanings of the words
in the synsets. If specified within a word/pointer set, the relation corresponds
only to the word in the set and represents a lexical relation. <P>
A pointer
is of the form: <P>
<blockquote><I>[lex_filename </I><B>: </B> <I>]word[lex_id] </I><B>, </B><I>pointer_symbol </I> <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
or: <P>
<blockquote><I>[lex_filename </I><B>: </B> <I>]word[lex_id] </I><B>^ </B><I>word[lex_id] </I><B>, </B><I>pointer_symbol </I> <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
For pointers, <I>word </I> indicates a word in another synset. When the second
form of a pointer is used, the first <I>word </I> indicates a word in a head
synset, and the second is a word in a satellite of that cluster. <I>word
</I> may be followed by a <I>lex_id </I> that is used to match the pointer to the
correct target synset. The synset containing <I>word </I> may reside in another
lexicographer file. In this case, <I>word </I> is preceded by <I>lex_filename </I> as
shown. <P>
See <FONT SIZE=-1><B>Pointers </B></FONT>
for a list of <I>pointer_symbol </I>s and their meanings.
<H3><A NAME="sect8" HREF="#toc8">Verb Frame List Syntax </A></H3>
Frame numbers corresponding to generic sentence
frames must be entered in each verb synset. If a frame list is specified
outside of a word/pointer set, the verb frames in the list apply to all
of the words in the synset, including any words specified using the word/pointer
syntax. If specified within a word/pointer set, the verb frames in the
list correspond only to the word in the set. <P>
A frame number list is entered
as follows: <P>
<blockquote><B>frames: </B>&nbsp;&nbsp;<I>f_num </I>[<B>, </B><I>f_num...] </I> </blockquote>
<P>
Where <I>f_num </I> specifies a generic
frame number. See <FONT SIZE=-1><B>Verb Frames </B></FONT>
for a list of generic sentences and their
corresponding frame numbers.
<H3><A NAME="sect9" HREF="#toc9">Gloss Syntax </A></H3>
A gloss is included in all synsets.
The lexicographer may enter a text string of any length desired. A gloss
is simply a string enclosed in parentheses with no embedded carriage returns.
It provides a definition of what the synset represents and/or example
sentences.
<H3><A NAME="sect10" HREF="#toc10">Special Adjective Syntax </A></H3>
The syntax for representing antonymous
adjective synsets requires several additional conditions. <P>
The first word
of a head synset <B>must </B> be entered in upper case, and can be thought of
as the head word of the head synset. The <I>word </I> part of a pointer from
one head synset to another head synset within the same cluster (usually
an antonym) must also be entered in upper case. Usually antonymous adjectives
are entered using the word/pointer syntax described in <FONT SIZE=-1><B>Word Syntax </B></FONT>
to
indicate a lexical relation. There is no restriction on the number of
parts that a cluster may have, and some clusters have three parts, representing
antonymous triplets, such as <B>solid </B>, <B>liquid </B>, and <B>gas </B>. <P>
A cross-cluster
pointer may be specified, allowing a head or satellite synset to point
to a head synset in a different cluster. A cross-cluster pointer is indicated
by entering the <I>word </I> part of the pointer in upper case. <P>
An adjective
may be annotated with a syntactic marker indicating a limitation on the
syntactic position the adjective may have in relation to noun that it
modifies. If so marked, the marker appears between the word and its following
comma. If a <I>lex_id </I> is specified, the marker immediately follows it. The
syntactic markers are: <blockquote><B>(p) </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;predicate position <BR>
<B>(a) </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;prenominal (attributive)
position <BR>
<B>(ip) </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;immediately postnominal position<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp; <BR>
</blockquote>
<H2><A NAME="sect11" HREF="#toc11">EXAMPLES </A></H2>
<I>(Note that
these are hypothetical examples not found in the WordNet lexicographer
files.) </I> <P>
Sample noun synsets: <blockquote>{ canine, [ dog1, cat,! ] pooch, canid,@
} <BR>
{ collie, dog1,@ (large multi-colored dog with pointy nose) } <BR>
{ hound,
hunting_dog, pack,#m dog1,@ } <BR>
{ dog, } <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
Sample verb synsets: <blockquote>{ [ confuse,
clarify,! frames: 1 ] blur, obscure, frames: 8, 10 } <BR>
{ [ clarify, confuse,!
] make_clear, interpret,@ frames: 8 } <BR>
{ interpret, construe, understand,@
frames: 8 } <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
Sample adjective clusters: <blockquote>[ <BR>
{ [ HOT, COLD,! ] lukewarm(a),
TEPID,^ (hot to the touch) } <BR>
{ warm, } <BR>
- <BR>
{ [ COLD, HOT,! ] frigid, (cold
to the touch) } <BR>
{ freezing, } <BR>
] <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
Sample adverb synsets: <blockquote>{ [ basically,
adj.all:essential^basic,\ ] [ essentially, adj.all:basic^fundamental,\ ] ( by
one's very nature )} <BR>
{ pointedly, adj.all:pungent^pointed,\ } <BR>
{ [ badly,
adj.all:bad,\ well,! ] ill, ("He was badly prepared") } <BR>
</blockquote>
<H2><A NAME="sect12" HREF="#toc12">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="wnintro.5WN.html">wnintro</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="lexnames.5WN.html">lexnames</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="uniqbeg.7WN.html">uniqbeg</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wngloss.7WN.html">wngloss</B>(7WN)</A>
. <P>
Fellbaum,
C. (1998), ed. <I>"WordNet: An Electronic Lexical Database" </I>. MIT Press, Cambridge,
MA. <P>
<P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">Lexicographer File Names</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">Pointers</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">Verb Frames</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">Lexicographer File Format</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">Word Syntax</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc7" HREF="#sect7">Pointer Syntax</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc8" HREF="#sect8">Verb Frame List Syntax</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc9" HREF="#sect9">Gloss Syntax</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc10" HREF="#sect10">Special Adjective Syntax</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc11" HREF="#sect11">EXAMPLES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc12" HREF="#sect12">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

81
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wnintro.1WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WNINTRO(1WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
wnintro - WordNet user commands
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">SYNOPSIS </A></H2>
<P>
<B>wn </B> - command line interface
to WordNet database <P>
<B>wnb </B> - window based WordNet browser
<H2><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
This
section of the <I>WordNet Reference Manual </I> contains manual pages that describe
commands available with the various WordNet system packages. <P>
The WordNet
interfaces <B><A HREF="wn.1WN.html">wn</B>(1WN)</A>
and <B><A HREF="wnb.1WN.html">wnb</B>(1WN)</A>
allow the user to search the WordNet
database and display the information textually.
<H2><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES
(UNIX) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>WNHOME</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory for WordNet. Default is <B>/usr/local/WordNet-3.0
</B>. </DD>
<DT><B>WNSEARCHDIR</B> </DT>
<DD>Directory in which the WordNet database has been installed.
Default is <B>WNHOME/dict </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">REGISTRY (WINDOWS) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\WordNet\3.0\WNHome</B>
</DT>
<DD>Base directory for WordNet. Default is <B>C:\Program&nbsp;Files\WordNet\3.0 </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">SEE
ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wn.1WN.html">wn</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnb.1WN.html">wnb</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.3WN.html">wnintro</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.5WN.html">wnintro</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.7WN.html">wnintro</B>(7WN)</A>
.
<P>
Fellbaum, C. (1998), ed. <I>"WordNet: An Electronic Lexical Database" </I>. MIT
Press, Cambridge, MA.
<H2><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">AVAILABILITY </A></H2>
WordNet has a World Wide Web site at
<B><A HREF="http://wordnet.princeton.edu">http://wordnet.princeton.edu</A>
</B>. From this web site users can learn about
the WordNet project, run several different interfaces to the WordNet database,
and download various WordNet system packages and <I>"Five Papers on WordNet"
</I>. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">SYNOPSIS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">REGISTRY (WINDOWS)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">AVAILABILITY</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

365
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wnintro.3WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WNINTRO(3WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
wnintro - introduction to WordNet library functions
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">DESCRIPTION
</A></H2>
This section of the <I>WordNet Reference Manual </I> contains manual pages that
describe the WordNet library functions and API. <P>
Functions are organized
into the following categories: <P>
<TABLE BORDER=0>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>Category </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>Manual Page </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>Object File
</B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Database Search </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>wnsearch (3WN) </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>search.o </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Morphology </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>morph (3WN)
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>morph.o </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Misc. Utility </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>wnutil (3WN) </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>wnutil.o </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Binary Search </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>binsrch
(3WN) </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>binsrch.o </TD> </TR>
</TABLE>
<P>
The WordNet library is used by all of the searching
interfaces provided with the various WordNet packages. Additional programs
in the system, such as <B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)</A>
, also use functions in this library.
<P>
The WordNet library is provided in both source and binary forms (on some
platforms) to allow users to build applications and tools to their own
specifications that utilize the WordNet database. We do not provide programming
support or assistance. <P>
The code conforms to ANSI C standards. Functions
are defined with function prototypes. If you do not have a compiler that
accepts prototypes, you must edit the source code and remove the prototypes
before compiling.
<H2><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">LIST OF WORDNET LIBRARY FUNCTIONS </A></H2>
Not all library functions
are listed below. Missing are mainly functions that are called by documented
ones, or ones that were written for specific applications or tools used
during WordNet development. Data structures are defined in <B>wn.h </B>. <P>
<H3><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">Database
Searching Functions (search.o) </A></H3>
<P>
<DL>
<DT><B>findtheinfo </B> </DT>
<DD>Primary search function for
WordNet database. Returns formatted search results in text buffer. Used
by WordNet interfaces to perform requested search. </DD>
<DT><B>findtheinfo_ds</B> </DT>
<DD>Primary
search function for WordNet database. Returns search results in linked
list data structure. </DD>
<DT><B>is_defined</B> </DT>
<DD>Set bit for each search type that is valid
for the search word passed and return bit mask. </DD>
<DT><B>in_wn</B> </DT>
<DD>Set bit for each
syntactic category that search word is in. </DD>
<DT><B>index_lookup</B> </DT>
<DD>Find word in index
file and return parsed entry in data structure. Input word must be exact
match of string in database. Called by <B>getindex() </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>getindex</B> </DT>
<DD>Find word
in index file, trying different techniques - replace hyphens with underscores,
replace underscores with hyphens, strip hyphens and underscores, strip
periods. </DD>
<DT><B>read_synset</B> </DT>
<DD>Read synset from data file at byte offset passed
and return parsed entry in data structure. Calls <B>parse_synset() </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>parse_synset</B>
</DT>
<DD>Read synset at current byte offset in file and return parsed entry in
data structure. </DD>
<DT><B>free_syns</B> </DT>
<DD>Free a synset linked list allocated by <B>findtheinfo_ds()
</B>. </DD>
<DT><B>free_synset</B> </DT>
<DD>Free a synset structure. </DD>
<DT><B>free_index</B> </DT>
<DD>Free an index structure.
</DD>
<DT><B>traceptrs_ds</B> </DT>
<DD>Recursive search algorithm to trace a pointer tree and return
results in linked list. </DD>
<DT><B>do_trace</B> </DT>
<DD>Do requested search on synset passed
returning formatted output in buffer. </DD>
</DL>
<P>
<H3><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">Morphology Functions (morph.o) </A></H3>
<P>
<DL>
<DT><B>morphinit</B> </DT>
<DD>Open exception list files. </DD>
<DT><B>re_morphinit</B> </DT>
<DD>Close exception list
files and reopen. </DD>
<DT><B>morphstr</B> </DT>
<DD>Try to find base form (lemma) of word or collocation
in syntactic category passed. Calls <B>morphword() </B> for each word in string
passed. </DD>
<DT><B>morphword</B> </DT>
<DD>Try to find base form (lemma) of individual word in
syntactic category passed. </DD>
</DL>
<P>
<H3><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">Utility Functions (wnutil.o) </A></H3>
<P>
<DL>
<DT><B>wninit</B> </DT>
<DD>Top level
function to open database files and morphology exception lists. </DD>
<DT><B>re_wninit</B>
</DT>
<DD>Top level function to close and reopen database files and morphology
exception lists. </DD>
<DT><B>cntwords</B> </DT>
<DD>Count the number of underscore or space separated
words in a string. </DD>
<DT><B>strtolower</B> </DT>
<DD>Convert string to lower case and remove
trailing adjective marker if found. </DD>
<DT><B>ToLowerCase</B> </DT>
<DD>Convert string passed
to lower case. </DD>
<DT><B>strsubst</B> </DT>
<DD>Replace all occurrences of <I>from </I> with <I>to </I> in <I>str
</I>. </DD>
<DT><B>getptrtype</B> </DT>
<DD>Return code for pointer type character passed. </DD>
<DT><B>getpos</B> </DT>
<DD>Return
syntactic category code for string passed. </DD>
<DT><B>getsstype</B> </DT>
<DD>Return synset type
code for string passed. </DD>
<DT><B>FmtSynset</B> </DT>
<DD>Reconstruct synset string from synset
pointer. </DD>
<DT><B>StrToPos</B> </DT>
<DD>Passed string for syntactic category, returns corresponding
integer value. </DD>
<DT><B>GetSynsetForSense</B> </DT>
<DD>Return synset for sense key passed. </DD>
<DT><B>GetDataOffset</B>
</DT>
<DD>Find synset offset for sense. </DD>
<DT><B>GetPolyCount</B> </DT>
<DD>Find polysemy count for sense
passed. </DD>
<DT><B>GetWORD</B> </DT>
<DD>Return word part of sense key. </DD>
<DT><B>GetPOS</B> </DT>
<DD>Return syntactic
category code for sense key passed. </DD>
<DT><B>WNSnsToStr</B> </DT>
<DD>Generate sense key for
index entry passed. </DD>
<DT><B>GetValidIndexPointer</B> </DT>
<DD>Search for string and/or base
form of word in database and return index structure for word if found.
</DD>
<DT><B>GetWNSense</B> </DT>
<DD>Return sense number in database for sense key. </DD>
<DT><B>GetSenseIndex</B>
</DT>
<DD>Return parsed sense index entry for sense key passed. </DD>
<DT><B>default_display_message</B>
</DT>
<DD>Default function to use as value of <B>display_message </B>. Simply returns
<B>-1 </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<P>
<H3><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">Binary Search Functions (binsrch.o) </A></H3>
<P>
<DL>
<DT><B>bin_search</B> </DT>
<DD>General purpose binary
search function to search for key as first item on line in sorted file.
</DD>
<DT><B>copyfile</B> </DT>
<DD>Copy contents from one file to another. </DD>
<DT><B>replace_line</B> </DT>
<DD>Replace
a line in a sorted file. </DD>
<DT><B>insert_line</B> </DT>
<DD>Insert a line into a sorted file.
</DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect7" HREF="#toc7">HEADER FILE </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>wn.h</B> </DT>
<DD>WordNet include file of constants, data structures,
external declarations for global variables initialized in <B>wnglobal.c </B>. Also
lists function prototypes for library API. It must be included to use any
WordNet library functions. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect8" HREF="#toc8">NOTES </A></H2>
All library functions that access the
database files expect the files to be open. The function <B><A HREF="wninit.3WN.html">wninit</B>(3WN)</A>
must
be called before other database access functions such as <B><A HREF="findtheinfo.3WN.html">findtheinfo</B>(3WN)</A>
or <B><A HREF="read_synset.3WN.html">read_synset</B>(3WN)</A>
.<B></B> <P>
Inclusion of the header file <B>wn.h </B> is necessary. <P>
The
command line interface is a good example of a simple application that
uses several WordNet library functions. <P>
Many of the library functions
are passed or return syntactic category or synset type information. The
following table lists the possible categories as integer codes, synset
type constant names, syntactic category constant names, single characters
and character strings. <P>
<TABLE BORDER=0>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Integer </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Synset Type </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Syntactic Category </B>
</TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Char </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>String </B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>1 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>NOUN </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>NOUN </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>n </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>noun </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>2 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>VERB </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>VERB </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>v </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>verb
</TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>3 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ADJ </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ADJ </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>a </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>adj </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>4 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ADV </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ADV </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>r </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>adv </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>5 </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>SATELLITE </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ADJ </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>s
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><I>n/a </I> </TD> </TR>
</TABLE>
<H2><A NAME="sect9" HREF="#toc9">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>WNHOME</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory for WordNet.
Default is <B>/usr/local/WordNet-3.0 </B>. </DD>
<DT><B>WNSEARCHDIR</B> </DT>
<DD>Directory in which the
WordNet database has been installed. Default is <B>WNHOME/dict </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect10" HREF="#toc10">REGISTRY
(WINDOWS) </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\WordNet\3.0\WNHome</B> </DT>
<DD>Base directory for
WordNet. Default is <B>C:\Program&nbsp;Files\WordNet\3.0 </B>. </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect11" HREF="#toc11">FILES </A></H2>
<DL>
<DT><B>lib/libwn.a</B> </DT>
<DD>WordNet
library (Unix) </DD>
<DT><B>lib\wn.lib</B> </DT>
<DD>WordNet library (Windows) </DD>
<DT><B>include</B> </DT>
<DD>header files
for use with WordNet library </DD>
</DL>
<H2><A NAME="sect12" HREF="#toc12">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="wnintro.1WN.html">wnintro</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="binsrch.3WN.html">binsrch</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="morph.3WN.html">morph</B>(3WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="wnsearch.3WN.html">wnsearch</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnutil.3WN.html">wnutil</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.5WN.html">wnintro</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.7WN.html">wnintro</B>(7WN)</A>
. <P>
Fellbaum, C. (1998),
ed. <I>"WordNet: An Electronic Lexical Database" </I>. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
<H2><A NAME="sect13" HREF="#toc13">BUGS </A></H2>
Please report bugs to <B>wordnet@princeton.edu </B>. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">LIST OF WORDNET LIBRARY FUNCTIONS</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">Database Searching Functions (search.o)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">Morphology Functions (morph.o)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">Utility Functions (wnutil.o)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">Binary Search Functions (binsrch.o)</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc7" HREF="#sect7">HEADER FILE</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc8" HREF="#sect8">NOTES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc9" HREF="#sect9">ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc10" HREF="#sect10">REGISTRY (WINDOWS)</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc11" HREF="#sect11">FILES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc12" HREF="#sect12">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc13" HREF="#sect13">BUGS</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

71
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wnintro.5WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WNINTRO(5WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
wnintro - introduction to descriptions of WordNet file formats
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">SYNOPSIS </A></H2>
<P>
<B>cntlist </B> - format of <B>cntlist </B> and <B>cntlist.rev </B> files <P>
<B>lexnames </B>
- list of lexicographer file names and numbers <P>
<B>prologdb </B> - description of
Prolog database files <P>
<B>senseidx </B> - format of sense index file <P>
<B>sensemap </B>
- mapping from senses in WordNet 2.1 to corresponding 3.0 senses <P>
<B>wndb </B> - format
of WordNet database files <P>
<B>wninput </B> - format of WordNet lexicographer files
<H2><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
This section of the <I>WordNet Reference Manual </I> contains manual
pages that describe the formats of the various files included in different
WordNet 3.0 packages.
<H2><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">NOMENCLATURE </A></H2>
All files are in ASCII. Fields are generally
separated by one space, unless otherwise noted, and each line is terminated
with a newline character. In the file format descriptions, terms in <I>italics
</I> refer to field names. Characters or strings in <B>boldface </B> represent an
actual character or string as it appears in the file. Items enclosed in
italicized square brackets (<I>[&nbsp;&nbsp;] </I>) may not be present. Since several files
contain fields that have the identical meaning, field names are consistently
defined. For example, several WordNet files contain one or more <I>synset_offset
</I> fields. In each case, the definition of <I>synset_offset </I> is identical.
<H2><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="wnintro.1WN.html">wnintro</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.3WN.html">wnintro</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="cntlist.5WN.html">cntlist</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="lexnames.5WN.html">lexnames</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="prologdb.5WN.html">prologdb</B>(5WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="senseidx.5WN.html">senseidx</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="sensemap.5WN.html">sensemap</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wninput.5WN.html">wninput</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.7WN.html">wnintro</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wngloss.7WN.html">wngloss</B>(7WN)</A>
.
<P>
Fellbaum, C. (1998), ed. <I>"WordNet: An Electronic Lexical Database" </I>. MIT
Press, Cambridge, MA. <P>
<P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">SYNOPSIS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">NOMENCLATURE</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

57
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wnintro.7WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WNINTRO(7WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
wnintro - introduction to miscellaneous WordNet information
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">SYNOPSIS
</A></H2>
<P>
<B>morphy </B> - discussion of WordNet's morphological processing <P>
<B>uniqbeg </B> - unique
beginners for noun hierarchies <P>
<B>wngloss </B> - glossary of terms used in WordNet
<P>
<B>wngroups </B> - discussion of WordNet search code to group similar senses <P>
<B>wnlicens
</B> - text of WordNet license agreement <P>
<B>wnpkgs </B> - information about WordNet
packages and distribution <P>
<B>wnstats </B> - database statistics
<H2><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
This
section of the <I>WordNet Reference Manual </I> contains manual pages that describe
various topics related to WordNet and the semantic concordances, and a
glossary of terms.
<H2><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="wnintro.1WN.html">wnintro</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.3WN.html">wnintro</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.5WN.html">wnintro</B>(5WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="morphy.7WN.html">morphy</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="uniqbeg.7WN.html">uniqbeg</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wngroups.7WN.html">wngroups</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnlicens.7WN.html">wnlicens</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnpkgs.7WN.html">wnpkgs</B>(7WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="wnstats.7WN.html">wnstats</B>(7WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wngloss.7WN.html">wngloss</B>(7WN)</A>
. <P>
Fellbaum, C. (1998), ed. <I>"WordNet: An Electronic
Lexical Database" </I>. MIT Press, Cambridge, MA. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">SYNOPSIS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

45
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wnlicens.7WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WNLICENS(7WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
wnlicens - text of WordNet license
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
WordNet Release 3.0
<P>
This software and database is being provided to you, the LICENSEE, by
Princeton University under the following license. By obtaining, using
and/or copying this software and database, you agree that you have
read, understood, and will comply with these terms and conditions.:
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and
database and its documentation for any purpose and without fee or royalty
is hereby granted, provided that you agree to comply with the following
copyright notice and statements, including the disclaimer, and that
the same appear on ALL copies of the software, database and documentation,
including modifications that you make for internal use or for distribution.
WordNet 3.0 Copyright 2006 by Princeton University. All rights reserved.
THIS SOFTWARE AND DATABASE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND PRINCETON UNIVERSITY
MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. BY WAY OF
EXAMPLE, BUT NOT LIMITATION, PRINCETON UNIVERSITY MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS
OR WARRANTIES OF MERCHANT- ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE
OR THAT THE USE OF THE LICENSED SOFTWARE, DATABASE OR DOCUMENTATION
WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY THIRD PARTY PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR
OTHER RIGHTS. The name of Princeton University or Princeton may
not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
the software and/or database. Title to copyright in this software, database
and any associated documentation shall at all times remain with Princeton
University and LICENSEE agrees to preserve same. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

95
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wnpkgs.7WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WNPKGS(7WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
wnpkgs - description of various WordNet system packages
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">DESCRIPTION
</A></H2>
WordNet 3.0 is distributed in several formats and in various packages. All
of the packages are available via anonymous FTP from <B>ftp.cogsci.princeton.edu
</B> and from the WordNet Web site at <B><A HREF="http://wordnet.princeton.edu">http://wordnet.princeton.edu</A>
</B>.
<H3><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">Packages
Available Via FTP and WWW </A></H3>
The following WordNet packages can be downloaded
using a web browser from <B>ftp://ftp.cogsci.princeton.edu/wordnet/3.0 </B>, or from
the Web site noted above. Users can also FTP directly from <B>ftp.cogsci.princeton.edu
</B>, directory <B>wordnet/3.0 </B>. <P>
<TABLE BORDER=0>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Package </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Filename </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Platform </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Description
</B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Database </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>WordNet-3.0.tar.gz </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Unix/OS X </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>WordNet 3.0 database, interfaces,
sense index, interface and library source code, documentation. </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Database
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>WordNet-3.0.exe </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Windows </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>WordNet 3.0 database, interfaces, sense index,
interface and library source code, documentation. </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Prolog Database </TD>
<TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>WNprolog-3.0.tar.gz </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>All </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>WordNet 3.0 database files in Prolog-readable format,
documentation. </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Sense Map </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>WNsnsmap-3.0.tar.gz </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>All </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Mapping of 2.1 to 3.0
senses, documentation. </TD> </TR>
</TABLE>
<P>
<H3><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">Database Package </A></H3>
The database package is a
complete installation for WordNet 3.0 users. It includes the 3.0 database
files, source code for the WordNet browsers and library, and documentation.
The other packages are not included - they must be downloaded and installed
separately. <P>
Note that with this version of WordNet for Unix platforms,
only source code is provided. Users should carefully read the README and
INSTALL files for detailed information on compiling WordNet and dependencies.
<P>
<H3><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">Prolog Database Package </A></H3>
The WordNet 3.0 database files are available
in this package in a Prolog-readable format. Documentation describing the
file format is included. This package is only downloadable in compressed
tar file format, although once unpackaged it can be used from Windows
systems since the files are in ASCII. Many Windows utilities, such as
WinZip, can deal with a compressed tar file.
<H3><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">Sense Map Package </A></H3>
To help
users automatically convert 2.1 noun and verb senses to their corresponding
3.0 senses, we provide sense mapping information in this package. This
package contains files to map polysemous and monosemous words, and documentation
that describes the format of these files. As with the Prolog database,
this package is only downloadable in compressed tar format, but the files
are also in ASCII.
<H2><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">NOTES </A></H2>
The lexicographer files and <B><A HREF="grind.1WN.html">grind</B>(1WN)</A>
program
are not generally distributed. <P>
All of the packages described above may
not be available at the time of release of the 3.0 database package.
<H2><A NAME="sect7" HREF="#toc7">SEE
ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="wnintro.1WN.html">wnintro</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.3WN.html">wnintro</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.5WN.html">wnintro</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.7WN.html">wnintro</B>(7WN)</A>
. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">Packages Available Via FTP and WWW</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">Database Package</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">Prolog Database Package</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">Sense Map Package</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">NOTES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc7" HREF="#sect7">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

338
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wnsearch.3WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WNSEARCH(3WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
findtheinfo, findtheinfo_ds, is_defined, in_wn, index_lookup, parse_index,
getindex, read_synset, parse_synset, free_syns, free_synset, free_index,
traceptrs_ds, do_trace
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">SYNOPSIS </A></H2>
<P>
<B>#include "wn.h" <P>
<B>char *findtheinfo(char
*searchstr, int pos, int ptr_type, int sense_num); </B></B> <P>
<B>SynsetPtr findtheinfo_ds(char
*searchstr, int pos, int ptr_type, int sense_num ); </B> <P>
<B>unsigned int is_defined(char
*searchstr, int pos); </B> <P>
<B>unsigned int in_wn(char *searchstr, int pos); </B>
<P>
<B>IndexPtr index_lookup(char *searchstr, int pos); </B> <P>
<B>IndexPtr parse_index(long
offset, int dabase, char *line); </B> <P>
<B>IndexPtr getindex(char *searchstr, int
pos); </B> <P>
<B>SynsetPtr read_synset(int pos, long synset_offset, char *searchstr);
</B> <P>
<B>SynsetPtr parse_synset(FILE *fp, int pos, char *searchstr); </B> <P>
<B>void free_syns(SynsetPtr
synptr); </B> <P>
<B>void free_synset(SynsetPtr synptr); </B> <P>
<B>void free_index(IndexPtr
idx); </B> <P>
<B>SynsetPtr traceptrs_ds(SynsetPtr synptr, int ptr_type, int pos,
int depth); </B> <P>
<B>char *do_trace(SynsetPtr synptr, int ptr_type, int pos, int
depth); </B>
<H2><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
<P>
These functions are used for searching the WordNet
database. They generally fall into several categories: functions for reading
and parsing index file entries; functions for reading and parsing synsets
in data files; functions for tracing pointers and hierarchies; functions
for freeing space occupied by data structures allocated with <B><A HREF="malloc.3.html">malloc</B>(3)</A>
.
<P>
In the following function descriptions, <I>pos </I> is one of the following:
<P>
<blockquote><B>1 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;NOUN <BR>
<B>2 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;VERB <BR>
<B>3 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADJECTIVE <BR>
<B>4 </B><tt> </tt>&nbsp;<tt> </tt>&nbsp;ADVERB <BR>
</blockquote>
<P>
<B>findtheinfo()</B> is the primary
search algorithm for use with database interface applications. Search
results are automatically formatted, and a pointer to the text buffer
is returned. All searches listed in <B>WNHOME/include/wn.h</B> can be done by
<B>findtheinfo()</B>. <B>findtheinfo_ds()</B> can be used to perform most of the searches,
with results returned in a linked list data structure. This is for use
with applications that need to analyze the search results rather than
just display them. <P>
Both functions are passed the same arguments: <I>searchstr
</I> is the word or collocation to search for; <I>pos </I> indicates the syntactic
category to search in; <I>ptr_type </I> is one of the valid search types for
<I>searchstr </I> in <I>pos </I>. (Available searches can be obtained by calling <B>is_defined()</B>
described below.) <I>sense_num </I> should be <FONT SIZE=-1><B>ALLSENSES </B></FONT>
if the search is to
be done on all senses of <I>searchstr </I> in <I>pos </I>, or a positive integer indicating
which sense to search. <P>
<B>findtheinfo_ds() </B> returns a linked list data structures
representing synsets. Senses are linked through the <I>nextss </I> field of a
<B>Synset </B> data structure. For each sense, synsets that match the search
specified with <I>ptr_type </I> are linked through the <I>ptrlist </I> field. See <FONT SIZE=-1><B>Synset
Navigation </B></FONT>
below, for detailed information on the linked lists returned.
<P>
<B>is_defined() </B> sets a bit for each search type that is valid for <I>searchstr
</I> in <I>pos </I>, and returns the resulting unsigned integer. Each bit number
corresponds to a pointer type constant defined in <B>WNHOME/include/wn.h </B>.
For example, if bit 2 is set, the <FONT SIZE=-1><B>HYPERPTR </B></FONT>
search is valid for <I>searchstr
</I>. There are 29 possible searches. <P>
<B>in_wn() </B> is used to find the syntactic
categories in the WordNet database that contain one or more senses of
<I>searchstr </I>. If <I>pos </I> is <FONT SIZE=-1><B>ALL_POS, </B></FONT>
all syntactic categories are checked.
Otherwise, only the part of speech passed is checked. An unsigned integer
is returned with a bit set corresponding to each syntactic category containing
<I>searchstr </I>. The bit number matches the number for the part of speech.
<B>0 </B> is returned if <I>searchstr </I> is not present in <I>pos </I>. <P>
<B>index_lookup() </B> finds
<I>searchstr </I> in the index file for <I>pos </I> and returns a pointer to the parsed
entry in an <B>Index </B> data structure. <I>searchstr </I> must exactly match the form
of the word (lower case only, hyphens and underscores in the same places)
in the index file. <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
is returned if a match is not found. <P>
<B>parse_index()
</B> parses an entry from an index file and returns a pointer to the parsed
entry in an <B>Index </B> data structure. Passed the byte <I>offset </I> and syntactic
category, it reads the index entry at the desired location in the corresponding
file. If passed <I>line </I>, <I>line </I> contains an index file entry and the database
index file is not consulted. However, <I>offset </I> and <I>dbase </I> should still
be passed so the information can be stored in the <B>Index </B> structure. <P>
<B>getindex()
</B> is a "smart" search for <I>searchstr </I> in the index file corresponding to
<I>pos </I>. It applies to <I>searchstr </I> an algorithm that replaces underscores
with hyphens, hyphens with underscores, removes hyphens and underscores,
and removes periods in an attempt to find a form of the string that is
an exact match for an entry in the index file corresponding to <I>pos </I>. <B>index_lookup()
</B> is called on each transformed string until a match is found or all the
different strings have been tried. It returns a pointer to the parsed
<B>Index </B> data structure for <I>searchstr </I>, or <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
if a match is not found.
<P>
<B>read_synset() </B> is used to read a synset from a byte offset in a data
file. It performs an <B><A HREF="fseek.3.html">fseek </B>(3)</A>
to <I>synset_offset </I> in the data file corresponding
to <I>pos </I>, and calls <B>parse_synset() </B> to read and parse the synset. A pointer
to the <B>Synset </B> data structure containing the parsed synset is returned.
<P>
<B>parse_synset() </B> reads the synset at the current offset in the file indicated
by <I>fp </I>. <I>pos </I> is the syntactic category, and <I>searchstr </I>, if not <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL, </B></FONT>
indicates the word in the synset that the caller is interested in. An
attempt is made to match <I>searchstr </I> to one of the words in the synset.
If an exact match is found, the <I>whichword </I> field in the <B>Synset </B> structure
is set to that word's number in the synset (beginning to count from <B>1 </B>).
<P>
<B>free_syns() </B> is used to free a linked list of <B>Synset </B> structures allocated
by <B>findtheinfo_ds() </B>. <I>synptr </I> is a pointer to the list to free. <P>
<B>free_synset()
</B> frees the <B>Synset </B> structure pointed to by <I>synptr </I>. <P>
<B>free_index() </B> frees
the <B>Index </B> structure pointed to by <I>idx </I>. <P>
<B>traceptrs_ds() </B> is a recursive
search algorithm that traces pointers matching <I>ptr_type </I> starting with
the synset pointed to by <I>synptr </I>. Setting <I>depth </I> to <B>1 </B> when <B>traceptrs_ds()
</B> is called indicates a recursive search; <B>0 </B> indicates a non-recursive call.
<I>synptr </I> points to the data structure representing the synset to search
for a pointer of type <I>ptr_type </I>. When a pointer type match is found, the
synset pointed to is read is linked onto the <I>nextss </I> chain. Levels of
the tree generated by a recursive search are linked via the <I>ptrlist </I> field
structure until <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
is found, indicating the top (or bottom) of the
tree. This function is usually called from <B>findtheinfo_ds() </B> for each
sense of the word. See <FONT SIZE=-1><B>Synset Navigation </B></FONT>
below, for detailed information
on the linked lists returned. <P>
<B>do_trace() </B> performs the search indicated
by <I>ptr_type </I> on synset synptr in syntactic category <I>pos </I>. <I>depth </I> is
defined as above. <B>do_trace() </B> returns the search results formatted in
a text buffer.
<H3><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">Synset Navigation </A></H3>
Since the <B>Synset </B> structure is used to
represent the synsets for both word senses and pointers, the <I>ptrlist </I>
and <I>nextss </I> fields have different meanings depending on whether the structure
is a word sense or pointer. This can make navigation through the lists
returned by <B>findtheinfo_ds() </B> confusing. <P>
Navigation through the returned
list involves the following: <P>
Following the <I>nextss </I> chain from the synset
returned moves through the various senses of <I>searchstr </I>. <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
indicates
that end of the chain of senses. <P>
Following the <I>ptrlist </I> chain from a <B>Synset
</B> structure representing a sense traces the hierarchy of the search results
for that sense. Subsequent links in the <I>ptrlist </I> chain indicate the next
level (up or down, depending on the search) in the hierarchy. <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
indicates
the end of the chain of search result synsets. <P>
If a synset pointed to
by <I>ptrlist </I> has a value in the <I>nextss </I> field, it represents another pointer
of the same type at that level in the hierarchy. For example, some noun
synsets have two hypernyms. Following this <I>nextss </I> pointer, and then the
<I>ptrlist </I> chain from the <B>Synset </B> structure pointed to, traces another,
parallel, hierarchy, until the end is indicated by <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
on that <I>ptrlist
</I> chain. So, a <B>synset </B> representing a pointer (versus a sense of <I>searchstr
</I>) having a non-NULL value in <I>nextss </I> has another chain of search results
linked through the <I>ptrlist </I> chain of the synset pointed to by <I>nextss </I>.
<P>
If <I>searchstr </I> contains more than one base form in WordNet (as in the
noun <B>axes </B>, which has base forms <B>axe </B> and <B>axis </B>), synsets representing
the search results for each base form are linked through the <I>nextform
</I> pointer of the <B>Synset </B> structure.
<H3><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">WordNet Searches </A></H3>
There is no extensive
description of what each search type is or the results returned. Using
the WordNet interface, examining the source code, and reading <B><A HREF="wndb.5WN.html">wndb</B>(5WN)<B></B></A>
are the best ways to see what types of searches are available and the
data returned for each. <P>
Listed below are the valid searches that can be
passed as <I>ptr_type </I> to <B>findtheinfo() </B>. Passing a negative value (when
applicable) causes a recursive, hierarchical search by setting <I>depth </I>
to <B>1 </B> when <B>traceptrs() </B> is called. <P>
<TABLE BORDER=0>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>ptr_type </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Value </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Pointer </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT><B>Search
</B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Symbol </B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ANTPTR </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>1 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>! </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Antonyms </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>HYPERPTR </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>2 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>@ </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Hypernyms
</TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>HYPOPTR </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>3 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>&nbsp; </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Hyponyms </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ENTAILPTR </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>4 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>* </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Entailment </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>SIMPTR </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>5
</TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>&amp; </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Similar </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ISMEMBERPTR </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>6 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>#m </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Member meronym </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ISSTUFFPTR </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>7 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>#s
</TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Substance meronym </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ISPARTPTR </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>8 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>#p </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Part meronym </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>HASMEMBERPTR </TD>
<TD ALIGN=CENTER>9 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>%m </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Member holonym </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>HASSTUFFPTR </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>10 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>%s </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Substance holonym </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>HASPARTPTR
</TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>11 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>%p </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Part holonym </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>MERONYM </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>12 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>% </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>All meronyms </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>HOLONYM </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>13 </TD>
<TD ALIGN=CENTER># </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>All holonyms </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>CAUSETO </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>14 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>&gt; </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Cause </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>PPLPTR </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>15 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>&lt; </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Participle of
verb </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>SEEALSOPTR </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>16 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>^ </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Also see </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>PERTPTR </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>17 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>\ </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Pertains to noun
or derived from adjective </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>ATTRIBUTE </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>18 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>\= </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Attribute </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>VERBGROUP
</TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>19 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>$ </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Verb group </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>DERIVATION </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>20 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>+ </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Derivationally related form </TD>
</TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>CLASSIFICATION </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>21 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>; </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Domain of synset </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>CLASS </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>22 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>- </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Member of this
domain </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>SYNS </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>23 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><I>n/a </I> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Find synonyms </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>FREQ </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>24 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><I>n/a </I> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Polysemy </TD>
</TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>FRAMES </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>25 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><I>n/a </I> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Verb example sentences and generic frames </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>COORDS
</TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>26 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><I>n/a </I> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Noun coordinates </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>RELATIVES </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>27 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><I>n/a </I> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Group related senses
</TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>HMERONYM </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>28 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><I>n/a </I> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Hierarchical meronym search </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>HHOLONYM </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>29 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><I>n/a
</I> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Hierarchical holonym search </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>WNGREP </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>30 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><I>n/a </I> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Find keywords by substring
</TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>OVERVIEW </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>31 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><I>n/a </I> </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Show all synsets for word </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>CLASSIF_CATEGORY </TD>
<TD ALIGN=CENTER>32 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>;c </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Show domain topic </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>CLASSIF_USAGE </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>33 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>;u </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Show domain usage
</TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>CLASSIF_REGIONAL </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>34 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>;r </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Show domain region </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>CLASS_CATEGORY </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>35
</TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>-c </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Show domain terms for topic </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>CLASS_USAGE </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>36 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>-u </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Show domain terms
for usage </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>CLASS_REGIONAL </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>37 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>-r </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Show domain terms for region </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>INSTANCE
</TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>38 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>@i </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Instance of </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>INSTANCES </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>39 </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER>&nbsp;i </TD> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Show instances </TD> </TR>
</TABLE>
<P>
<B>findtheinfo_ds()
</B> cannot perform the following searches: <P>
<blockquote>SEEALSOPTR <BR>
PERTPTR <BR>
VERBGROUP
<BR>
FREQ <BR>
FRAMES <BR>
RELATIVES <BR>
WNGREP <BR>
OVERVIEW <BR>
</blockquote>
<H2><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">NOTES </A></H2>
Applications that
use WordNet and/or the morphological functions must call <B>wninit() </B> at
the start of the program. See <B><A HREF="wnutil.3WN.html">wnutil</B>(3WN)</A>
for more information. <P>
In all
function calls, <I>searchstr </I> may be either a word or a collocation formed
by joining individual words with underscore characters (<B>_ </B>). <P>
The <B>SearchResults
</B> structure defines fields in the <I>wnresults </I> global variable that are set
by the various search functions. This is a way to get additional information,
such as the number of senses the word has, from the search functions. The
<I>searchds </I> field is set by <B>findtheinfo_ds() </B>. <P>
The <I>pos </I> passed to <B>traceptrs_ds()
</B> is not used. <P>
<H2><A NAME="sect6" HREF="#toc6">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="wn.1WN.html">wn</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnb.1WN.html">wnb</B>(1WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.3WN.html">wnintro</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="binsrch.3WN.html">binsrch</B>(3WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="malloc.3.html">malloc</B>(3)</A>
, <B><A HREF="morph.3WN.html">morph</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnutil.3WN.html">wnutil</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.5WN.html">wnintro</B>(5WN)</A>
.
<H2><A NAME="sect7" HREF="#toc7">WARNINGS </A></H2>
<B>parse_synset()
</B> must find an exact match between the <I>searchstr </I> passed and a word in
the synset to set <I>whichword </I>. No attempt is made to translate hyphens
and underscores, as is done in <B>getindex() </B>. <P>
The WordNet database and exception
list files must be opened with <B>wninit </B> prior to using any of the searching
functions. <P>
A large search may cause <B>findtheinfo() </B> to run out of buffer
space. The maximum buffer size is determined by computer platform. If the
buffer size is exceeded the following message is printed in the output
buffer: <B>"Search too large. Narrow search and try again..." </B>. <P>
Passing an invalid
<I>pos </I> will probably result in a core dump. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">SYNOPSIS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">Synset Navigation</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">WordNet Searches</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">NOTES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc6" HREF="#sect6">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc7" HREF="#sect7">WARNINGS</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

80
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wnstats.7WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WNSTATS(7WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
wnstats - WordNet 3.0 database statistics
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">DESCRIPTION </A></H2>
<H3><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">Number of
words, synsets, and senses </A></H3>
<TABLE BORDER=0>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>POS </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Unique </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Synsets </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Total </B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Strings
</B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Word-Sense Pairs </B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Noun </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>117798 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>82115 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>146312 </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Verb </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>11529 </TD>
<TD ALIGN=RIGHT>13767 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>25047 </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Adjective </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>21479 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>18156 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>30002 </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Adverb </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>4481 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>3621 </TD>
<TD ALIGN=RIGHT>5580 </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Totals </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>155287 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>117659 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>206941 </TD> </TR>
</TABLE>
<P>
<H3><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">Polysemy information </A></H3>
<P>
<TABLE BORDER=0>
<TR>
<TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>POS </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Monosemous </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Polysemous </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Polysemous </B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Words and Senses </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Words
</B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Senses </B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Noun </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>101863 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>15935 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>44449 </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Verb </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>6277 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>5252 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>18770 </TD>
</TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Adjective </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>16503 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>4976 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>14399 </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Adverb </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>3748 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>733 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>1832 </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Totals
</TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>128391 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>26896 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>79450 </TD> </TR>
</TABLE>
<P>
<TABLE BORDER=0>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>POS </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Average Polysemy </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Average Polysemy
</B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=CENTER> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Including Monosemous Words </B> </TD> <TD ALIGN=CENTER><B>Excluding Monosemous Words </B> </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Noun
</TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>1.24 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>2.79 </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Verb </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>2.17 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>3.57 </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Adjective </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>1.40 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>2.71 </TD> </TR>
<TR> <TD ALIGN=LEFT>Adverb </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>1.25 </TD> <TD ALIGN=RIGHT>2.50
</TD> </TR>
</TABLE>
<P>
<H2><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">NOTES </A></H2>
Statistics for all types of adjectives and adjective satellites
are combined. <P>
The total of all unique noun, verb, adjective, and adverb
strings is actually 147278. However, many strings are unique within a syntactic
category, but are in more than one syntactic category. The figures in
the table represent the unique strings in each syntactic category. <P>
<P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">Number of words, synsets, and senses</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">Polysemy information</A></LI>
</UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">NOTES</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

154
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/html/wnutil.3WN.html Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
<!-- manual page source format generated by PolyglotMan v3.0.3a12, -->
<!-- available via anonymous ftp from ftp.cs.berkeley.edu:/ucb/people/phelps/tcltk/rman.tar.Z -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>WNUTIL(3WN) manual page</TITLE>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<A HREF="#toc">Table of Contents</A><P>
<H2><A NAME="sect0" HREF="#toc0">NAME </A></H2>
wninit, re_wninit, cntwords, strtolower, ToLowerCase, strsubst,
getptrtype, getpos, getsstype, StrToPos, GetSynsetForSense, GetDataOffset,
GetPolyCount, WNSnsToStr, GetValidIndexPointer, GetWNSense, GetSenseIndex,
default_display_message
<H2><A NAME="sect1" HREF="#toc1">SYNOPSIS </A></H2>
<P>
<B>#include "wn.h" </B> <P>
<B>int wninit(void); </B> <P>
<B>int
re_wninit(void); </B> <P>
<B>int cntwords(char *str, char separator); </B> <P>
<B>char *strtolower(char
*str); </B> <P>
<B>char *ToLowerCase(char *str); </B> <P>
<B>char *strsubst(char *str, char
from, char to); </B> <P>
<B>int getptrtype(char *ptr_symbol); </B> <P>
<B>int getpos(char *ss_type);
</B> <P>
<B>int getsstype(char *ss_type); </B> <P>
<B>int StrToPos(char pos); </B> <P>
<B>SynsetPtr GetSynsetForSense(char
*sense_key); </B> <P>
<B>long GetDataOffset(char *sense_key); </B> <P>
<B>int GetPolyCount(char
*sense_key); </B> <P>
<B>char *WNSnsToStr(IndexPtr idx, int sense_num); </B> <P>
<B>IndexPtr
GetValidIndexPointer(char *str, int pos); </B> <P>
<B>int GetWNSense(char *lemma,
*lex_sense); </B> <P>
<B>SnsIndexPtr GetSenseIndex(char *sense_key); </B> <P>
<B>int GetTagcnt(IndexPtr
idx, int sense); </B> <P>
<B>int default_display_message(char *msg); </B>
<H2><A NAME="sect2" HREF="#toc2">DESCRIPTION
</A></H2>
<P>
The WordNet library contains many utility functions used by the interface
code, other library functions, and various applications and tools. Only
those of importance to the WordNet search code, or which are generally
useful are described here. <P>
<B>wninit()</B> opens the files necessary for using
WordNet with the WordNet library functions. The database files are opened,
and <B>morphinit()</B> is called to open the exception list files. Returns <B>0
</B> if successful, <B>-1 </B> otherwise. The database and exception list files must
be open before the WordNet search and morphology functions are used. If
the database is successfully opened, the global variable <B>OpenDB </B> is set
to <B>1 </B>. Note that it is possible for the database files to be opened (<B>OpenDB
== 1 </B>), but not the exception list files. <P>
<B>re_wninit()</B> is used to close
the database files and reopen them, and is used exclusively for WordNet
development. <B>re_morphinit() </B> is called to close and reopen the exception
list files. Return codes are as described above. <P>
<B>cntwords()</B> counts the
number of underscore or space separated words in <I>str </I>. A hyphen is passed
in <I>separator </I> if is is to be considered a word delimiter. Otherwise <I>separator
</I> can be any other character, or an underscore if another character is
not desired. <P>
<B>strtolower()</B> converts <I>str </I> to lower case and removes a trailing
adjective marker, if present. <I>str </I> is actually modified by this function,
and a pointer to the modified string is returned. <P>
<B>ToLowerCase()</B> converts
<I>str </I> to lower case as above, without removing an adjective marker. <P>
<B>strsubst()</B>
replaces all occurrences of <I>from </I> with <I>to </I> in <I>str </I> and returns resulting
string. <P>
<B>getptrtype()</B> returns the integer <I>ptr_type </I> corresponding to the
pointer character passed in <I>ptr_symbol </I>. See <B><A HREF="wnsearch.3WN.html">wnsearch</B>(3WN)</A>
for a table
of pointer symbols and types. <P>
<B>getpos()</B> returns the integer constant corresponding
to the synset type passed. <I>ss_type </I> may be one of the following: <B>n, v,
a, r, s </B>. If <B>s </B> is passed, <FONT SIZE=-1><B>ADJ </B></FONT>
is returned. Exits with <B>-1 </B> if <I>ss_type
</I> is invalid. <P>
<B>getsstype()</B> works like <B>getpos() </B>, but returns <FONT SIZE=-1><B>SATELLITE </B></FONT>
if <I>ss_type </I> is <B>s </B>. <P>
<B>StrToPos()</B> returns the integer constant corresponding
to the syntactic category passed in <I>pos </I>. <I>string </I> must be one of the following:
<B>noun, verb, adj, adv </B>. <B>-1 </B> is returned if <I>pos </I> is invalid. <P>
<B>GetSynsetForSense()</B>
returns the synset that contains the word sense <I>sense_key </I> and <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
in case of error. <P>
<B>GetDataOffset()</B> returns the synset offset for synset
that contains the word sense <I>sense_key </I>, and <B>0 </B> if <I>sense_key </I> is not in
sense index file. <P>
<B>GetPolyCount()</B> returns the polysemy count (number of
senses in WordNet) for <I>lemma </I> encoded in <I>sense_key </I> and <B>0 </B> if word is
not found. <P>
<B>WNSnsToStr()</B> returns sense key encoding for <I>sense_num </I> entry
in <I>idx </I>. <P>
<B>GetValidIndexPointer()</B> returns the Index structure for <I>word </I>
in <I>pos </I>. Calls <B><A HREF="morphstr.3WN.html">morphstr</B>(3WN)</A>
to find a valid base form if <I>word </I> is inflected.
<P>
<B>GetWNSense()</B> returns the WordNet sense number for the sense key encoding
represented by <I>lemma </I> and <I>lex_sense </I>. <P>
<B>GetSenseIndex()</B> returns parsed sense
index entry for <I>sense_key </I> and <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
if <I>sense_key </I> is not in sense index.
<P>
<B>GetTagcnt()</B> returns the number of times the sense passed has been tagged
according to the <I>cntlist </I> file. <P>
<B>default_display_message()</B> simply returns
<B>-1 </B>. This is the default value for the global variable <B>display_message
</B>, that points to a function to call to display an error message. In general,
applications (including the WordNet interfaces) define an application
specific function and set <B>display_message </B> to point to it.
<H2><A NAME="sect3" HREF="#toc3">NOTES </A></H2>
<B>include/wn.h
</B> lists all the pointer and search types and their corresponding constant
values. There is no description of what each search type is or the results
returned. Using the WordNet interface is the best way to see what types
of searches are available, and the data returned for each.
<H2><A NAME="sect4" HREF="#toc4">SEE ALSO </A></H2>
<B><A HREF="wnintro.3WN.html">wnintro</B>(3WN)</A>
,
<B><A HREF="wnsearch.3WN.html">wnsearch</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="morph.3WN.html">morph</B>(3WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.5WN.html">wnintro</B>(5WN)</A>
, <B><A HREF="wnintro.7WN.html">wnintro</B>(7WN)</A>
. <P>
<H2><A NAME="sect5" HREF="#toc5">WARNINGS </A></H2>
Error
checking on passed arguments is not rigorous. Passing <FONT SIZE=-1><B>NULL </B></FONT>
pointers
or invalid values will often cause an application to die. <P>
<HR><P>
<A NAME="toc"><B>Table of Contents</B></A><P>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="toc0" HREF="#sect0">NAME</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc1" HREF="#sect1">SYNOPSIS</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc2" HREF="#sect2">DESCRIPTION</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc3" HREF="#sect3">NOTES</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc4" HREF="#sect4">SEE ALSO</A></LI>
<LI><A NAME="toc5" HREF="#sect5">WARNINGS</A></LI>
</UL>
</BODY></HTML>

478
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9 from Makefile.am.
# doc/man/Makefile. Generated from Makefile.in by configure.
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
srcdir = .
top_srcdir = ../..
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/WordNet
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/WordNet
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/WordNet
top_builddir = ../..
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = /usr/csl/bin/install -c
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
subdir = doc/man
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)" \
"$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)"
man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
NROFF = nroff
MANS = $(man_MANS)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run aclocal-1.9
AMDEP_FALSE = #
AMDEP_TRUE =
AMTAR = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run tar
AUTOCONF = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run autoconf
AUTOHEADER = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run autoheader
AUTOMAKE = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run automake-1.9
AWK = nawk
CC = gcc
CCDEPMODE = depmode=gcc3
CFLAGS = -g -O2
CPP = gcc -E
CPPFLAGS =
CYGPATH_W = echo
DEFS = -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
DEPDIR = .deps
ECHO_C =
ECHO_N = -n
ECHO_T =
EGREP = egrep
EXEEXT =
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
INSTALL_PROGRAM = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_SCRIPT = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = ${SHELL} $(install_sh) -c -s
LDFLAGS =
LIBOBJS =
LIBS =
LTLIBOBJS =
MAKEINFO = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run makeinfo
OBJEXT = o
PACKAGE = WordNet
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = wordnet@princeton.edu
PACKAGE_NAME = WordNet
PACKAGE_STRING = WordNet 3.0
PACKAGE_TARNAME = wordnet
PACKAGE_VERSION = 3.0
PATH_SEPARATOR = :
RANLIB = ranlib
SET_MAKE =
SHELL = /bin/bash
STRIP =
TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC = -I/usr/csl/include
TCL_LIB_SPEC = -L/usr/csl/lib -ltcl8.4
TK_LIBS = -L/usr/openwin/lib -lX11 -ldl -lpthread -lsocket -lnsl -lm
TK_LIB_SPEC = -L/usr/csl/lib -ltk8.4
TK_PREFIX = /usr/csl
TK_XINCLUDES = -I/usr/openwin/include
VERSION = 3.0
ac_ct_CC = gcc
ac_ct_RANLIB = ranlib
ac_ct_STRIP =
ac_prefix = /usr/local/WordNet-3.0
am__fastdepCC_FALSE = #
am__fastdepCC_TRUE =
am__include = include
am__leading_dot = .
am__quote =
am__tar = ${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"
am__untar = ${AMTAR} xf -
bindir = ${exec_prefix}/bin
build_alias =
datadir = ${prefix}/share
exec_prefix = ${prefix}
host_alias =
includedir = ${prefix}/include
infodir = ${prefix}/info
install_sh = /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/install-sh
libdir = ${exec_prefix}/lib
libexecdir = ${exec_prefix}/libexec
localstatedir = ${prefix}/var
mandir = ${prefix}/man
mkdir_p = $(install_sh) -d
oldincludedir = /usr/include
prefix = /usr/local/WordNet-3.0
program_transform_name = s,x,x,
sbindir = ${exec_prefix}/sbin
sharedstatedir = ${prefix}/com
sysconfdir = ${prefix}/etc
target_alias =
man_MANS = binsrch.3 cntlist.5 grind.1 lexnames.5 morph.3 morphy.7 senseidx.5 uniqbeg.7 wn.1 wnb.1 wndb.5 wngloss.7 wngroups.7 wninput.5 wnintro.1 wnintro.3 wnintro.5 wnintro.7 wnlicens.7 wnpkgs.7 wnsearch.3 wnstats.7 wnutil.3
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/man/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/man/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
uninstall-info-am:
install-man1: $(man1_MANS) $(man_MANS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(man1dir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"
@list='$(man1_MANS) $(dist_man1_MANS) $(nodist_man1_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.1*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
else file=$$i; fi; \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
1*) ;; \
*) ext='1' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \
done
uninstall-man1:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(man1_MANS) $(dist_man1_MANS) $(nodist_man1_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.1*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
1*) ;; \
*) ext='1' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \
done
install-man3: $(man3_MANS) $(man_MANS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(man3dir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)"
@list='$(man3_MANS) $(dist_man3_MANS) $(nodist_man3_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.3*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
else file=$$i; fi; \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
3*) ;; \
*) ext='3' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)/$$inst'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)/$$inst"; \
done
uninstall-man3:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(man3_MANS) $(dist_man3_MANS) $(nodist_man3_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.3*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
3*) ;; \
*) ext='3' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)/$$inst'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)/$$inst"; \
done
install-man5: $(man5_MANS) $(man_MANS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(man5dir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)"
@list='$(man5_MANS) $(dist_man5_MANS) $(nodist_man5_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.5*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
else file=$$i; fi; \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
5*) ;; \
*) ext='5' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst"; \
done
uninstall-man5:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(man5_MANS) $(dist_man5_MANS) $(nodist_man5_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.5*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
5*) ;; \
*) ext='5' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst"; \
done
install-man7: $(man7_MANS) $(man_MANS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(man7dir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)"
@list='$(man7_MANS) $(dist_man7_MANS) $(nodist_man7_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.7*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
else file=$$i; fi; \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
7*) ;; \
*) ext='7' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)/$$inst'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)/$$inst"; \
done
uninstall-man7:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(man7_MANS) $(dist_man7_MANS) $(nodist_man7_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.7*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
7*) ;; \
*) ext='7' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)/$$inst'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)/$$inst"; \
done
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
case $$file in \
$(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
$(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
esac; \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
fi; \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(MANS)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am: install-man
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man: install-man1 install-man3 install-man5 install-man7
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-man
uninstall-man: uninstall-man1 uninstall-man3 uninstall-man5 \
uninstall-man7
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-man1 install-man3 install-man5 install-man7 \
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am \
uninstall-info-am uninstall-man uninstall-man1 uninstall-man3 \
uninstall-man5 uninstall-man7
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

1
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
man_MANS = binsrch.3 cntlist.5 grind.1 lexnames.5 morph.3 morphy.7 senseidx.5 uniqbeg.7 wn.1 wnb.1 wndb.5 wngloss.7 wngroups.7 wninput.5 wnintro.1 wnintro.3 wnintro.5 wnintro.7 wnlicens.7 wnpkgs.7 wnsearch.3 wnstats.7 wnutil.3

478
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ../..
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
subdir = doc/man
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)" \
"$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)"
man3dir = $(mandir)/man3
man5dir = $(mandir)/man5
man7dir = $(mandir)/man7
NROFF = nroff
MANS = $(man_MANS)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC = @TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC@
TCL_LIB_SPEC = @TCL_LIB_SPEC@
TK_LIBS = @TK_LIBS@
TK_LIB_SPEC = @TK_LIB_SPEC@
TK_PREFIX = @TK_PREFIX@
TK_XINCLUDES = @TK_XINCLUDES@
VERSION = @VERSION@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
ac_prefix = @ac_prefix@
am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
bindir = @bindir@
build_alias = @build_alias@
datadir = @datadir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host_alias = @host_alias@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
man_MANS = binsrch.3 cntlist.5 grind.1 lexnames.5 morph.3 morphy.7 senseidx.5 uniqbeg.7 wn.1 wnb.1 wndb.5 wngloss.7 wngroups.7 wninput.5 wnintro.1 wnintro.3 wnintro.5 wnintro.7 wnlicens.7 wnpkgs.7 wnsearch.3 wnstats.7 wnutil.3
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/man/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/man/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
uninstall-info-am:
install-man1: $(man1_MANS) $(man_MANS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(man1dir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"
@list='$(man1_MANS) $(dist_man1_MANS) $(nodist_man1_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.1*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
else file=$$i; fi; \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
1*) ;; \
*) ext='1' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \
done
uninstall-man1:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(man1_MANS) $(dist_man1_MANS) $(nodist_man1_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.1*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
1*) ;; \
*) ext='1' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \
done
install-man3: $(man3_MANS) $(man_MANS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(man3dir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)"
@list='$(man3_MANS) $(dist_man3_MANS) $(nodist_man3_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.3*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
else file=$$i; fi; \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
3*) ;; \
*) ext='3' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)/$$inst'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)/$$inst"; \
done
uninstall-man3:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(man3_MANS) $(dist_man3_MANS) $(nodist_man3_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.3*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
3*) ;; \
*) ext='3' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)/$$inst'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)/$$inst"; \
done
install-man5: $(man5_MANS) $(man_MANS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(man5dir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)"
@list='$(man5_MANS) $(dist_man5_MANS) $(nodist_man5_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.5*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
else file=$$i; fi; \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
5*) ;; \
*) ext='5' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst"; \
done
uninstall-man5:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(man5_MANS) $(dist_man5_MANS) $(nodist_man5_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.5*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
5*) ;; \
*) ext='5' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)/$$inst"; \
done
install-man7: $(man7_MANS) $(man_MANS)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(man7dir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)"
@list='$(man7_MANS) $(dist_man7_MANS) $(nodist_man7_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.7*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
else file=$$i; fi; \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
7*) ;; \
*) ext='7' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)/$$inst'"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)/$$inst"; \
done
uninstall-man7:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(man7_MANS) $(dist_man7_MANS) $(nodist_man7_MANS)'; \
l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \
for i in $$l2; do \
case "$$i" in \
*.7*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
esac; \
done; \
for i in $$list; do \
ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
case "$$ext" in \
7*) ;; \
*) ext='7' ;; \
esac; \
inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \
inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)/$$inst'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)/$$inst"; \
done
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
case $$file in \
$(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
$(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
esac; \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
fi; \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(MANS)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man5dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man7dir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am: install-man
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man: install-man1 install-man3 install-man5 install-man7
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-man
uninstall-man: uninstall-man1 uninstall-man3 uninstall-man5 \
uninstall-man7
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-man1 install-man3 install-man5 install-man7 \
install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am \
uninstall-info-am uninstall-man uninstall-man1 uninstall-man3 \
uninstall-man5 uninstall-man7
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

66
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/binsrch.3 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.TH BINSRCH 3WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm Library Functions"
.SH NAME
bin_search, copyfile, replace_line, insert_line
.SH SYNOPSIS
.LP
\fBchar *bin_search(char *key, FILE *fp);\fP
.LP
\fBvoid copyfile(FILE *fromfp, FILE *tofp);\fP
.LP
\fBchar *replace_line(char *new_line, char *key, FILE *fp);\fP
.LP
\fBchar *insert_line(char *new_line, char *key, FILE *fp);\fP
.SH DESCRIPTION
.LP
The WordNet library contains several general purpose functions for
performing a binary search and modifying sorted files.
.LP
.B bin_search(\|)
is the primary binary search algorithm to search for \fIkey\fP as the
first item on a line in the file pointed to by \fIfp\fP. The
delimiter between the key and the rest of the fields on the line, if
any, must be a space. A pointer to a static variable containing the
entire line is returned.
.SB NULL
is returned if a match is not found.
.LP
The remaining functions are not used by WordNet, and are only briefly
described.
.LP
.B copyfile(\|)
copies the contents of one file to another.
.LP
.B replace_line(\|)
replaces a line in a file having searchkey \fIkey\fP
with the contents of \fInew_line\fP.
It returns the original line or
.SB NULL
in case of error.
.LP
.B insert_line(\|)
finds the proper place to insert the contents of \fInew_line\fP,
having searchkey \fIkey\fP in the sorted file pointed to by \fIfp\fP.
It returns
.SB NULL
if a line with this searchkey is already in the file.
.SH NOTES
The maximum length of \fIkey\fP is 1024.
The maximum line length in a file is 25K.
If there are no additional fields after the search key, the key must
be followed by at least one space before the newline character.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR wnintro (3WN),
.BR morph (3WN),
.BR wnsearch (3WN),
.BR wnutil (3WN),
.BR wnintro (5WN).
.SH WARNINGS
\fBbinsearch(\|)\fP returns a pointer to a static character buffer.
The returned string should be copied by the caller if the results need
to be saved, as a subsequent call will replace the contents of the
static buffer.

92
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/cntlist.5 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH CNTLIST 5WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm File Formats"
.SH NAME
cntlist \- file listing number of times each tagged sense occurs in a
semantic concordance, sorted most to least frequently tagged
cntlist.rev \- file listing number of times each tagged sense occurs
in a semantic concordance, sorted by sense key
.SH DESCRIPTION
A cntlist file for a semantic concordance lists the number of times
each semantically tagged sense occurs in the concordance and its
sense number in the WordNet database. Each line in the file
corresponds to a sense in the WordNet database to which at least one
semantic tag points. Only senses that are tagged in a concordance are
in the concordance's cntlist file.
.SS WordNet Database \fIcntlist\fP File
In the WordNet database, words are assigned sense numbers based on
frequency of use in semantically tagged corpora. The cntlist file used
by
.BR grind (1WN)
to build the WordNet database and assign the sense numbers is a union
of the cntlist files from the various semantic concordances that were
formerly released by Princeton University. This
combined cntlist file is provided with the WordNet package and is
found in the \fBWNSEARCHDIR\fP directory.
The \fIcntlist.rev\fP file is used at run-time by the WordNet
library code and browser interfaces to print in the output display the
number of times each sense has been tagged.
.SS File Format
Each line in a cntlist file contains information for one sense. The
file is ordered from most to least frequently tagged sense. The
fields are separated by one space, and each line is terminated with a
newline character. Senses having the same \fItag_cnt\fP value are
listed in reverse alphabetical order of the \fIlemma\fP field of the
\fIsense_key\fP.
Each line in \fBcntlist\fP is of the form:
.RS
\fItag_cnt~~sense_key~~sense_number\fP
.RE
where \fItag_cnt\fP is the decimal number of times the sense is tagged
in the corresponding semantic concordance. \fIsense_key\fP is a
WordNet sense encoding and \fIsense_number\fP is a WordNet sense
number as described in
The \fIcntlist.rev\fP file contains the same fields described above,
in the following order:
.RS
\fIsense_key~~sense_number~~tag_cnt\fP
.RE
.SH NOTES
Princeton no longer maintains or releases the Semantic Concordance
files. The \fIcntlist\fP file used to order the senses in WordNet
3.0 was generated from the Semantic Concordance files at the point
that they were last updated in 2001. In general, the order of senses
presented usually reflects what the user would expect, however sense
ordering is now less reliable than in prior releases and should not be
construed as an accurate indicator of frequency of use.
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)
.TP 20
.B WNHOME
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fB/usr/local/WordNet-3.0\fP.
.TP 20
.B WNSEARCHDIR
Directory in which the WordNet database has been installed.
Default is \fBWNHOME/dict\fP.
.SH REGISTRY (WINDOWS)
.TP 20
.B HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eWordNet\e3.0\eWNHome
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fBC:\eProgram~Files\eWordNet\e3.0\fP.
.TP 20
.B HKEY_CURRENT_USER\eSOFTWARE\eWordNet\e3.0\ewnres
User's default browser options.
.SH FILES
.TP 20
.B cntlist, cntlist.rev
file of combined semantic concordance \fBcntlist\fP files. Used to
assign sense numbers in WordNet database
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR grind (1WN),
.BR wnintro (5WN),
.BR senseidx (5WN).

161
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/grind.1 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH GRIND 1 "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm User Commands"
.SH NAME
grind \- process WordNet lexicographer files
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBgrind\fP [ \fB\-v\fP ] [ \fB\-s\fP ] [ \fB\-L\fP\fIlogfile\fP ] [ \fB\-a\fP ] [ \fB\-d\fP ] [ \fB\-i\fP ] [ \fB\-o\fP ] [ \fB\-n\fP ] \fIfilename\fP [ \fIfilename\fP\&.\|.\|. ]
.SH DESCRIPTION
\fBgrind(\|)\fP processes WordNet lexicographer files, producing
database files suitable for use with the WordNet search and interface
code and other applications. The syntactic and structural integrity
of the input files is verified. Warnings and errors are reported via
\fBstderr\fP and a run-time log is produced on \fBstdout\fP. A
database is generated only if there are no errors.
.SS Input Files
Input files correspond to the syntactic categories implemented in
WordNet \-
.BR noun ", "
.BR verb ", "
.BR adjective " and "
.BR adverb .
Each input lexicographer file consists of a list of synonym sets
(\fIsynsets\fP) for one part of speech. Although the basic synset
syntax is the same for all of the parts of speech, some parts of the
syntax only apply to a particular part of speech. See
.BR wninput (5WN)
for a description of the input file format.
Each \fIfilename\fP specified is of the form:
.RS
.IB pathname / pos . suffix
.RE
where \fIpathname\fP is optional and \fIpos\fP is either
.BR noun ", "
.BR verb ", "
.BR adj " or "
.BR adv .
\fIsuffix\fP may be used to separate groups of synsets into different
files, for example \fBnoun.animal\fP and \fBnoun.plant\fP. One or
more input files, in any combination of syntactic categories, may be
specified. See
.BR lexnames (5WN)
for a list of the lexicographer files used to build the complete
WordNet database.
.SS Output Files
\fBgrind(\|)\fP produces the following output files:
.TS
center box ;
c | c
l | l.
\fBFilename Description\fP
_
\fBindex.\fIpos\fR Index file for each syntactic category
\fBdata.\fIpos\fR Data file for each syntactic category
\fBindex.sense\fP Sense index
.TE
See
.BR wndb (5WN)
for a description of the database file formats.
Each time \fBgrind(\|)\fP is run, any existing database files are
overwritten with the database files generated from the specified input
files. If no input files from a syntactic category are specified,
the corresponding database files are not overwritten.
.SS Sense Numbers
Senses are generally ordered from most to least frequently used, with
the most common sense numbered \fB1\fP. Frequency of use is
determined by the number of times a sense is tagged in the various
semantic concordance texts. Senses that are not semantically tagged
follow the ordered senses in an arbitrary order.
Note that this ordering is only an
estimate based on usage in a small corpus.
The \fItagsense_cnt\fP field for each
entry in the \fBindex.\fIpos\fR files indicates how many of the senses
in the list have been tagged.
The \fBcntlist\fP file provided with the database lists the number of
times each sense is tagged in the semantic concordances.
\fBgrind(\|)\fP uses the data from \fBcntlist\fP to order the senses
of each word. When the \fBindex\fP.\fIpos\fP files are generated, the
\fIsynset_offset\fPs are output in sense number order, with sense 1
first in the list. Senses with the same number of semantic tags are
assigned unique but consecutive sense numbers. The WordNet
.SB OVERVIEW
search displays all senses of the specified word, in all syntactic
categories, and indicates which of the senses are represented in the
semantically tagged texts.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP 15
.B \-v
Verify integrity of input without generating database.
.TP 15
.B \-s
Suppress generation of warning messages. Usually \fBgrind\fP is run
with this option until all syntactic and structural errors are corrected
since the warning messages may make it difficult to spot error
messages.
.TP 15
.BI \-L logfile
Write all messages to \fIlogfile\fP instead of \fBstderr\fP.
.TP 15
.B \-a
Generate statistical report on input files processed.
.TP 15
.B \-d
Generate distribution of senses by string length report on input files
processed.
.TP 15
.B \-i
Generate sense index file.
.TP 15
.B \-o
Order senses using \fBcntlist\fP.
.TP 15
.B \-n
Generate nominalization (derivational morphology) links in database.
.TP 15
.I filename
Input file of the form described in
.SB Input Files.
.SH FILES
.TP 20
.B \fIpos\fP.*
lexicographer files to use to build database
.TP 20
.B cntlist
file of combined semantic concordance \fBcntlist\fP files. Used to
assign sense numbers in WordNet database
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR cntlist (5WN),
.BR lexnames (5WN),
.BR senseidx (5WN),
.BR wndb (5WN),
.BR wninput (5WN),
.BR uniqbeg (7WN),
.BR wngloss (7WN).
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
Exit status is normally 0.
Exit status is -1 if non-specific error occurs.
If syntactic or structural errors exist, exit status is number of
errors detected.
.TP
.B "usage: grind [\-v] [\-s] [\-Llogfile] [\-a ] [\-d] [\-i] [\-o] [\-n] filename [filename...]"
Invalid options were specified on the command line.
.TP
.B No input files processed.
None of the filenames specified were of the appropriate form.
.TP
.B \fIn\fP syntactic errors found.
Syntax errors were found while parsing the input files.
.TP
.B \fIn\fP structural errors found.
Pointer errors were found that could not be automatically corrected.
.SH BUGS
Please report bugs to \fBwordnet@princeton.edu\fP.

123
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/lexnames.5 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH LEXNAMES 5WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm File Formats"
.SH NAME
List of WordNet lexicographer file names and numbers
.SH DESCRIPTION
During WordNet development synsets are organized into forty-five
lexicographer files based on syntactic category and logical groupings.
.BR grind (1WN)
processes these files and produces a database suitable for use with
the WordNet library, interface code, and other applications. The
format of the lexicographer files is described in
.BR wninput (5WN).
A file number corresponds to each lexicographer file. File numbers
are encoded in several parts of the WordNet system as an efficient way
to indicate a lexicographer file name. The file \fBlexnames\fP lists
the mapping between file names and numbers, and can be used by
programs or end users to correlate the two.
.SS File Format
Each line in \fBlexnames\fP contains 3 tab separated fields, and is
terminated with a newline character. The first field is the two digit
decimal integer file number. (The first file in the list is numbered
\fB00\fP.) The second field is the name of the lexicographer file that
is represented by that number, and the third field is an integer that
indicates the syntactic category of the synsets contained in the file.
This is simply a shortcut for programs and scripts, since the
syntactic category is also part of the lexicographer file's name.
.SS Syntactic Category
The syntactic category field is encoded as follows:
.RS
.nf
\fB1\fP NOUN
\fB2\fP VERB
\fB3\fP ADJECTIVE
\fB4\fP ADVERB
.fi
.RE
.SS Lexicographer Files
The names of the lexicographer files and their corresponding file
numbers are listed below along with a brief description each file's
contents.
.RS
.TS
center ;
l l l.
\fBFile Number\fP \fBName\fP \fBContents\fP
_
00 adj.all all adjective clusters
01 adj.pert relational adjectives (pertainyms)
02 adv.all all adverbs
03 noun.Tops unique beginner for nouns
04 noun.act nouns denoting acts or actions
05 noun.animal nouns denoting animals
06 noun.artifact nouns denoting man-made objects
07 noun.attribute nouns denoting attributes of people and objects
08 noun.body nouns denoting body parts
09 noun.cognition nouns denoting cognitive processes and contents
10 noun.communication nouns denoting communicative processes and contents
11 noun.event nouns denoting natural events
12 noun.feeling nouns denoting feelings and emotions
13 noun.food nouns denoting foods and drinks
14 noun.group nouns denoting groupings of people or objects
15 noun.location nouns denoting spatial position
16 noun.motive nouns denoting goals
17 noun.object nouns denoting natural objects (not man-made)
18 noun.person nouns denoting people
19 noun.phenomenon nouns denoting natural phenomena
20 noun.plant nouns denoting plants
21 noun.possession nouns denoting possession and transfer of possession
22 noun.process nouns denoting natural processes
23 noun.quantity nouns denoting quantities and units of measure
24 noun.relation nouns denoting relations between people or things or ideas
25 noun.shape nouns denoting two and three dimensional shapes
26 noun.state nouns denoting stable states of affairs
27 noun.substance nouns denoting substances
28 noun.time nouns denoting time and temporal relations
29 verb.body verbs of grooming, dressing and bodily care
30 verb.change verbs of size, temperature change, intensifying, etc.
31 verb.cognition verbs of thinking, judging, analyzing, doubting
32 verb.communication verbs of telling, asking, ordering, singing
33 verb.competition verbs of fighting, athletic activities
34 verb.consumption verbs of eating and drinking
35 verb.contact verbs of touching, hitting, tying, digging
36 verb.creation verbs of sewing, baking, painting, performing
37 verb.emotion verbs of feeling
38 verb.motion verbs of walking, flying, swimming
39 verb.perception verbs of seeing, hearing, feeling
40 verb.possession verbs of buying, selling, owning
41 verb.social verbs of political and social activities and events
42 verb.stative verbs of being, having, spatial relations
43 verb.weather verbs of raining, snowing, thawing, thundering
44 adj.ppl participial adjectives
.TE
.RE
.SH NOTES
The lexicographer files are not included in the WordNet database package.
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)
.TP 20
.B WNHOME
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fB/usr/local/WordNet-3.0\fP.
.TP 20
.B WNSEARCHDIR
Directory in which the WordNet database has been installed.
Default is \fBWNHOME/dict\fP.
.SH REGISTRY (WINDOWS)
.TP 20
.B HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eWordNet\e3.0\eWNHome
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fBC:\eProgram~Files\eWordNet\e3.0\fP.
.SH FILES
.TP 20
.B lexnames
list of lexicographer file names and numbers
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR grind (1WN),
.BR wnintro (5WN),
.BR wndb (5WN),
.BR wninput (5WN).

110
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/morph.3 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.TH MORPH 3WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm Library Functions"
.SH NAME
morphinit, re_morphinit, morphstr, morphword
.SH SYNOPSIS
.LP
\fB#include "wn.h"\fP
.LP
\fBint morphinit(void);\fP
.LP
\fBint re_morphinit(void);\fP
.LP
\fBchar *morphstr(char *origstr, int pos);\fP
.LP
\fBchar *morphword(char *word, int pos);\fP
.SH DESCRIPTION
.LP
The WordNet morphological processor, Morphy, is accessed through these
functions:
.LP
.B morphinit(\|)
is used to open the exception list files. It returns \fB0\fP if
successful, \fB-1\fP otherwise. The exception list files must be
opened before
.B morphstr(\|)
or
.B morphword(\)
are called.
.LP
.B re_morphinit(\|)
is used to close the exception list files and reopen them, and is used
exclusively for WordNet development. Return codes are as described
above.
.LP
.B morphstr(\|)
is the basic user interface to Morphy. It tries to find the base form
(lemma) of the word or collocation \fIorigstr\fP in the specified
\fIpos\fP. The first call (with \fIorigstr\fP specified) returns a
pointer to the first base form found. Subsequent calls requesting
base forms of the same string must be made with the first argument of
.SB NULL.
When no more base forms for \fIorigstr\fP can be found,
.SB NULL
is returned. Note that \fBmorphstr()\fP returns a pointer to a static
character buffer. A subsequent call to \fBmorphstr()\fP with a new
string (instead of \fBNULL\fP) will overwrite the string pointed to by
a previous call. Users should copy the returned string into a local
buffer, or use the C library function \fBstrdup\fP to duplicate the
returned string into a \fImalloc'd\fP buffer.
.LP
.B morphword(\|)
tries to find the base form of \fIword\fP in the specified \fIpos\fP.
This function is called by
.B morphstr(\|)
for each individual word in a collocation.
Note that \fBmorphword()\fP returns a pointer to a static
character buffer. A subsequent call to \fBmorphword()\fP
will overwrite the string pointed to by
a previous call. Users should copy the returned string into a local
buffer, or use the C library function \fBstrdup\fP to duplicate the
returned string into a \fImalloc'd\fP buffer.
.SH NOTES
.B morphinit(\|)
is called by
.B wninit(\|)
and is not intended to be called directly by an application.
Applications wishing to use WordNet and/or the morphological functions
must call \fBwninit(\|)\fP at the start of the program. See
.BR wnutil (3WN)
for more information.
\fIorigstr\fP may be either a word or a collocation formed by joining
individual words with underscore characters (\fB_\fP).
Usually only \fBmorphstr(\|)\fP is called from applications, as it
works on both words and collocations.
\fIpos\fP must be one of the following:
.RS
.nf
\fB1\fP NOUN
\fB2\fP VERB
\fB3\fP ADJECTIVE
\fB4\fP ADVERB
\fB5\fP ADJECTIVE_SATELLITE
.fi
.RE
If
.SB ADJECTIVE_SATELLITE
is passed, it is treated by \fBmorphstr(\|)\fP as
.SB ADJECTIVE.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR wnintro (3WN),
.BR wnsearch (3WN),
.BR wndb (5WN),
.BR morphy (7WN).
.SH WARNINGS
Passing an invalid part of speech will result in a core dump.
The WordNet database files must be open to use \fBmorphstr(\|)\fP or
\fBmorphword(\|).
.SH BUGS
Morphy will allow non-words to be converted to words, if they follow
one of the rules described above. For example, it will happily
convert \fBplantes\fP to \fBplants\fP.

180
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/morphy.7 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH MORPHY 7WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm"
.SH NAME
morphy \- discussion of WordNet's morphological processing
.SH DESCRIPTION
Although only base forms of words are usually stored in WordNet,
searches may be done on inflected forms. A set of morphology
functions, Morphy, is applied to the search string to generate a form
that is present in WordNet.
Morphology in WordNet uses two types of processes to try to convert
the string passed into one that can be found in the WordNet database.
There are lists of inflectional endings, based on syntactic category,
that can be detached from individual words in an attempt to find a
form of the word that is in WordNet. There are also exception list
files, one for each syntactic category, in which a search for an
inflected form is done. Morphy tries to use these two processes in an
intelligent manner to translate the string passed to the base form
found in WordNet. Morphy first checks for exceptions, then uses the
rules of detachment. The Morphy functions are not independent from
WordNet. After each transformation, WordNet is searched for the
resulting string in the syntactic category specified.
The Morphy functions are passed a string and a syntactic category. A
string is either a single word or a collocation. Since some words,
such as \fBaxes\fP can have more than one base form (\fBaxe\fP and
\fBaxis\fP), Morphy works in the following manner. The first time
that Morphy is called with a specific string, it returns a base form.
For each subsequent call to Morphy made with a
.SB NULL
string argument, Morphy returns another base form. Whenever Morphy
cannot perform a transformation, whether on the first call for a word
or subsequent calls,
.SB NULL
is returned. A transformation to a valid English string will return
.SB NULL
if the base form of the string is not in WordNet.
The morphological functions are found in the WordNet library. See
.BR morph (3WN)
for information on using these functions.
.SS Rules of Detachment
The following table shows the rules of detachment used by Morphy. If
a word ends with one of the suffixes, it is stripped from the word and
the corresponding ending is added. Then WordNet is searched for the
resulting string. No rules are applicable to adverbs.
.TS
center, tab(+) ;
c | c | c
l | l | l.
\fBPOS\fP+\fBSuffix\fP+\fBEnding\fP
_
NOUN+"s"+""
NOUN+"ses"+"s"
NOUN+"xes"+"x"
NOUN+"zes"+"z"
NOUN+"ches"+"ch"
NOUN+"shes"+"sh"
NOUN+"men"+"man"
NOUN+"ies"+"y"
VERB+"s"+""
VERB+"ies"+"y"
VERB+"es"+"e"
VERB+"es"+""
VERB+"ed"+"e"
VERB+"ed"+""
VERB+"ing"+"e"
VERB+"ing"+""
ADJ+"er"+""
ADJ+"est"+""
ADJ+"er"+"e"
ADJ+"est"+"e"
.TE
.SS Exception Lists
There is one exception list file for each syntactic category. The
exception lists contain the morphological transformations for strings
that are not regular and therefore cannot be processed in an
algorithmic manner. Each line of an exception list contains an
inflected form of a word or collocation, followed by one or more base
forms. The list is kept in alphabetical order and a binary search is
used to find words in these lists. See
.BR wndb (5WN)
for information on the format of the exception list files.
.SS Single Words
In general, single words are relatively easy to process. Morphy first
looks for the word in the exception list. If it is found the first
base form is returned. Subsequent calls with a
.SB NULL
argument return additional base forms, if present. A
.SB NULL
is returned when there are no more base forms of the word.
If the word is not found in the exception list corresponding to the
syntactic category, an algorithmic process using the rules of
detachment looks for a matching suffix. If a matching suffix is
found, a corresponding ending is applied (sometimes this ending is a
.SB NULL
string, so in effect the suffix is removed from the word), and WordNet
is consulted to see if the resulting word is found in the desired part
of speech.
.SS Collocations
As opposed to single words, collocations can be quite difficult to
transform into a base form that is present in WordNet. In general,
only base forms of words, even those comprising collocations, are
stored in WordNet, such as \fBattorney~general\fP. Transforming the
collocation \fBattorneys~general\fP is then simply a matter of finding
the base forms of the individual words comprising the collocation.
This usually works for nouns, therefore non-conforming nouns, such as
\fBcustoms~duty\fP are presently entered in the noun exception list.
Verb collocations that contain prepositions, such as \fBask~for~it\fP,
are more difficult. As with single words, the exception list is
searched first. If the collocation is not found, special code in
Morphy determines whether a verb collocation includes a preposition.
If it does, a function is called to try to find the base form in the
following manner. It is assumed that the first word in the
collocation is a verb and that the last word is a noun. The algorithm
then builds a search string with the base forms of the verb and noun,
leaving the remainder of the collocation (usually just the
preposition, but more words may be involved) in the middle. For
example, passed \fBasking~for~it\fP, the database search would be
performed with \fBask~for~it\fP, which is found in WordNet, and
therefore returned from Morphy. If a verb collocation does not
contain a preposition, then the base form of each word in the
collocation is found and WordNet is searched for the resulting string.
.SS Hyphenation
Hyphenation also presents special difficulties when searching WordNet.
It is often a subjective decision as to whether a word is hyphenated,
joined as one word, or is a collocation of several words, and which of
the various forms are entered into WordNet. When Morphy breaks a
string into "words", it looks for both spaces and hyphens as
delimiters. It also looks for periods in strings and removes them if
an exact match is not found. A search for an abbreviation like
\fBoct.\fP return the synset for \fB{~October,~Oct~}\fP. Not every
pattern of hyphenated and collocated string is searched for properly,
so it may be advantageous to specify several search strings if the
results of a search attempt seem incomplete.
.SS Special Processing for nouns ending with 'ful'
Morphy contains code that searches for nouns ending with \fBful\fP
and performs a transformation on the substring preceeding it. It then
appends 'ful' back onto the resulting string and returns it. For
example, if passed the nouns \fBboxesful\fP, it will return \fBboxful\fP.
.SH BUGS
Since many noun collocations contains prepositions, such as
\fBline~of~products\fP, an algorithm similar to that used for verbs
should be written for nouns. In the present scheme, if Morphy is
passed \fBlines~of~products\fP, the search string becomes
\fBline~of~product\fP, which is not in WordNet
Morphy will allow non-words to be converted to words, if they follow
one of the rules described above. For example, it will happily
convert \fBplantes\fP to \fBplants\fP.
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)
.TP 20
.B WNHOME
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fB/usr/local/WordNet-3.0\fP.
.TP 20
.B WNSEARCHDIR
Directory in which the WordNet database has been installed.
Default is \fBWNHOME/dict\fP.
.SH REGISTRY (WINDOWS)
.TP 20
.B HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eWordNet\e3.0\eWNHome
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fBC:\eProgram~Files\eWordNet\e3.0\fP.
.SH FILES
.TP 20
.B \fIpos\fP.exc
morphology exception lists
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR wn (1WN),
.BR wnb (1WN),
.BR binsrch (3WN),
.BR morph (3WN),
.BR wndb (5WN),
.BR wninput (7WN).

344
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/prologdb.5 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH PROLOGDB 5WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm File Formats"
.SH NAME
wn_\*.pl \- description of Prolog database files
.SH DESCRIPTION
The files \fBwn_\fP\fI*\fP\fB.pl\fP contain the WordNet database in a
prolog-readable format. A prolog interface to WordNet is not
implemented.
The prolog database is very large and may take many minutes to load
into the Prolog workspace. A separate file has been created for each
WordNet relation giving the user the ability to load only those parts
of the database that they are interested.
See \fBFILES\fP, below, for a list of the database files and
.BR wndb (5WN)
and
.BR wninput (5WN)
for detailed descriptions of the various WordNet relations (referred to
as \fIoperators\fP in this manual page).
.SS File Format
Each prolog database file contains information corresponding to the
synsets and word senses contained in the WordNet database. In the
prolog version of the database, the \fIsynset_id\fPs (defined below)
are used as unique synset identifiers.
Each line of a file contains an operator that corresponds to a WordNet
relation. All lines with the same \fIoperator\fP value are stored in
the file \fBwn_\fP\fIoperator\fP\fB.pl\fP.
The general format of a line in a prolog database file is as follows:
.RS
.nf
\fIoperator\fB(\fIfield1\fB,\fI~~...~~\fB,\fIfieldn\fB).\fR
.fi
.RE
Each line contains the name of the operator, followed by a left
parenthesis, a comma-separated list of fields, a right parenthesis,
and a period. Note there are no spaces, and each line is terminated
with a newline character.
.SS Operators
Each WordNet relation is represented in a separate file by
\fIoperator\fP name. Some operators are reflexive (i.e. the "reverse"
relation is implicit). So, for example, if \fBx\fP is a hypernym of
\fBy\fP, \fBy\fP is necessarily a hyponym of \fBx\fP. In the prolog
database, reflected pointers are usually implied for semantic
relations.
Semantic relations are represented by a pair of \fIsynset_id\fPs, in
which the first \fIsynset_id\fP is generally the source of the
relation and the second is the target. If two pairs
\fIsynset_id\fP\fB,\fP\fIw_num\fP are present, the operator represents
a lexical relation between word forms.
.nf
\fBs(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIw_num\fB,'\fIword\fB',\fIss_type\fB,\fIsense_number\fB,\fItag_count\fB).
.fi
.RS
A \fBs\fP operator is present for every word sense in WordNet. In
\fBwn_s.pl\fP, \fIw_num\fP specifies the word number for \fIword\fP in
the synset.
.RE
.nf
\fBg(\fIsynset_id\fB,'(\fIgloss\fB)').
.fi
.RS
The \fBg\fP operator specifies the gloss for a synset.
.RE
.nf
\fBhyp(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIsynset_id\fB).
.fi
.RS
The \fBhyp\fP operator specifies that the second synset is a
hypernym of the first synset. This relation holds for nouns and
verbs. The reflexive operator, hyponym, implies that the first
synset is a hyponym of the second synset.
.RE
.nf
\fBent(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIsynset_id\fB).
.fi
.RS
The \fBent\fP operator specifies that the second synset is
an entailment of first synset. This relation only holds for verbs.
.RE
.nf
\fBsim(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIsynset_id\fB).
.fi
.RS
The \fBsim\fP operator specifies that the second synset is similar in
meaning to the first synset. This means that the second synset is a
satellite the first synset, which is the cluster head. This relation
only holds for adjective synsets contained in adjective clusters.
.RE
.nf
\fBmm(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIsynset_id\fB).
.fi
.RS
The \fBmm\fP operator specifies that the second synset is a
member meronym of the first synset. This relation only holds for
nouns. The reflexive operator, member holonym, can be implied.
.RE
.nf
\fBms(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIsynset_id\fB).
.fi
.RS
The \fBms\fP operator specifies that the second synset is a
substance meronym of the first synset. This relation only holds for
nouns. The reflexive operator, substance holonym, can be implied.
.RE
.nf
\fBmp(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIsynset_id\fB).
.fi
.RS
The \fBmp\fP operator specifies that the second synset is a
part meronym of the first synset. This relation only holds for
nouns. The reflexive operator, part holonym, can be implied.
.RE
.nf
\fBcs(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIsynset_id\fB).
.fi
.RS
The \fBcs\fP operator specifies that the second synset is a cause
of the first synset. This relation only holds for verbs.
.RE
.nf
\fBvgp(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIsynset_id\fB).
.fi
.RS
The \fBvgp\fP operator specifies verb synsets that are similar in
meaning and should be grouped together when displayed in response to a
grouped synset search.
.RE
.nf
\fBat(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIsynset_id\fB).
.fi
.RS
The \fBat\fP operator defines the attribute relation between noun and
adjective synset pairs in which the adjective is a value of the noun.
For each pair, both relations are listed (ie. each \fIsynset_id\fP is
both a source and target).
.RE
.nf
\fBant(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIw_num\fB,\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIw_num\fB).
.fi
.RS
The \fBant\fP operator specifies antonymous \fIword\fPs. This is a
lexical relation that holds for all syntactic categories. For each
antonymous pair, both relations are listed (ie. each
\fIsynset_id,w_num\fP pair is both a source and target word.)
.RE
.nf
\fBsa(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIw_num\fB,\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIw_num\fB).
.fi
.RS
The \fBsa\fP operator specifies that additional information about the
first word can be obtained by seeing the second word. This
operator is only defined for verbs and adjectives. There is no reflexive
relation (ie. it cannot be inferred that the additional information
about the second word can be obtained from the first word).
.RE
.nf
\fBppl(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIw_num\fB,\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIw_num\fB).
.fi
.RS
The \fBppl\fP operator specifies that the adjective first word is a
participle of the verb second word. The reflexive operator can be
implied.
.RE
.nf
\fBper(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIw_num\fB,\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIw_num\fB).
.fi
.RS
The \fBper\fP operator specifies two different relations based on the
parts of speech involved. If the first word is in an adjective
synset, that word pertains to either the noun or adjective second
word. If the first word is in an adverb synset, that word is derived
from the adjective second word.
.RE
.nf
\fBfr(\fIsynset_id\fB,\fIf_num\fB,\fIw_num\fB).
.fi
.RS
The \fBfr\fP operator specifies a generic sentence frame for one or
all words in a synset. The operator is defined only for verbs.
.RE
.SS Field Definitions
A \fIsynset_id\fP is a nine byte field in which the first
byte defines the syntactic category of the synset and the remaining
eight bytes are a \fIsynset_offset\fP, as defined in
.BR wndb (5WN),
indicating the byte offset in the \fBdata.\fP\fIpos\fP file that
corresponds to the syntactic category.
The syntactic category is encoded as:
.RS
.nf
\fB1\fP NOUN
\fB2\fP VERB
\fB3\fP ADJECTIVE
\fB4\fP ADVERB
.fi
.RE
\fIw_num\fP, if present, indicates which word in the synset is being
referred to. Word numbers are assigned to the \fIword\fP fields in a
synset, from left to right, beginning with 1. When used to represent
lexical WordNet relations \fIw_num\fP may be 0, indicating that the
relation holds for all words in the synset indicated by the preceding
\fIsynset_id\fP. See
.BR wninput (5WN)
for a discussion of semantic and lexical relations.
\fIss_type\fP is a one character code indicating the synset type:
.RS
.nf
\fBn\fP NOUN
\fBv\fP VERB
\fBa\fP ADJECTIVE
\fBs\fP ADJECTIVE~SATELLITE
\fBr\fP ADVERB
.fi
.RE
\fIsense_number\fP specifies the sense number of the word, within the
part of speech encoded in the \fIsynset_id\fP, in the WordNet
database.
\fIword\fP is the ASCII text of the word as entered in the synset by
the lexicographer, with spaces replaced by underscore characters
(\fB_\fP). The text of the word is case sensitive. An adjective
\fIword\fP is immediately followed by a syntactic marker if one was
specified in the lexicographer file. A syntactic marker is appended,
in parentheses, onto \fIword\fP without any intervening spaces. See
.BR wninput (5WN)
for a list of the syntactic markers for adjectives.
Each synset has a \fIgloss\fP that may contain a definition, one or
more example sentences, or both. Note that glosses are enclosed in
single forward quotes and parentheses:~~\fB'(\fIgloss\fB)'\fR.
\fIf_num\fP specifies the generic sentence frame number for word
\fIw_num\fP in the synset indicated by \fIsynset_id\fP. Note that
when \fIw_num\fP is \fB0\fP, the frame number applies to all words in
the synset. If non-zero, the frame applies to that word in the
synset.
In WordNet, sense numbers are assigned as described in
.BR wndb (5WN).
\fItag_count\fP is the number of times the sense was tagged in the
Semantic Concordances, and \fB0\fP if it was not instantiated.
.SH NOTES
Since single forward quotes are used to enclose character strings,
single quote characters found in \fIword\fP and \fIgloss\fP fields are
represented as two adjacent single quote characters.
The load time can be greatly reduced by creating "object language"
versions of the files, an option that is supported by some
implementations, such as Quintus Prolog.
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)
.TP 20
.B WNHOME
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fB/usr/local/WordNet-3.0\fP.
.SH REGISTRY (WINDOWS)
.TP 20
.B HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eWordNet\e3.0\eWNHome
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fBC:\eProgram~Files\eWordNet\e3.0\fP.
.SH FILES
All files are in \fBWNHOME/prolog\fP on Unix platforms and
\fBWNHome\eprolog\fP on Windows platforms
.TP 20
.B wn_s.pl
synset pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_g.pl
gloss pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_hyp.pl
hypernym pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_ent.pl
entailment pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_sim.pl
similar pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_mm.pl
member meronym pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_ms.pl
substance meronym pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_mp.pl
part meronym pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_cs.pl
cause pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_vgp.pl
grouped verb pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_at.pl
attribute pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_ant.pl
antonym pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_sa.pl
see also pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_ppl.pl
participle pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_per.pl
pertainym pointers
.TP 20
.B wn_fr.pl
frame pointers
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR wndb (5WN),
.BR wninput (5WN),
.BR wngroups (7WN),
.BR wnpkgs (7WN).

164
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/senseidx.5 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH SENSEIDX 5WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm File Formats"
.SH NAME
index.sense, sense.idx \- WordNet's sense index
.SH DESCRIPTION
The WordNet sense index provides an alternate method for accessing
synsets and word senses in the WordNet database. It is useful to
applications that retrieve synsets or other information related to a
specific sense in WordNet, rather than all the senses of a word or
collocation. It can also be used with tools like \fBgrep\fP and Perl
to find all senses of a word in one or more parts of speech. A
specific WordNet sense, encoded as a \fIsense_key\fP, can be used as
an index into this file to obtain its WordNet sense number, the
database byte offset of the synset containing the sense, and the
number of times it has been tagged in the semantic concordance texts.
Concatenating the \fIlemma\fP and \fIlex_sense\fP fields of a
semantically tagged word (represented in a \fB<wf~\fP...~\fB>\fP
attribute/value pair) in a semantic concordance file, using \fB%\fP as
the concatenation character, creates the \fIsense_key\fP for that
sense, which can in turn be used to search the sense index file.
A \fIsense_key\fP is the best way to represent a sense in semantic
tagging or other systems that refer to WordNet senses.
\fIsense_key\fPs are independent of WordNet sense numbers and
\fIsynset_offset\fPs, which vary between versions of the database.
Using the sense index and a \fIsense_key\fP, the corresponding synset
(via the \fIsynset_offset\fP) and WordNet sense number can easily be
obtained. A mapping from noun \fIsense_key\fPs in WordNet 1.6 to
corresponding 2.0 \fIsense_key\fPs is provided with version 2.0,
and is described in
.BR sensemap (5WN).
See
.BR wndb (5WN)
for a thorough discussion of the WordNet database files.
.SS File Format
The sense index file lists all of the senses in the WordNet database
with each line representing one sense. The file is in alphabetical
order, fields are separated by one space, and each line is terminated
with a newline character.
Each line is of the form:
.RS
\fIsense_key~~synset_offset~~sense_number~~tag_cnt\fP
.RE
\fIsense_key\fP is an encoding of the word sense. Programs can
construct a sense key in this format and use it as a binary search key
into the sense index file.
The format of a \fIsense_key\fP is
described below.
\fIsynset_offset\fP is the byte offset that the synset containing the
sense is found at in the database "data" file corresponding to the
part of speech encoded in the \fIsense_key\fP. \fIsynset_offset\fP is
an 8 digit, zero-filled decimal integer, and can be used with
.BR fseek (3)
to read a synset from the data file. When passed to the WordNet library
function \fBread_synset(\|)\fP along with the syntactic category, a data
structure containing the parsed synset is returned.
\fIsense_number\fP is a decimal integer indicating the sense number of
the word, within the part of speech encoded in \fIsense_key\fP, in the
WordNet database. See
.BR wndb (5WN)
for information about how sense numbers are assigned.
\fItag_cnt\fP represents the decimal number of times the sense is
tagged in various semantic concordance texts. A \fItag_cnt\fP of
\fB0\fP indicates that the sense has not been semantically tagged.
.SS Sense Key Encoding
A \fIsense_key\fP is represented as:
.RS
\fIlemma\fP\fB%\fP\fIlex_sense\fP
.RE
where \fIlex_sense\fP is encoded as:
.RS
\fIss_type\fB:\fIlex_filenum\fB:\fIlex_id\fB:\fIhead_word\fB:\fIhead_id\fR
.RE
\fIlemma\fP is the ASCII text of the word or collocation as found in
the WordNet database index file corresponding to \fIpos\fP.
\fIlemma\fP is in lower case, and collocations are formed by joining
individual words with an underscore (\fB_\fP) character.
\fIss_type\fP is a one digit decimal integer representing the synset type
for the sense. See
.SB "Synset Type"
below for a listing of the numbers corresponding to each synset type.
\fIlex_filenum\fP is a two digit decimal integer representing the
name of the lexicographer file containing the synset for the sense.
See
.BR lexnames (5WN)
for the list of lexicographer file names and their corresponding numbers.
\fIlex_id\fP is a two digit decimal integer that, when appended onto
\fIlemma\fP, uniquely identifies a sense within a lexicographer file.
\fIlex_id\fP numbers usually start with \fB00\fP, and are incremented
as additional senses of the word are added to the same file, although
there is no requirement that the numbers be consecutive or begin with
\fB00\fP. Note that a value of \fB00\fP is the default, and therefore
is not present in lexicographer files. Only non-default \fIlex_id\fP
values must be explicitly assigned in lexicographer files. See
.BR wninput (5WN)
for information on the format of lexicographer files.
\fIhead_word\fP is only present if the sense is in an adjective
satellite synset. It is the lemma of the first word of the
satellite's head synset.
\fIhead_id\fP is a two digit decimal integer that, when appended onto
\fIhead_word\fP, uniquely identifies the sense of \fIhead_word\fP
within a lexicographer file, as described for \fIlex_id\fP. There is
a value in this field only if \fIhead_word\fP is present.
.SS Synset Type
The synset type is encoded as follows:
.RS
.nf
\fB1\fP NOUN
\fB2\fP VERB
\fB3\fP ADJECTIVE
\fB4\fP ADVERB
\fB5\fP ADJECTIVE SATELLITE
.fi
.RE
.SH NOTES
For non-satellite senses the \fIhead_word\fP and \fIhead_id\fP fields
have no values, however the field separator character (\fB:\fP) is
present.
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)
.TP 20
.B WNHOME
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fB/usr/local/WordNet-3.0\fP.
.TP 20
.B WNSEARCHDIR
Directory in which the WordNet database has been installed.
Default is \fBWNHOME/dict\fP.
.SH REGISTRY (WINDOWS)
.TP 20
.B HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eWordNet\e3.0\eWNHome
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fBC:\eProgram~Files\eWordNet\e3.0\fP.
.SH FILES
.TP 20
.B index.sense
sense index
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR binsrch (3WN),
.BR wnsearch (3WN),
.BR lexnames (5WN),
.BR wnintro (5WN),
.BR sensemap (5WN),
.BR wndb (5WN),
.BR wninput (5WN).

28
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/uniqbeg.7 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.TH UNIQBEG 7WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm"
.SH NAME
uniqbeg \- unique beginners for noun hierarchies
.SH DESCRIPTION
All of the WordNet noun synsets are organized into hierarchies, headed
by the unique beginner synset for \fBentity\fP in the file
\fBnoun.Tops\fP.
.RS
.nf
{ entity (that which is perceived or known or inferred to have its own
distinct existence (living or nonliving)) }
.fi
.RE
.SH NOTES
The lexicographer files are not included in the WordNet database package.
.SH FILES
.TP 20
.B noun.Tops
unique beginners for nouns
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR wndb (5WN),
.BR wninput (5WN),
.BR wnintro (7WN),
.BR wngloss (7WN).

340
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wn.1 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH WN 1WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm User Commands"
.SH NAME
wn \- command line interface to WordNet lexical database
.SH SYNOPSIS
\fBwn\fP [ \fIsearchstr\fP ] [ \fB\-h\fP] [ \fB\-g\fP ] [ \fB\-a\fP ] [ \fB\-l\fP ] [ \fB\-o\fP ] [ \fB\-s\fP ] [ \fB\-n\fI#\fR ] [ \fIsearch_option\fP... ]
.SH DESCRIPTION
\fBwn(\|)\fP provides a command line interface to the WordNet
database, allowing synsets and relations to be displayed as formatted
text. For each word, different searches are provided, based on
syntactic category and pointer types. Although only base forms of
words are usually stored in WordNet, users may search for inflected
forms. A morphological process is applied to the search string to
generate a form that is present in WordNet.
The command line interface is often useful when writing scripts to
extract information from the WordNet database. Post-processing of the
output with various scripting tools can reformat the results as
desired.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP 15
.B \-h
Print help text before search results.
.TP 15
.B \-g
Display textual glosses associated with synsets.
.TP 15
.B \-a
Display lexicographer file information.
.TP 15
.B \-o
Display synset offset of each synset.
.TP 15
.B \-s
Display each word's sense numbers in synsets.
.TP 15
.B \-l
Display the WordNet copyright notice, version number, and license.
.TP 15
.B \-n\fI#\fP
Perform search on sense number \fI#\fP only.
.TP 15
\fB-over\fP
Display overview of all senses of \fIsearchstr\fP in all syntactic
categories.
.SS Search Options
Note that the last letter of \fIsearch_option\fP generally denotes the
part of speech that the search applies to: \fBn\fP for nouns, \fBv\fP
for verbs, \fBa\fP for adjectives, and \fBr\fP for adverbs. Multiple
searches may be done for \fIsearchstr\fP with a single command by
specifying all the appropriate search options.
.TP 15
\fB\-syns\fP(\fIn\fP | \fIv\fP | \fIa\fP | \fIr\fP)
Display synonyms
and immediate hypernyms of synsets containing \fIsearchstr\fP.
Synsets are ordered by estimated frequency of use. For adjectives, if
\fIsearchstr\fP is in a head synset, the cluster's satellite synsets
are displayed in place of hypernyms. If \fIsearchstr\fP is in a
satellite synset, its head synset is also displayed.
.TP 15
\fB\-simsv\fP
Display verb synonyms and
immediate hypernyms of synsets containing \fIsearchstr\fP. Synsets
are grouped by similarity of meaning.
.TP 15
\fB\-ants\fP(\fIn\fP | \fIv\fP | \fIa\fP | \fIr\fP)
Display synsets containing antonyms of \fIsearchstr\fP.
For adjectives, if \fIsearchstr\fP is
in a head synset, \fIsearchstr\fP has a direct antonym.
The head synset for the direct antonym is displayed along
with the direct antonym's satellite synsets. If \fIsearchstr\fP is in a
satellite synset, \fIsearchstr\fP has an indirect antonym via the
head synset, which is displayed.
.TP 15
\fB\-faml\fP(\fIn\fP | \fIv\fP | \fIa\fP | \fIr\fP)
Display familiarity and polysemy information for \fIsearchstr\fP.
.TP 15
\fB\-hype\fP(\fIn\fP | \fIv\fP)
Recursively display hypernym (superordinate) tree for \fIsearchstr\fP
(\fIsearchstr\fP \fIIS A KIND OF _____\fP relation).
.TP 15
\fB\-hypo\fP(\fIn\fP | \fIv\fP)
Display immediate hyponyms (subordinates) for \fIsearchstr\fP
(\fI_____ IS A KIND OF\fP \fIsearchstr\fP relation).
.TP 15
\fB\-tree\fP(\fIn\fP | \fIv\fP)
Display hyponym (subordinate) tree for \fIsearchstr\fP. This is
a recursive search that finds the hyponyms of each hyponym.
.TP 15
\fB\-coor\fP(\fIn\fP | \fIv\fP)
Display the coordinates (sisters) of \fIsearchstr\fP. This
search prints the immediate hypernym for each synset that contains
\fIsearchstr\fP and the hypernym's immediate hyponyms.
.TP 15
\fB\-deri\fP(\fIn\fP | \fIv\fP)
Display derivational morphology links between noun and verb forms.
.TP 15
\fB\-domn\fP(\fIn\fP | \fIv\fP | \fIa\fP | \fIr\fP)
Display domain that \fIsearchstr\fP has been classified in.
.TP 15
\fB\-domt\fP(\fIn\fP | \fIv\fP | \fIa\fP | \fIr\fP)
Display all terms classified as members of the \fIsearchstr\fP's domain.
.TP 15
.B \-subsn
Display substance meronyms of \fIsearchstr\fP
(\fIHAS SUBSTANCE\fP relation).
.TP 15
.B \-partn
Display part meronyms of \fIsearchstr\fP
(\fIHAS PART\fP relation).
.TP 15
.B \-membn
Display member meronyms of \fIsearchstr\fP
(\fIHAS MEMBER\fP relation).
.TP 15
.B \-meron
Display all meronyms of \fIsearchstr\fP
(\fIHAS PART, HAS MEMBER, HAS SUBSTANCE\fP relations).
.TP 15
.B \-hmern
Display meronyms for \fIsearchstr\fP tree. This is a recursive search
that prints all the meronyms of \fIsearchstr\fP and all of
its hypernyms.
.TP 15
.B \-sprtn
Display \fIpart of\fP holonyms of \fIsearchstr\fP
(\fIPART OF\fP relation).
.TP 15
.B \-smemn
Display \fImember of\fP holonyms of \fIsearchstr\fP
(\fIMEMBER OF\fP relation).
.TP 15
.B \-ssubn
Display \fIsubstance of\fP holonyms of \fIsearchstr\fP
(\fISUBSTANCE OF\fP relation).
.TP 15
.B \-holon
Display all holonyms of \fIsearchstr\fP
(\fIPART OF, MEMBER OF, SUBSTANCE OF\fP relations).
.TP 15
.B \-hholn
Display holonyms for \fIsearchstr\fP tree. This is a recursive search
that prints all the holonyms of \fIsearchstr\fP and all of each
holonym's holonyms.
.TP 15
.B \-entav
Display entailment relations of \fIsearchstr\fP.
.TP 15
.B \-framv
Display applicable verb sentence frames for \fIsearchstr\fP.
.TP 15
.B \-causv
Display \fIcause to\fP relations of \fIsearchstr\fP.
.TP 15
\fB \-pert\fP(\fIa\fP | \fIr\fP)
Display pertainyms of \fIsearchstr\fP.
.TP 15
\fB \-attr\fP(\fIn\fP | \fIa\fP)
Display adjective values for noun attribute, or noun attributes of
adjective values.
.TP 15
\fB\-grep\fP(\fIn\fP | \fIv\fP | \fIa\fP | \fIr\fP)
List compound words containing \fIsearchstr\fP as a substring.
.SH SEARCH RESULTS
The results of a search are written to the standard output. For each
search, the output consists a one line description of the search,
followed by the search results.
All searches other than \fB\-over\fP list all senses matching the
search results in the following general format. Items enclosed in
italicized square brackets (\fI[~...~]\fP) may not be present.
.RS
One line listing the number of senses matching the search request.
Each sense matching the search requested displayed as follows:
.nf
\fBSense \fIn\fR
\fI[\fB{\fIsynset_offset\fB}\fI] [\fB<\fIlex_filename\fB>\fI]~~word1[\fB#\fIsense_number][,~~word2...]\fR
.fi
Where \fIn\fP is the sense number of the search word,
\fIsynset_offset\fP is the byte offset of the synset in the
\fBdata.\fIpos\fR file corresponding to the syntactic category,
\fIlex_filename\fP is the name of the lexicographer file that the
synset comes from, \fIword1\fP is the first word in the synset (note
that this is not necessarily the search word) and \fIsense_number\fP
is the WordNet sense number assigned to the preceding word.
\fIsynset_offset, lex_filename\fP, and \fIsense_number\fP are
generated when the \fB\-o, \-a,\fP and \fB\-s\fP options,
respectively, are specified.
The synsets matching the search requested are printed below each sense's
synset output described above. Each line of output is preceded by a
marker (usually \fB=>\fP), then a synset, formatted as described
above. If a search traverses more one level of the tree, then
successive lines are indented by spaces corresponding to its level in
the hierarchy. When the \fB\-g\fP option is specified, synset glosses
are displayed in parentheses at the end of each synset. Each synset
is printed on one line.
Senses are generally ordered from most to least frequently used, with
the most common sense numbered \fB1\fP. Frequency of use is
determined by the number of times a sense is tagged in the various
semantic concordance texts. Senses that are not semantically tagged
follow the ordered senses. Note that this ordering is only an
estimate based on usage in a small corpus.
Verb senses can be grouped by similarity of meaning, rather
than ordered by frequency of use. The \fB\-simsv\fP search prints all
senses that are close in meaning together, with a line of dashes
indicating the end of a group. See
.BR wngroups (7WN)
for a discussion of how senses are grouped.
The \fB\-over\fP search displays an overview of all the senses of the
search word in all syntactic categories. The results of this search
are similar to the \fB\-syns\fP search, however no additional
(ex. hypernym) synsets are displayed, and synset glosses are always
printed. The senses are grouped by syntactic category, and each
synset is annotated as described above with \fIsynset_offset\fP,
\fIlex_filename\fP, and \fIsense_number\fP as dictated by the
\fB\-o, \-a,\fP and \fB\-s\fP options. The overview search also
indicates how many of the senses in each syntactic category are
represented in the tagged texts. This is a way for the user to
determine whether a sense's sense number is based on semantic tagging
data, or was arbitrarily assigned. For each sense that has
appeared in such texts, the number of semantic tags to that sense are
indicated in parentheses after the sense number.
If a search cannot be performed on some senses of \fIsearchstr\fP, the
search results are headed by a string of the form:
.nf
X of Y senses of \fIsearchstr\fP
.fi
The output of the \fB\-deri\fP search shows word forms that are
morphologically related to \fBsearchstr\fP. Each word form pointed to
from \fIsearchstr\fP is displayed, preceded by \fBRELATED TO->\fP and
the syntactic category of the link, followed, on the next line, by its
synset. Printed after the word form is \fB#\fP\fIn\fP where \fIn\fP
indicates the WordNet sense number of the term pointed to.
The \fB\-domn\fP and \fB\-domt\fP searches show the domain that a
synset has been classified in and, conversely, all of the terms that
have been assigned to a specific domain. A domain is
either a \fBTOPIC,\fP \fBREGION\fP or \fBUSAGE,\fP as reflected in
the specific pointer character stored in the database, and displayed
in the output. A \fB\-domn\fP search on a term shows the domain, if
any, that each synset containing \fIsearchstr\fP has been classified
in. The output display shows the domain type (\fBTOPIC,\fP
\fBREGION\fP or \fBUSAGE\fP), followed by the syntactic category of
the domain synset and the terms in the synset. Each term is followed
by \fB#\fP\fIn\fP where \fIn\fP indicates the WordNet sense number of
the term. The converse search, \fB\-domt\fP, shows all of the synsets
that have been placed into the domain \fIsearchstr\fP, with analogous
markers.
When \fB\-framv\fP is specified, sample illustrative sentences and
generic sentence frames are displayed. If a sample sentence is found,
the base form of \fIsearch\fP is substituted into the sentence, and it
is printed below the synset, preceded with the \fBEX:\fP marker. When
no sample sentences are found, the generic sentence frames are
displayed. Sentence frames that are acceptable for all words in a
synset are preceded by the marker \fB*>\fP. If a frame is acceptable
for the search word only, it is preceded by the marker \fB=>\fP.
Search results for adjectives are slightly different from those for
other parts of speech. When an adjective is printed, its direct
antonym, if it has one, is also printed in parentheses. When
\fIsearchstr\fP is in a head synset, all of the head synset's
satellites are also displayed. The position of an adjective in
relation to the noun may be restricted to the \fIprenominal\fP,
\fIpostnominal\fP or \fIpredicative\fP position. Where present, these
restrictions are noted in parentheses.
When an adjective is a participle of a verb, the output indicates the
verb and displays its synset.
When an adverb is derived from an adjective, the specific adjectival
sense on which it is based is indicated.
The morphological transformations performed by the search code may
result in more than one word to search for. WordNet automatically
performs the requested search on all of the strings and returns the
results grouped by word. For example, the verb \fBsaw\fP is both the
present tense of \fBsaw\fP and the past tense of \fBsee\fP. When
passed \fIsearchstr\fP \fBsaw\fP, WordNet performs the desired search
first on \fBsaw\fP and next on \fBsee\fP, returning the list of
\fBsaw\fP senses and search results, followed by those for \fBsee\fP.
.SH EXIT STATUS
\fBwn(\|)\fP normally exits with the number of senses displayed. If
\fIsearchword\fP is not found in WordNet, it exits with \fB0\fP.
If the WordNet database cannot be opened, an error messages is
displayed and \fBwn(\|)\fP exits with \fB-1\fP.
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)
.TP 20
.B WNHOME
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fB/usr/local/WordNet-3.0\fP.
.TP 20
.B WNSEARCHDIR
Directory in which the WordNet database has been installed.
Default is \fBWNHOME/dict\fP.
.SH REGISTRY (WINDOWS)
.TP 20
.B HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eWordNet\e3.0\eWNHome
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fBC:\eProgram~Files\eWordNet\e3.0\fP.
.SH FILES
.TP 20
.B index.\fIpos\fP
database index files
.TP 20
.B data.\fIpos\fP
database data files
.TP 20
.B *.vrb
files of sentences illustrating the use of verbs
.TP 20
.B \fIpos\fP.exc
morphology exception lists
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR wnintro (1WN),
.BR wnb (1WN),
.BR wnintro (3WN),
.BR lexnames (5WN),
.BR senseidx (5WN)
.BR wndb (5WN),
.BR wninput (5WN),
.BR morphy (7WN),
.BR wngloss (7WN),
.BR wngroups (7WN).
.SH BUGS
Please report bugs to wordnet@princeton.edu.

461
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wnb.1 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH WNB 1WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm User Commands"
.SH NAME
wnb \- WordNet window-based browser interface
.SH SYNOPSIS
.LP
\fBwnb\fP
.SH DESCRIPTION
\fBwnb(\|)\fP provides a window-based interface for browsing the
WordNet database, allowing synsets and relations to be displayed as
formatted text. For each search word, different searches are
available based on syntactic category and information available in the
database.
\fBwnb\fP is written in Tcl/Tk, which is available for Unix and Windows
platforms. This allows the same code to work on all
supported WordNet platforms without modification.
.SH WNB WINDOWS
\fBwnb(\|)\fP was developed with the philosophy that only those
searches and buttons that are applicable at the current time are
displayed. As a result, the appearance of the interface changes as it
is used. Use the standard windowing system mouse functions to open
and close the WordNet Browser Window, move the window, and change its
size.
The WordNet Browser Window contains the following areas, from top to
bottom:
.TP 20
Menubar
A menubar runs along the top of the browser window with pulldown menus
and button
entitled \fBFile\fP, \fBHistory\fP, \fBOptions\fP, and \fBHelp\fP.
.TP 20
Search Word Entry
Below the Menubar is a line for entering the search
word. A search word can be a single word, hyphenated string, or a
collocation. Case is ignored. Although only uninflected forms of
words are usually stored in WordNet, users may search for inflected
forms. WordNet's morphological processor finds the base form
automatically.
.TP 20
Search Selection
Below the Search Word Entry line is an area for selecting the search
type and senses to search. Until a search word is entered this area
is blank. After a search word is entered, buttons appear
corresponding to each syntactic category (\fBNoun\fP, \fBVerb\fP,
\fBAdjective\fP, \fBAdverb\fP) in which the search string is defined
in WordNet.
At the right edge of the Search Selection line is a box for entering
sense numbers. When this box is empty, search results for all senses
of the search word that match the search type are displayed. The
search may be restricted to one or more specific senses by entering a
comma or space separated list of sense numbers in the \fBSenses\fP
box. These sense numbers remain in effect until either the user
changes or deletes them, or a new search word is entered.
.TP 20
Results Window
Most of the browser window consists of a large text buffer for
displaying the results of WordNet searches. Horizontal and vertical
scroll bars are present for scrolling through the output.
.TP 20
Status Line
A status line is at the bottom of the browser window.
When search results are displayed in the Results Window, this status
line reflects the type of search selected. When there is no search
word entered, your are prompted to \fB"Enter search word and press
return."\fP If the search word entered is not in WordNet, the message
\fB"Sorry, no matches found."\fP is displayed.
.SH SEARCHING THE DATABASE
The WordNet browser navigates through WordNet in two steps. First a
search word is entered and an overview of all the senses of the word
in all syntactic categories is displayed in the Results Window.
The senses are
grouped by syntactic category, and each synset is annotated as
described above with \fIsynset_offset\fP, \fIlex_filename\fP, and
\fIsense_number\fP as dictated by the advanced search options set.
The overview search also indicates how many of the senses in each
syntactic category are represented in the tagged texts. This is a way
for the user to determine whether a sense's sense number is based on
semantic tagging data, or was arbitrarily assigned. For each sense that
has appeared in such texts, the number of semantic tags to that sense
are indicated in parentheses after the sense number.
Then, within a syntactic category, a specific search is selected. The
desired search is performed and the search results are displayed in
the Results Window. Additional searches on the same word can be
performed, or a new search word can be entered.
To enter a search word, click the mouse in the horizontal box labeled
\fBSearch Word\fP, type a single word, hyphenated string, or
collocation and press
.SB RETURN.
\fBwnb(\|)\fP responds by making a set of Part of Speech buttons appear in
the Search Selection line. Each button corresponds to a syntactic
category in which the search string is defined in WordNet. At the
same time, an Overview of the synsets for all senses of the search
word is displayed in the Results Window. The Overview includes the
gloss for each synset and also indicates which of the senses have
appeared in the semantically tagged texts. For each sense that has
appeared in such texts, the number of semantic tags to that sense are
indicated in parentheses after the sense number.
The pulldown menus in the Search Selection line list all of the
WordNet searches that can be performed for the search word in that
part of speech. To select a search, highlight it by dragging the
mouse to it, and release the mouse while it is highlighted. Drag the
mouse outside of the pulldown list and release to hide the menu
without making a selection. Dragging the mouse across the Part of
Speech buttons displays the available searches for each syntactic
category.
To restrict a search to one or more senses within a syntactic
category, enter a comma or space separated list of sense numbers in
the \fBSenses\fP box before selecting a search.
After a search is selected, \fBwnb(\|)\fP performs the search on the
WordNet database and displays the formatted results in the Results
Window. Whenever search results are displayed, a button entitled
\fBRedisplay Overview\fP is present at the right edge of the Search Word
Entry line. Clicking on this button redisplays the Overview of all
synsets for the search word in the Results Window.
.SS Changing the Search Word
A new search word can be entered at any time by moving to the Search
Word Entry box, if necessary highlighting it by clicking, erasing the
old string, typing a new one and pressing
.SB RETURN.
The \fBSenses\fP box is cleared if necessary, the Part of Speech buttons
applicable to the new search word appear, and the Overview for the new
search word is displayed.
The middle mouse button can also be used to select a new search word
by placing the mouse over any word in the Results Window and
clicking. The selected word will replace the text in the Search Word
Entry box, and the overview for that word will automatically be
displayed.
To select a new search string collocation from text in the
Results Window, highlight the text with the mouse and press
.SB CONTROL-S.
.SS Interrupting a Search
When a search is in progress the message \fB"Searching...(press escape
to abort)"\fP is displayed in the Status Line. Note that most
searches return very quickly, so this message isn't noticeable. As
indicated, pressing the
.SB ESCAPE
key will interrupt the search. The results of the search obtained
before the time the search was interrupted are displayed in the
Results Window.
.SH MENUS
.SS File Menu
.RS
.IP "Find keywords by substring"
Display a popup window for specifying a search of WordNet for words or
collocations that contain a specific substring. If a search word is
currently entered in the \fBSearch Word\fP box, it is used as the
substring to search for by default. The Substring Search Window
contains a box for entering a substring, a pulldown menu to its right
for specifying the part of speech to search, a large area for
displaying the search results, and action buttons at the bottom
entitled \fBSearch\fP, \fBSave\fP, \fBPrint\fP \fBDismiss\fP.
Once a substring is entered and a part of speech selected, clicking on
the \fBSearch\fP button causes a search to be done for all words and
collocations in WordNet, in that syntactic category, that contain the
substring according to the following criteria:
1. The substring can appear at the beginning or end of a word, hyphenated
string o collocation.
2. The substring can appear in the middle of a hyphenated string or
collocation, but only delimited on both sides by spaces or
hyphens.
The search results are displayed in the large buffer. Clicking on an
item from the search results list causes \fBwnb(\|)\fP to automatically
enter that word in the \fBSearch Word\fP box of the WordNet Browser
Window and perform the Overview search.
Clicking the \fBSave\fP button generates a popup dialog for specifying
a filename to save the substring search results to. Clicking the
\fBPrint\fP button generates a popup dialog in which a print command
can be specified.
Selecting \fBDismiss\fP closes the Substring Search Window.
.IP "Save current display"
Display a popup dialog for specifying a filename to save the current
Results Window contents to.
.IP "Print current display"
Display a popup dialog in which to specify a print command to which
the current Results Window contents can be piped. Note - this option
does not exist in the Windows version.
.IP "Clear current display"
Clear the \fBSearch Word\fP and \fBSenses\fP boxes, and Results
Window.
.IP "Exit"
Does what you would expect.
.RE
.SS History
This pulldown menu contains a list of the last searches performed.
Selecting an item from this list performs that search again. The
maximum number of searches stored in the list can be adjusted from the
\fBOptions\fP menu. The default is 10.
.SS Options
.RS
.IP "Show help with each search"
When this checkbox is selected search results are preceded by some
explanatory text about the type of search selected. This is off by
default.
.IP "Show descriptive gloss"
When this checkbox is selected, synset glosses are displayed in all
search results. This is set by default. Note that glosses are always
displayed in the Overview.
.IP "Wrap Lines"
When this checkbox is selected, lines in the Results Window that are
wider than the window are automatically wrapped. This is set by
default. If not selected, a horizontal scroll bar is present if any
lines are longer than the width of the window.
.IP "Set advanced search options..."
Selecting this item displays a popup window for setting the following
search options: \fBLexical file information; Synset location in database
file; Sense number\fP. Choices for each are:
.nf
\fBDon't show\fP (default)
\fBShow with searches\fP
\fBShow with searches and overview\fP
.fi
When lexical file information is shown, the name of the lexicographer
file is printed before each synset, enclosed in angle brackets
(\fB<~~\fI...\fB~~>\fR). When both lexical file information and
synset location information are displayed, the synset location
information appears first. If within one lexicographer file more than
one sense of a word is entered, an integer \fIlex_id\fP is appended
onto all but one of the word's instances to uniquely identify it. In
each synset, each word having a non-zero \fIlex_id\fP is printed with
the \fIlex_id\fP value printed immediately following the word. If
both lexicographer information and sense numbers are displayed,
\fIlex_id\fPs, if present, precede sense numbers.
When synset location is shown, the byte offset of the synset in the
database "data" file corresponding to the syntactic category of the
synset is printed before each synset, enclosed in curly braces
(\fB{~~\fI...\fB~~}\fR). When both lexical file information and
synset location information are displayed, the synset location
information appears first.
When sense numbers are shown, the sense number of each word in each
synset is printed immediately after the word, and is preceded by a
number sign (\fB#\fP).
.IP "Set maximum history length..."
Display a popup dialog in which the maximum number of previous
searches to be kept on the History list can be set.
.IP "Set font...~~~~~~~~~~~"
Display a popup window for setting the font (typeface) and font size
to use for the Results Window. Choices for typeface are: \fBCourier\fP,
\fBHelvetica\fP, and \fBTimes\fP (default). Font size can be
\fBsmall\fP, \fBmedium\fP (default), or \fBlarge\fP.
.IP "Save current options as default"
Save the currently set options. Next time the browser is started,
these options will be used as the user defaults.
.RE
.SS Help
.RS
.IP "Help on using the WordNet browser"
Display this manual page.
.IP "Help on WordNet terminology"
Display the
.BR wngloss (7WN)
manual page.
.IP "Display the WordNet license"
Display the WordNet copyright notice and license agreement.
.IP "About the WordNet browser"
Information about this application.
.RE
.SH SHORCUTS
Clicking on any word in the Results Window while holding down the
.SB SHIFT
key on the keyboard causes the browser to replace \fBSearch
Word\fP with the word and display its Overview and available searches.
Clicking on any word in the Results Window with the middle mouse
button does the same thing.
Pressing the
.SB CONTROL-S
keys causes the browser to do as above on the text that is currently
highlighted. Under Unix, this will work even if the highlighted text
is in another window. This works on
hyphenated strings and collocations, as well as individual words.
Pressing the
.SB CONTROL-G
keys displays the Substring Search Window.
.SH SEARCH RESULTS
The results of a search of the WordNet database are displayed in the
Results Window. Horizontal and vertical scroll bars are present for
scrolling through the search results.
All searches other than the Overview list all senses matching the
search results in the following general format. Items enclosed in
italicized square brackets (\fI[~...~]\fP) may not be present.
If a search cannot be performed on some senses of \fIsearchstr\fP, the
search results are headed by a string of the form:
.nf
X of Y senses of \fIsearchstr\fP
.fi
.RS
One line listing the number of senses matching the search selected.
Each sense matching the search selected displayed as follows:
.nf
\fBSense \fIn\fR
\fI[\fB{\fIsynset_offset\fB}\fI] [\fB<\fIlex_filename\fB>\fI]~~word1[\fB#\fIsense_number][,~~word2...]\fR
.fi
Where \fIn\fP is the sense number of the search word,
\fIsynset_offset\fP is the byte offset of the synset in the
\fBdata.\fIpos\fR file corresponding to the syntactic category,
\fIlex_filename\fP is the name of the lexicographer file that the
synset comes from, \fIword1\fP is the first word in the synset (note
that this is not necessarily the search word) and \fIsense_number\fP
is the WordNet sense number assigned to the preceding word.
\fIsynset_offset\fP, \fIlex_filename\fP, and \fIsense_number\fP are
generated if the appropriate Options are specified.
The synsets matching the search selected are printed below each
sense's synset output described above. Each line of output is
preceded by a marker (usually \fB=>\fP), then a synset, formatted as
described above. If a search traverses more one level of the tree,
then successive lines are indented by spaces corresponding to its
level in the hierarchy. Glosses are displayed in parentheses at the
end of each synset if the appropriate Option is set. Each synset is
printed on one line.
Senses are ordered from most to least frequently used, with
the most common sense numbered \fB1\fP. Frequency of use is
determined by the number of times a sense is tagged in the various
semantic concordance texts. Senses that are not semantically tagged
follow the ordered senses. Note that this ordering is only an
estimate based on usage in a small corpus.
Verb senses can be grouped by similarity of meaning, rather
than ordered by frequency of use. When the \fB"Synonyms, grouped by
similarity"\fP search is selected, senses that are close
in meaning are printed together, with a line of dashes indicating the
end of a group. See
.BR wngroups (7WN)
for a discussion how senses are grouped.
The output of the \fB"Derivationally Related Forms"\fP
search shows word forms that are
morphologically related to \fBsearchstr\fP. Each word form pointed to
from \fIsearchstr\fP is displayed, preceded by \fBRELATED TO->\fP and
the syntactic category of the link, followed, on the next line, by its
synset. Printed after the word form is \fB#\fP\fIn\fP where \fIn\fP
indicates the WordNet sense number of the term pointed to.
The \fB"Domain"\fP and \fB"Domain Terms"\fP searches show the domain that a
synset has been classified in and, conversely, all of the terms that
have been assigned to a specific domain. A domain is
either a \fBTOPIC,\fP \fBREGION\fP or \fBUSAGE,\fP as reflected in
the specific pointer character stored in the database, and displayed
in the output. A \fBDomain\fP search on a term shows the domain, if
any, that each synset containing \fIsearchstr\fP has been classified
in. The output display shows the domain type (\fBTOPIC,\fP
\fBREGION\fP or \fBUSAGE\fP), followed by the syntactic category of
the domain synset and the terms in the synset. Each term is followed
by \fB#\fP\fIn\fP where \fIn\fP indicates the WordNet sense number of
the term. The converse search, \fBDomain Terms\fP, shows all of the synsets
that have been placed into the domain \fIsearchstr\fP, with analogous
markers.
When the \fB"Sentence Frames"\fP search is specified, sample
illustrative sentences and generic sentence frames are displayed. If
a sample sentence is found, the base form of the search word is
substituted into the sentence, and it is printed below the synset,
preceded with the \fBEX:\fP marker. When no sample sentences are
found, the generic sentence frames are displayed. Sentence frames
that are acceptable for all words in a synset are preceded by the
marker \fB*>\fP. If a frame is acceptable for the search word only,
it is preceded by the marker \fB=>\fP.
Search results for adjectives are slightly different from those for
other parts of speech. When an adjective is printed, its direct
antonym, if it has one, is also printed in parentheses. When
the search word is in a head synset, all of the head synset's
satellites are also displayed. The position of an adjective in
relation to the noun may be restricted to the \fIprenominal\fP,
\fIpostnominal\fP or \fIpredicative\fP position. Where present, these
restrictions are noted in parentheses.
When an adjective is a participle of a verb, the output indicates the
verb and displays its synset.
When an adverb is derived from an adjective, the specific adjectival
sense on which it is based is indicated.
The morphological transformations performed by the search code may
result in more than one word to search for. \fBwnb(\|)\fP
automatically performs the requested search on all of the strings and
returns the results grouped by word. For example, the verb \fBsaw\fP
is both the present tense of \fBsaw\fP and the past tense of
\fBsee\fP. When there is more than one word to search for, search
results are grouped by word.
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
If the WordNet database files cannot be opened, error messages are
displayed. This is usually corrected by setting the environment
variables described below to the proper location of the WordNet
database for your installation.
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)
.TP 20
.B WNHOME
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fB/usr/local/WordNet-3.0\fP.
.TP 20
.B WNSEARCHDIR
Directory in which the WordNet database has been installed.
Default is \fBWNHOME/dict\fP.
.SH REGISTRY (WINDOWS)
.TP 20
.B HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eWordNet\e3.0\eWNHome
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fBC:\eProgram~Files\eWordNet\e3.0\fP.
.TP 20
.B HKEY_CURRENT_USER\eSOFTWARE\eWordNet\e3.0\ewnres
User's default browser options.
.SH FILES
.TP 20
.B index.\fIpos\fP
database index files
.TP 20
.B data.\fIpos\fP
database data files
.TP 20
.B *.vrb
files of sentences illustrating the use of verbs
.TP 20
.B \fIpos\fP.exc
morphology exception lists
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR wnintro (1WN),
.BR wn (1WN),
.BR wnintro (3WN),
.BR lexnames (5WN),
.BR senseidx (5WN),
.BR wndb (5WN),
.BR wninput (5WN),
.BR morphy (7WN),
.BR wngloss (7WN),
.BR wngroups (7WN).
.SH BUGS
Please reports bugs to wordnet@princeton.edu.

362
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wndb.5 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH WNDB 5WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm File Formats"
.SH NAME
index.noun, data.noun, index.verb, data.verb, index.adj, data.adj, index.adv, data.adv \- WordNet database files
.LP
noun.exc, verb.exc. adj.exc adv.exc \- morphology exception lists
.LP
sentidx.vrb, sents.vrb \- files used by search code to display
sentences illustrating the use of some specific verbs
.SH DESCRIPTION
For each syntactic category, two files are needed to represent the
contents of the WordNet database \- \fBindex.\fP\fIpos\fP and
\fBdata.\fP\fIpos\fP, where \fIpos\fP is \fBnoun\fP, \fBverb\fP,
\fBadj\fP and \fBadv\fP. The other auxiliary files are used by the
WordNet library's searching functions and are needed to run the
various WordNet browsers.
Each index file is an alphabetized list of all the words found in
WordNet in the corresponding part of speech. On each line, following
the word, is a list of byte offsets (\fIsynset_offset\fPs) in the
corresponding data file, one for each synset containing the word.
Words in the index file are in lower case only, regardless of how they
were entered in the lexicographer files. This folds various
orthographic representations of the word into one line enabling
database searches to be case insensitive. See
.BR wninput (5WN)
for a detailed description of the lexicographer files
A data file for a syntactic category contains information
corresponding to the synsets that were specified in the lexicographer
files, with relational pointers resolved to \fIsynset_offset\fPs.
Each line corresponds to a synset. Pointers are followed and
hierarchies traversed by moving from one synset to another via the
\fIsynset_offset\fPs.
The exception list files, \fIpos\fP\fB.exc\fP, are used to help the
morphological processor find base forms from irregular inflections.
The files \fBsentidx.vrb\fP and \fBsents.vrb\fP contain sentences
illustrating the use of specific senses of some verbs. These files
are used by the searching software in response to a request for verb
sentence frames. Generic sentence frames are displayed when an
illustrative sentence is not present.
The various database files are in ASCII formats that are easily read
by both humans and machines. All fields, unless otherwise noted, are
separated by one space character, and all lines are terminated by a
newline character. Fields enclosed in italicized square brackets may
not be present.
See
.BR wngloss (7WN)
for a glossary of WordNet terminology and a discussion of the
database's content and logical organization.
.SS Index File Format
Each index file begins with several lines containing a copyright
notice, version number and license agreement. These lines all begin
with two spaces and the line number so they do not interfere with the
binary search algorithm that is used to look up entries in the index
files. All other lines are in the following format. In the field
descriptions, \fBnumber\fP always refers to a decimal integer unless
otherwise defined.
.nf
\fIlemma~~pos~~synset_cnt~~p_cnt~~[ptr_symbol...]~~sense_cnt~~tagsense_cnt ~~synset_offset~~[synset_offset...]\fP
.fi
.TP 15
.I lemma
lower case ASCII text of word or collocation. Collocations are formed
by joining individual words with an underscore (\fB_\fP) character.
.TP 15
.I pos
Syntactic category: \fBn\fP for noun files,
\fBv\fP for verb files, \fBa\fP for adjective files, \fBr\fP for
adverb files.
.LP
All remaining fields are with respect to senses of \fIlemma\fP in
\fIpos\fP.
.TP 15
.I synset_cnt
Number of synsets that \fIlemma\fP is in. This is the
number of senses of the word in WordNet. See
.SM \fBSense Numbers\fP
below for a discussion of how sense numbers are assigned and the order
of \fIsynset_offset\fPs in the index files.
.TP 15
.I p_cnt
Number of different pointers that \fIlemma\fP has in all synsets
containing it.
.TP 15
.I ptr_symbol
A space separated list of \fIp_cnt\fP different types of pointers that
\fIlemma\fP has in all synsets containing it. See
.BR wninput (5WN)
for a list of \fIpointer_symbol\fPs. If all senses of \fIlemma\fP
have no pointers, this field is omitted and \fIp_cnt\fP is \fB0\fP.
.TP 15
.I sense_cnt
Same as \fIsense_cnt\fP above. This is redundant, but the field was
preserved for compatibility reasons.
.TP 15
.I tagsense_cnt
Number of senses of \fIlemma\fP that are ranked according to
their frequency of occurrence in semantic concordance texts.
.TP 15
.I synset_offset
Byte offset in \fBdata.\fIpos\fR file of a synset containing
\fIlemma\fP. Each \fIsynset_offset\fP in the list corresponds to a
different sense of \fIlemma\fP in WordNet. \fIsynset_offset\fP is an
8 digit, zero-filled decimal integer that can be used with
.BR fseek (3)
to read a synset from the data file. When passed to
.BR read_synset (3WN)
along with the syntactic category, a data structure containing the
parsed synset is returned.
.SS Data File Format
Each data file begins with several lines containing a copyright
notice, version number and license agreement. These lines all begin
with two spaces and the line number. All other lines are in the
following format. Integer fields are of fixed length, and are
zero-filled.
.nf
\fIsynset_offset~~lex_filenum~~ss_type~~w_cnt~~word~~lex_id~~[word~~lex_id...]~~p_cnt~~[ptr...]~~[frames...]~~\fB|\fP\fI~~gloss\fP
.fi
.TP 15
.I synset_offset
Current byte offset in the file represented as an 8 digit decimal
integer.
.TP 15
.I lex_filenum
Two digit decimal integer corresponding to the lexicographer file name
containing the synset. See
.BR lexnames (5WN)
for the list of filenames and their corresponding numbers.
.TP 15
.I ss_type
One character code indicating the synset type:
.RS
.nf
\fBn\fP NOUN
\fBv\fP VERB
\fBa\fP ADJECTIVE
\fBs\fP ADJECTIVE SATELLITE
\fBr\fP ADVERB
.fi
.RE
.TP 15
.I w_cnt
Two digit hexadecimal integer indicating the number of words in the
synset.
.TP 15
.I word
ASCII form of a word as entered in the synset by the lexicographer,
with spaces replaced by underscore characters (\fB_\fP). The text of
the word is case sensitive, in contrast to its form in the
corresponding \fBindex.\fP\fIpos\fP file, that contains only
lower-case forms. In \fBdata.adj\fP, a \fIword\fP is followed by a
syntactic marker if one was specified in the lexicographer file. A
syntactic marker is appended, in parentheses, onto \fIword\fP without
any intervening spaces. See
.BR wninput (5WN)
for a list of the syntactic markers for adjectives.
.TP 15
.I lex_id
One digit hexadecimal integer that, when appended onto \fIlemma\fP,
uniquely identifies a sense within a lexicographer file. \fIlex_id\fP
numbers usually start with \fB0\fP, and are incremented as additional
senses of the word are added to the same file, although there is no
requirement that the numbers be consecutive or begin with \fB0\fP.
Note that a value of \fB0\fP is the default, and therefore is not
present in lexicographer files.
.TP 15
.I p_cnt
Three digit decimal integer indicating the number of pointers from
this synset to other synsets. If \fIp_cnt\fP is \fB000\fP the synset
has no pointers.
.TP 15
.I ptr
A pointer from this synset to another. \fIptr\fP is of the form:
.nf
\fIpointer_symbol~~synset_offset~~pos~~source/target\fR
.fi
where \fIsynset_offset\fP is the byte offset of the target synset in
the data file corresponding to \fIpos\fP.
The \fIsource/target\fP field distinguishes lexical and semantic
pointers. It is a four byte field, containing two two-digit
hexadecimal integers. The first two digits indicates the word number
in the current (source) synset, the last two digits indicate the word
number in the target synset. A value of \fB0000\fP means that
\fIpointer_symbol\fP represents a semantic relation between the
current (source) synset and the target synset indicated by
\fIsynset_offset\fP.
A lexical relation between two words in different synsets is
represented by non-zero values in the source and target word numbers.
The first and last two bytes of this field indicate the word numbers
in the source and target synsets, respectively, between which the
relation holds. Word numbers are assigned to the \fIword\fP fields in
a synset, from left to right, beginning with \fB1\fP.
See
.BR wninput (5WN)
for a list of \fIpointer_symbol\fPs, and semantic and lexical pointer
classifications.
.TP 15
.I frames
In \fBdata.verb\fP only, a list of numbers corresponding to the
generic verb sentence frames for \fIword\fPs in the synset.
\fIframes\fP is of the form:
.nf
\fIf_cnt~~\fP \fB+\fP \fI~~f_num~~w_num~~[\fP \fB+\fP \fI~~f_num~~w_num...]\fP
.fi
where \fIf_cnt\fP a two digit decimal integer indicating the number of
generic frames listed, \fIf_num\fP is a two digit decimal integer
frame number, and \fIw_num\fP is a two digit hexadecimal integer
indicating the word in the synset that the frame applies to. As with
pointers, if this number is \fB00\fP, \fIf_num\fP applies to all
\fIword\fPs in the synset. If non-zero, it is applicable only to the
word indicated. Word numbers are assigned as described for pointers.
Each \fIf_num~~w_num\fP pair is preceded by a \fB+\fP.
See
.BR wninput (5WN)
for the text of the generic sentence frames.
.TP
.I gloss
Each synset contains a gloss. A \fIgloss\fP is represented as a
vertical bar (\fB|\fP), followed by a text string that continues until
the end of the line. The gloss may contain a definition, one or more
example sentences, or both.
.SS Sense Numbers
Senses in WordNet are generally ordered from most to least frequently
used, with the most common sense numbered \fB1\fP. Frequency of use is
determined by the number of times a sense is tagged in the various
semantic concordance texts. Senses that are not semantically tagged
follow the ordered senses. The \fItagsense_cnt\fP field for each
entry in the \fBindex.\fIpos\fR files indicates how many of the senses
in the list have been tagged.
The
.BR cntlist (5WN)
file provided with the database lists the number of times each sense
is tagged in the semantic concordances. The data from \fBcntlist\fP
is used by
.BR grind (1WN)
to order the senses of each word. When the \fBindex\fP.\fIpos\fP
files are generated, the \fIsynset_offset\fPs are output in sense
number order, with sense 1 first in the list. Senses with the same
number of semantic tags are assigned unique but consecutive sense
numbers. The WordNet
.SB OVERVIEW
search displays all senses of the
specified word, in all syntactic categories, and indicates which of
the senses are represented in the semantically tagged texts.
.SS Exception List File Format
Exception lists are alphabetized lists of inflected forms of words and
their base forms. The first field of each line is an inflected form,
followed by a space separated list of one or more base forms of the
word. There is one exception list file for each syntactic category.
Note that the noun and verb exception lists were automatically
generated from a machine-readable dictionary, and contain many words
that are not in WordNet. Also, for many of the inflected forms, base
forms could be easily derived using the standard rules of detachment
programmed into Morphy (See
.BR morph (7WN)).
These anomalies are allowed to remain in the exception list files,
as they do no harm.
.SS Verb Example Sentences
For some verb senses, example sentences illustrating the use of the
verb sense can be displayed. Each line of the file \fBsentidx.vrb\fP
contains a \fIsense_key\fP followed by a space and a comma separated
list of example sentence template numbers, in decimal. The file
\fBsents.vrb\fP lists all of the example sentence templates. Each
line begins with the template number followed by a space. The rest of
the line is the text of a template example sentence, with \fB%s\fP
used as a placeholder in the text for the verb. Both files are sorted
alphabetically so that the \fIsense_key\fP and template sentence
number can be used as indices, via
.BR binsrch (3WN),
into the appropriate file.
When a request for
.SB FRAMES
is made, the WordNet search code looks
for the sense in \fBsentidx.vrb\fP. If found, the sentence
template(s) listed is retrieved from \fBsents.vrb\fP, and the \fB%s\fP
is replaced with the verb. If the sense is not found, the applicable
generic sentence frame(s) listed in \fIframes\fP is displayed.
.SH NOTES
Information in the \fBdata.\fIpos\fR and \fBindex.\fIpos\fR files
represents all of the word senses and synsets in the WordNet database.
The \fIword\fP, \fIlex_id\fP, and \fIlex_filenum\fP fields together
uniquely identify each word sense in WordNet. These can be encoded in
a \fIsense_key\fP as described in
.BR senseidx (5WN).
Each synset in the database can be uniquely identified by combining
the \fIsynset_offset\fP for the synset with a code for the syntactic
category (since it is possible for synsets in different
\fBdata.\fIpos\fR files to have the same \fIsynset_offset\fP).
The WordNet system provide both command line and window-based browser
interfaces to the database. Both interfaces utilize a common library
of search and morphology code. The source code for the library and
interfaces is included in the WordNet package. See
.BR wnintro (3WN)
for an overview of the WordNet source code.
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)
.TP 20
.B WNHOME
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fB/usr/local/WordNet-3.0\fP.
.TP 20
.B WNSEARCHDIR
Directory in which the WordNet database has been installed.
Default is \fBWNHOME/dict\fP.
.SH REGISTRY (WINDOWS)
.TP 20
.B HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eWordNet\e3.0\eWNHome
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fBC:\eProgram~Files\eWordNet\e3.0\fP.
.SH FILES
.TP 20
.B index.\fIpos\fP
database index files
.TP 20
.B data.\fIpos\fP
database data files
.TP 20
.B *.vrb
files of sentences illustrating the use of verbs
.TP 20
.B \fIpos\fP.exc
morphology exception lists
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR grind (1WN),
.BR wn (1WN),
.BR wnb (1WN),
.BR wnintro (3WN),
.BR binsrch (3WN),
.BR wnintro (5WN),
.BR cntlist (5WN),
.BR lexnames (5WN),
.BR senseidx (5WN),
.BR wninput (5WN),
.BR morphy (7WN),
.BR wngloss (7WN),
.BR wngroups (7WN),
.BR wnstats (7WN).

291
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wngloss.7 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH WNGLOSS 7WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm"
.SH NAME
wngloss \- glossary of terms used in WordNet system
.SH DESCRIPTION
The \fIWordNet Reference Manual\fP consists of Unix-style manual pages
divided into sections as follows:
.TS
center box ;
c | c
c | l.
\fBSection\fP \fBDescription\fP
_
1 WordNet User Commands
3 WordNet Library Functions
5 WordNet File Formats
7 Miscellaneous Information about WordNet
.TE
.SS System Description
The WordNet system consists of lexicographer files, code to convert
these files into a database, and search routines and interfaces that
display information from the database. The lexicographer files
organize nouns, verbs, adjectives and adverbs into groups of synonyms,
and describe relations between synonym groups.
.BR grind (1WN)
converts the lexicographer files into a database that encodes the
relations between the synonym groups. The different interfaces to the
WordNet database utilize a common library of search routines to
display these relations. Note that the lexicographer files and
.BR grind (1WN)
program are not generally distributed.
.SS Database Organization
Information in WordNet is organized around logical groupings called
synsets. Each synset consists of a list of synonymous words or
collocations (eg. \fB"fountain pen"\fP, \fB"take in"\fP), and pointers
that describe the relations between this synset and other synsets. A
word or collocation may appear in more than one synset, and in more
than one part of speech. The words in a synset are grouped
such that they are interchangeable in some context.
Two kinds of relations are represented by pointers: lexical and
semantic. Lexical relations hold between semantically related
word forms; semantic
relations hold between word meanings. These relations include (but
are not limited to) hypernymy/hyponymy (superordinate/subordinate),
antonymy, entailment, and meronymy/holonymy.
Nouns and verbs are organized into hierarchies based on the
hypernymy/hyponymy relation between synsets. Additional pointers are
be used to indicate other relations.
Adjectives are arranged in clusters containing head synsets and
satellite synsets. Each cluster is organized around antonymous pairs
(and occasionally antonymous triplets). The antonymous pairs (or
triplets) are indicated in the head synsets of a cluster. Most head
synsets have one or more satellite synsets, each of which represents a
concept that is similar in meaning to the concept represented by the
head synset. One way to think of the adjective cluster organization
is to visualize a wheel, with a head synset as the hub and satellite
synsets as the spokes. Two or more wheels are logically connected via
antonymy, which can be thought of as an axle between the wheels.
Pertainyms are relational adjectives and do not follow the structure
just described. Pertainyms do not have antonyms; the synset for a
pertainym most often contains only one word or collocation and a
lexical pointer to the noun that the adjective is "pertaining
to". Participial adjectives have lexical pointers to the verbs that
they are derived from.
Adverbs are often derived from adjectives, and sometimes have
antonyms; therefore the synset for an adverb usually contains a
lexical pointer to the adjective from which it is derived.
See
.BR wndb (5WN)
for a detailed description of the database files and how the data are
represented.
.SH GLOSSARY OF TERMS
Many terms used in the \fIWordNet Reference Manual\fP are unique to
the WordNet system. Other general terms have specific meanings when
used in the WordNet documentation. Definitions for many of these
terms are given to help with the interpretation and understanding of
the reference manual, and in the use of the WordNet system.
In following definitions \fBword\fP is used in place of \fBword or
collocation\fP.
.TP 25
.B adjective cluster
A group of adjective synsets that are organized around antonymous
pairs or triplets. An adjective cluster contains two or more \fBhead
synsets\fR which represent antonymous concepts.
Each head synset has one or more \fBsatellite synsets\fP.
.TP 25
.B attribute
A noun for which adjectives express values.
The noun \fBweight\fP is an attribute, for which the adjectives
\fBlight\fP and \fBheavy\fP express values.
.TP 25
.B base form
The base form of a word or collocation is the form to which
inflections are added.
.TP 25
.B basic synset
Syntactically, same as \fBsynset\fP. Term is used in
.BR wninput (5WN)
to help explain differences in entering synsets in lexicographer
files.
.TP 25
.B collocation
A collocation in WordNet is a string of two or more words, connected
by spaces or hyphens. Examples are: \fBman-eating~shark\fP,
\fBblue-collar\fP, \fBdepend~on\fP, \fBline~of~products\fP. In the
database files spaces are represented as underscore (\fB_\fP)
characters.
.TP 25
.B coordinate
Coordinate terms are nouns or verbs that have the same \fBhypernym\fP.
.TP 25
.B cross-cluster pointer
A \fBsemantic pointer\fP from one adjective cluster to another.
.TP 25
.B derivationally related forms
Terms in different
syntactic categories that have the same root form and are semantically
related.
.TP 25
.B direct antonyms
A pair of words between which there is an associative bond resulting
from their frequent
co-occurrence. In \fBadjective clusters\fP, direct antonyms appears
only in \fBhead synsets\fP.
.TP 25
.B domain
A topical classification to which a synset has been linked with a
CATEGORY, REGION or USAGE pointer.
.TP 25
.B domain term
A synset belonging to a topical class. A domain term is further
identified as being a CATEGORY_TERM, REGION_TERM or USAGE_TERM.
.TP 25
.B entailment
A verb \fBX\fP entails \fBY\fP if \fBX\fP cannot be done unless \fBY\fP is,
or has been, done.
.TP 25
.B exception list
Morphological transformations for words that are not regular and
therefore cannot be processed in an algorithmic manner.
.TP 25
.B group
Verb senses that similar in meaning and have been manually grouped
together.
.TP 25
.B gloss
Each synset contains \fBgloss\fP consisting of a definition and
optionally example sentences.
.TP 25
.B head synset
Synset in an adjective \fBcluster\fP containing at least one word
that has a \fBdirect antonym\fP.
.TP 25
.B holonym
The name of the whole of which the meronym names a part. \fBY\fP
is a holonym of \fBX\fP if \fBX\fP is a part of \fBY\fP.
.TP 25
.B hypernym
The generic term used to designate a whole class of specific instances.
\fBY\fP is a hypernym of \fBX\fP if \fBX\fP is a (kind of) \fBY\fP.
.TP 25
.B hyponym
The specific
term used to designate a member of a class. \fBX\fP is a hyponym of
\fBY\fP if \fBX\fP is a (kind of) \fBY\fP.
.TP 25
.B indirect antonym
An adjective in a \fBsatellite synset\fP that does not have a
\fBdirect antonym\fP
has an indirect antonyms via the direct antonym of the \fBhead
synset\fP.
.TP 25
.B instance
A proper noun that refers
to a particular, unique referent (as distinguished from nouns that
refer to classes). This is a specific form of hyponym.
.TP 25
.B lemma
Lower case ASCII text of word as found in the WordNet database index
files. Usually the \fBbase form\fP for a word or collocation.
.TP 25
.B lexical pointer
A lexical pointer indicates a relation between words in synsets (word
forms).
.TP
.B lexicographer file
Files containing the raw data for WordNet synsets, edited by lexicographers,
that are input to the \fBgrind\fP program to generate a WordNet database.
.TP
.B lexicographer id (lex id)
A decimal integer that, when appended onto \fBlemma\fP, uniquely
identifies a sense within a lexicographer file.
.TP
.B monosemous
Having only one sense in a syntactic category.
.TP 25
.B meronym
The name of a constituent part of, the substance of, or a member of
something. \fBX\fP is a meronym of \fBY\fP if \fBX\fP is a part of \fBY\fP.
.TP 25
.B part of speech
WordNet defines "part of speech" as either noun, verb, adjective, or
adverb. Same as \fBsyntactic category\fP.
.TP 25
.B participial adjective
An adjective that is derived from a verb.
.TP 25
.B pertainym
A relational adjective. Adjectives that are pertainyms are usually
defined by such phrases as "of or pertaining to" and do not have
antonyms. A pertainym can point to a noun or another pertainym.
.TP 25
.B polysemous
Having more than one sense in a syntactic category.
.TP 25
.B polysemy count
Number of senses of a word in a syntactic category, in WordNet.
.TP 25
.B postnominal
A postnominal adjective occurs only immediately following the noun
that it modifies.
.TP 25
.B predicative
An adjective that can be used only in predicate positions. If \fBX\fP
is a predicate adjective, it can only be used in such phrases as "it is
\fBX\fP" and never prenominally.
.TP 25
.B prenominal
An adjective that can occur only before the noun that it modifies: it
cannot be used predicatively.
.TP 25
.B satellite synset
Synset in an adjective \fBcluster\fP representing a concept that is
similar in meaning to the concept represented by its \fBhead
synset\fP.
.TP 25
.B semantic concordance
A textual corpus (e.g. the Brown Corpus) and a lexicon (e.g. WordNet)
so combined
that every substantive word in the text is linked to its appropriate
sense in the lexicon via a \fBsemantic tag\fP.
.TP 25
.B semantic tag
A pointer from a word in a text file to a specific sense of that word in the
WordNet database. A semantic tag in a semantic concordance is
represented by a \fBsense key\fP.
.TP 25
.B semantic pointer
A semantic pointer indicates a relation between synsets (concepts).
.TP 25
.B sense
A meaning of a word in WordNet. Each sense of a word is in a
different \fBsynset\fP.
.TP 25
.B sense key
Information necessary to find a sense in the WordNet database. A
sense key combines a \fBlemma\fP field and codes for the synset type,
lexicographer id, lexicographer file number, and information about a
satellite's \fBhead synset\fP, if required. See
.BR senseidx (5WN)
for a description of the format of a sense key.
.TP 25
.B subordinate
Same as \fBhyponym\fP.
.TP 25
.B superordinate
Same as \fBhypernym\fP.
.TP 25
.B synset
A synonym set; a set of words that are interchangeable in some
context without changing the truth value of the preposition in which
they are embedded.
.TP 25
.B troponym
A verb expressing a specific manner elaboration of another verb.
\fBX\fP is a troponym of \fBY\fP if \fBto X\fP is \fBto Y\fP in some manner.
.TP 25
.B unique beginner
A noun synset with no \fBsuperordinate\fP.

43
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wngroups.7 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH WNGROUPS 7WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm"
.SH NAME
wngroups \- discussion of WordNet search code to group similar verb senses
.SH DESCRIPTION
Some similar senses of verbs have been grouped by the lexicographers.
This grouping is done statically in the lexicographer source files
using the semantic \fIpointer_symbol\fP \fB$\fP.
Transitivity is used to combine groups of overlapping
senses into the largest sense groups possible.
.SH NOTES
Coverage of verb groups is incomplete.
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)
.TP 20
.B WNHOME
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fB/usr/local/WordNet-3.0\fP.
.TP 20
.B WNSEARCHDIR
Directory in which the WordNet database has been installed.
Default is \fBWNHOME/dict\fP.
.SH REGISTRY (WINDOWS)
.TP 20
.B HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eWordNet\e3.0\eWNHome
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fBC:\eProgram~Files\eWordNet\e3.0\fP.
.SH FILES
.TP 20
.B sentidx.vrb
verb sense keys and sentence frame numbers
.TP 20
.B sents.vrb
example sentence frames
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR wn (1WN),
.BR wnb (1WN),
.BR senseidx (5WN),
.BR wnsearch (3WN),
.BR wndb (5WN),
.BR wnintro (7WN).

513
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wninput.5 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH WNINPUT 5WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm File Formats"
.SH NAME
noun.\fIsuffix\fP, verb.\fIsuffix\fP, adj.\fIsuffix\fP, adv.\fIsuffix\fP \-
WordNet lexicographer files that are input to
.BR grind (1WN)
.SH DESCRIPTION
WordNet's source files are written by lexicographers. They are the
product of a detailed relational analysis of lexical semantics: a
variety of lexical and semantic relations are used to represent the
organization of lexical knowledge. Two kinds of building blocks are
distinguished in the source files: word forms and word meanings. Word
forms are represented in their familiar orthography; word meanings are
represented by synonym sets (\fIsynset\fPs) \- lists of synonymous
word forms that are interchangeable in some context. Two kinds of
relations are recognized: lexical and semantic. Lexical relations
hold between word forms; semantic relations hold between word
meanings.
Lexicographer files correspond to the syntactic categories implemented
in WordNet \- noun, verb, adjective and adverb. All of the synsets in
a lexicographer file are in the same syntactic category. Each synset
consists of a list of synonymous words or collocations
(eg. \fB"fountain pen"\fP, \fB"take in"\fP), and pointers that
describe the relations between this synset and other synsets. These
relations include (but are not limited to) hypernymy/hyponymy,
antonymy, entailment, and meronymy/holonymy. A word or collocation
may appear in more than one synset, and in more than one part of
speech. Each use of a word in a synset represents a sense of that
word in the part of speech corresponding to the synset.
Adjectives may be organized into clusters containing head synsets and
satellite synsets. Adverbs generally point to the adjectives from
which they are derived.
See
.BR wngloss (7WN)
for a glossary of WordNet terminology and a discussion of the
database's content and logical organization.
.SS Lexicographer File Names
The names of the lexicographer files are of the form:
.RS
.IR pos . suffix
.RE
where \fIpos\fP is either \fBnoun\fP, \fBverb\fP, \fBadj\fP or
\fBadv\fP. \fIsuffix\fP may be used to organize groups of synsets
into different files, for example \fBnoun.animal\fP and
\fBnoun.plant\fP. See
.BR lexnames (5WN)
for a list of lexicographer file names that are used in building
WordNet.
.SS Pointers
Pointers are used to represent the relations between the words in one
synset and another. Semantic pointers represent relations between
word meanings, and therefore pertain to all of the words in the source
and target synsets. Lexical pointers represent relations between word
forms, and pertain only to specific words in the source and target
synsets. The following pointer types are usually used to indicate
lexical relations: Antonym, Pertainym, Participle, Also See, Derivationally
Related. The remaining pointer types are generally used to represent semantic
relations.
A relation from a source to a target synset is formed by specifying
a word from the target synset in the source synset, followed by the
\fIpointer_symbol\fP indicating the pointer type. The location of a pointer
within a synset defines it as either lexical or semantic.
The
.SB "Lexicographer File Format"
section describes the syntax for entering a semantic pointer, and
.SB "Word Syntax"
describes the syntax for entering a lexical pointer.
Although there are many pointer types, only certain types of relations
are permitted between synsets of each syntactic category.
The \fIpointer_symbol\fPs for nouns are:
.RS
.nf
\fB!\fP Antonym
\fB@\fP Hypernym
\fB@i\fP Instance Hypernym
\fB\(ap\fP Hyponym
\fB\(api\fP Instance Hyponym
\fB#m\fP Member holonym
\fB#s\fP Substance holonym
\fB#p\fP Part holonym
\fB%m\fP Member meronym
\fB%s\fP Substance meronym
\fB%p\fP Part meronym
\fB=\fP Attribute
\fB+\fP Derivationally related form
\fB;c\fP Domain of synset - TOPIC
\fB-c\fP Member of this domain - TOPIC
\fB;r\fP Domain of synset - REGION
\fB-r\fP Member of this domain - REGION
\fB;u\fP Domain of synset - USAGE
\fB-u\fP Member of this domain - USAGE
.RE
.fi
The \fIpointer_symbol\fPs for verbs are:
.RS
.nf
\fB!\fP Antonym
\fB@\fP Hypernym
\fB\(ap\fP Hyponym
\fB*\fP Entailment
\fB>\fP Cause
\fB^\fP Also see
\fB$\fP Verb Group
\fB+\fP Derivationally related form
\fB;c\fP Domain of synset - TOPIC
\fB;r\fP Domain of synset - REGION
\fB;u\fP Domain of synset - USAGE
.fi
.RE
The \fIpointer_symbol\fPs for adjectives are:
.RS
.nf
\fB!\fP Antonym
\fB&\fP Similar to
\fB<\fP Participle of verb
\fB\e\fP Pertainym (pertains to noun)
\fB=\fP Attribute
\fB^\fP Also see
\fB;c\fP Domain of synset - TOPIC
\fB;r\fP Domain of synset - REGION
\fB;u\fP Domain of synset - USAGE
.fi
.RE
The \fIpointer_symbol\fPs for adverbs are:
.RS
.nf
\fB!\fP Antonym
\fB\e\fP Derived from adjective
\fB;c\fP Domain of synset - TOPIC
\fB;r\fP Domain of synset - REGION
\fB;u\fP Domain of synset - USAGE
.fi
.RE
Many pointer types are reflexive, meaning that if a synset contains a
pointer to another synset, the other synset should contain a
corresponding reflexive pointer.
.BR grind (1WN)
automatically inserts missing reflexive pointers for the following
pointer types:
.TS
center box ;
c | c
l | l .
\fBPointer\fP \fBReflect\fP
_
Antonym Antonym
Hyponym Hypernym
Hypernym Hyponym
Instance Hyponym Instance Hypernym
Instance Hypernym Instance Hyponym
Holonym Meronym
Meronym Holonym
Similar to Similar to
Attribute Attribute
Verb Group Verb Group
Derivationally Related Derivationally Related
Domain of synset Member of Doman
.TE
.SS Verb Frames
Each verb synset contains a list of generic sentence frames
illustrating the types of simple sentences in which the verbs in the
synset can be used. For some verb senses, example sentences
illustrating actual uses of the verb are provided. (See
.SB "Verb Example Sentences"
in
.BR wndb (5WN).)
Whenever there is no example sentence, the generic sentence frames
specified by the lexicographer are used. The generic sentence frames
are entered in a synset as a comma-separated list of integer frame
numbers. The following list is the text of the generic frames,
preceded by their frame numbers:
.RS
.nf
1 Something ----s
2 Somebody ----s
3 It is ----ing
4 Something is ----ing PP
5 Something ----s something Adjective/Noun
6 Something ----s Adjective/Noun
7 Somebody ----s Adjective
8 Somebody ----s something
9 Somebody ----s somebody
10 Something ----s somebody
11 Something ----s something
12 Something ----s to somebody
13 Somebody ----s on something
14 Somebody ----s somebody something
15 Somebody ----s something to somebody
16 Somebody ----s something from somebody
17 Somebody ----s somebody with something
18 Somebody ----s somebody of something
19 Somebody ----s something on somebody
20 Somebody ----s somebody PP
21 Somebody ----s something PP
22 Somebody ----s PP
23 Somebody's (body part) ----s
24 Somebody ----s somebody to INFINITIVE
25 Somebody ----s somebody INFINITIVE
26 Somebody ----s that CLAUSE
27 Somebody ----s to somebody
28 Somebody ----s to INFINITIVE
29 Somebody ----s whether INFINITIVE
30 Somebody ----s somebody into V-ing something
31 Somebody ----s something with something
32 Somebody ----s INFINITIVE
33 Somebody ----s VERB-ing
34 It ----s that CLAUSE
35 Something ----s INFINITIVE
.fi
.RE
.SS Lexicographer File Format
Synsets are entered one per line, and each line is terminated with a
newline character. A line containing a synset may be as long as
necessary, but no newlines can be entered within a synset. Within a
synset, spaces or tabs may be used to separate entities. Items
enclosed in italicized square brackets may not be present.
The general synset syntax is:
.RS
.nf
\fB{\fP \fI~~words~~pointers~~\fP \fB(\fP \fI~gloss~\fP \fB)~~}\fR
.fi
.RE
Synsets of this form are valid for all syntactic categories except
verb, and are referred to as basic synsets. At least one \fIword\fP
and a \fIgloss\fP are required to form a valid synset. Pointers
entered following all the \fIwords\fP in a synset represent semantic
relations between all the words in the source and target synsets.
For verbs, the basic synset syntax is defined as follows:
.KS
.RS
.nf
\fB{\fP \fI~~words~~pointers~~frames~~\fP \fB(\fP ~\fIgloss~\fP \fB)~~}\fR
.fi
.RE
Adjective may be organized into clusters containing one or more head
synsets and optional satellite synsets. Adjective clusters are of the
form:
.RS
.nf
\fB[
\fIhead synset
[satellite synsets]
[\-]
[additional head/satellite synsets]
\fB]\fR
.fi
.RE
.KE
Each adjective cluster is enclosed in square brackets, and may have
one or more parts. Each part consists of a head synset and optional
satellite synsets that are conceptually similar to the head synset's
meaning. Parts of a cluster are separated by one or more hyphens
(\fB\-\fP) on a line by themselves, with the terminating square
bracket following the last synset. Head and satellite synsets follow
the syntax of basic synsets, however a "Similar to" pointer must be
specified in a head synset for each of its satellite synsets. Most
adjective clusters contain two antonymous parts. See
.BR wngloss (7WN)
for a discussion of adjective clusters, and
.SB "Special Adjective Syntax"
for more information on adjective cluster syntax.
Synsets for relational adjectives (pertainyms) and participial
adjectives do not adhere to the cluster structure. They use the basic
synset syntax.
Comments can be entered in a lexicographer file by enclosing the text
of the comment in parentheses. Note that comments \fBcannot\fP appear
within a synset, as parentheses within a synset have an entirely
different meaning (see
.SB "Gloss Syntax"
). However, entire synsets (or adjective clusters) can be "commented
out" by enclosing them in parentheses. This is often used by the
lexicographers to verify the syntax of files under development or to
leave a note to oneself while working on entries.
.SS Word Syntax
A synset must have at least one word, and the words of a synset must
appear after the opening brace and before any other synset constructs.
A word may be entered in either the simple word or word/pointer
syntax.
A simple word is of the form:
.RS
.nf
\fIword[\fP \fB(\fP \fImarker\fP \fB)\fP \fI][lex_id]\fP \fB,\fR
.fi
.RE
\fIword\fP may be entered in any combination of upper and lower case
unless it is in an adjective cluster. A collocation is entered by
joining the individual words with an underscore character (\fB_\fP).
Numbers (integer or real) may be entered, either by themselves or as
part of a word string, by following the number with a double quote
(\fB"\fP).
See
.SB "Special Adjective Syntax"
for a description of adjective clusters and markers.
\fIword\fP may be followed by an integer \fIlex_id\fP from \fB1\fP to
\fB15\fP. The \fIlex_id\fP is used to distinguish different senses of
the same word within a lexicographer file. The lexicographer assigns
\fIlex_id\fP values, usually in ascending order, although there is no
requirement that the numbers be consecutive. The default is \fB0\fP,
and does not have to be specified. A \fIlex_id\fP must be used on
pointers if the desired sense has a non-zero \fIlex_id\fP in its
synset specification.
Word/pointer syntax is of the form:
.RS
.nf
\fB[~~\fP \fIword[\fP \fB(\fP \fImarker\fP \fB)\fP \fI][lex_id]\fP \fB,\fP \fI~~pointers~~\fP \fB]\fR
.fi
.RE
This syntax is used when one or more pointers correspond only to the
specific word in the word/pointer set, rather than all the words in
the synset, and represents a lexical relation. Note that a
word/pointer set appears within a synset, therefore the square
brackets used to enclose it are treated differently from those used to
define an adjective cluster. Only one word can be specified in each
word/pointer set, and any number of pointers may be included. A
synset can have any number of word/pointer sets. Each is treated by
.BR grind (1WN)
essentially as a \fIword\fP, so they all must appear
before any synset \fIpointers\fP representing semantic relations.
For verbs, the word/pointer syntax is extended in the following manner
to allow the user to specify generic sentence frames that, like
pointers, correspond only to a specific word, rather than all the
words in the synset. In this case, \fIpointers\fP are optional.
.RS
.nf
\fB[~~\fP \fIword\fP \fB,\fP ~~\fI[pointers]~~frames~~\fP \fB]\fR
.fi
.RE
.SS Pointer Syntax
Pointers are optional in synsets. If a pointer is specified outside
of a word/pointer set, the relation is applied to all of the words in
the synset, including any words specified using the word/pointer
syntax. This indicates a semantic relation between the meanings of
the words in the synsets. If specified within a word/pointer set, the
relation corresponds only to the word in the set and represents a
lexical relation.
A pointer is of the form:
.RS
.nf
\fI[lex_filename\fP\fB:\fP \fI]word[lex_id]\fP\fB,\fP\fIpointer_symbol\fR
.fi
.RE
or:
.RS
.nf
\fI[lex_filename\fP\fB:\fP \fI]word[lex_id]\fP\fB^\fP\fIword[lex_id]\fP\fB,\fP\fIpointer_symbol\fR
.fi
.RE
For pointers, \fIword\fP indicates a word in another synset. When the
second form of a pointer is used, the first \fIword\fP indicates a
word in a head synset, and the second is a word in a satellite of that
cluster. \fIword\fP may be followed by a \fIlex_id\fP that is used to
match the pointer to the correct target synset. The synset containing
\fIword\fP may reside in another lexicographer file. In this case,
\fIword\fP is preceded by \fIlex_filename\fP as shown.
See
.SB "Pointers"
for a list of \fIpointer_symbol\fPs and their meanings.
.SS Verb Frame List Syntax
Frame numbers corresponding to generic sentence frames must be entered
in each verb synset. If a frame list is specified outside of a
word/pointer set, the verb frames in the list apply to all of the
words in the synset, including any words specified using the
word/pointer syntax. If specified within a word/pointer set, the verb
frames in the list correspond only to the word in the set.
A frame number list is entered as follows:
.RS
\fBframes:\fP~~\fIf_num\fP[\fB,\fP\fIf_num...]\fR
.RE
Where \fIf_num\fP specifies a generic frame number.
See
.SB "Verb Frames"
for a list of generic sentences and their corresponding frame numbers.
.SS Gloss Syntax
A gloss is included in all synsets. The lexicographer may enter a
text string of any length desired. A gloss is simply a string
enclosed in parentheses with no embedded carriage returns. It
provides a definition of what the synset represents and/or example
sentences.
.SS Special Adjective Syntax
The syntax for representing antonymous adjective synsets requires
several additional conditions.
The first word of a head synset \fBmust\fP be entered in upper case,
and can be thought of as the head word of the head synset. The
\fIword\fP part of a pointer from one head synset to another head
synset within the same cluster (usually an antonym) must also be
entered in upper case. Usually antonymous adjectives are entered
using the word/pointer syntax described in
.SB "Word Syntax"
to indicate a lexical relation. There is no restriction on the number
of parts that a cluster may have, and some clusters have three parts,
representing antonymous triplets, such as \fBsolid\fP, \fBliquid\fP,
and \fBgas\fP.
A cross-cluster pointer may be specified, allowing a head or satellite
synset to point to a head synset in a different cluster. A
cross-cluster pointer is indicated by entering the \fIword\fP part of
the pointer in upper case.
An adjective may be annotated with a syntactic marker indicating a
limitation on the syntactic position the adjective may have in
relation to noun that it modifies. If so marked, the marker appears
between the word and its following comma. If a \fIlex_id\fP is
specified, the marker immediately follows it. The syntactic markers
are:
.RS
.nf
\fB(p)\fP predicate position
\fB(a)\fP prenominal (attributive) position
\fB(ip)\fP immediately postnominal position
.fi
.RE
.SH EXAMPLES
\fI(Note that these are hypothetical examples not found in the WordNet
lexicographer files.)\fP
Sample noun synsets:
.RS
.nf
{ canine, [ dog1, cat,! ] pooch, canid,@ }
{ collie, dog1,@ (large multi-colored dog with pointy nose) }
{ hound, hunting_dog, pack,#m dog1,@ }
{ dog, }
.fi
.RE
Sample verb synsets:
.RS
.nf
{ [ confuse, clarify,! frames: 1 ] blur, obscure, frames: 8, 10 }
{ [ clarify, confuse,! ] make_clear, interpret,@ frames: 8 }
{ interpret, construe, understand,@ frames: 8 }
.fi
.RE
Sample adjective clusters:
.RS
.nf
[
{ [ HOT, COLD,! ] lukewarm(a), TEPID,^ (hot to the touch) }
{ warm, }
\-
{ [ COLD, HOT,! ] frigid, (cold to the touch) }
{ freezing, }
]
.fi
.RE
Sample adverb synsets:
.RS
.nf
{ [ basically, adj.all:essential^basic,\e ] [ essentially, adj.all:basic^fundamental,\e ] ( by one's very nature )}
{ pointedly, adj.all:pungent^pointed,\e }
{ [ badly, adj.all:bad,\e well,! ] ill, ("He was badly prepared") }
.fi
.RE
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR grind (1WN),
.BR wnintro (5WN),
.BR lexnames (5WN),
.BR wndb (5WN),
.BR uniqbeg (7WN),
.BR wngloss (7WN).
.LP
Fellbaum, C. (1998), ed.
\fI"WordNet: An Electronic Lexical Database"\fP.
MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.

53
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wnintro.1 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH WNINTRO 1WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm User Commands"
.SH NAME
wnintro \- WordNet user commands
.SH SYNOPSIS
.LP
\fBwn\fP \- command line interface to WordNet database
.LP
\fBwnb\fP \- window based WordNet browser
.SH DESCRIPTION
This section of the \fIWordNet Reference Manual\fP contains manual
pages that describe commands available with the various WordNet system
packages.
The WordNet interfaces
.BR wn (1WN)
and
.BR wnb (1WN)
allow the user to search the WordNet database and display the
information textually.
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)
.TP 20
.B WNHOME
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fB/usr/local/WordNet-3.0\fP.
.TP 20
.B WNSEARCHDIR
Directory in which the WordNet database has been installed.
Default is \fBWNHOME/dict\fP.
.SH REGISTRY (WINDOWS)
.TP 20
.B HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eWordNet\e3.0\eWNHome
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fBC:\eProgram~Files\eWordNet\e3.0\fP.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR grind (1WN),
.BR wn (1WN),
.BR wnb (1WN),
.BR wnintro (3WN),
.BR wnintro (5WN),
.BR wnintro (7WN).
.LP
Fellbaum, C. (1998), ed.
\fI"WordNet: An Electronic Lexical Database"\fP.
MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
.SH AVAILABILITY
WordNet has a World Wide Web site at
\fBhttp://wordnet.princeton.edu\fP. From this web site
users can learn about the WordNet project, run several different
interfaces to the WordNet database, and download various WordNet
system packages and \fI"Five Papers on WordNet"\fP.

280
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wnintro.3 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH WNINTRO 3WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm Library Functions"
.SH NAME
wnintro \- introduction to WordNet library functions
.SH DESCRIPTION
This section of the \fIWordNet Reference Manual\fP contains manual
pages that describe the WordNet library functions and API.
Functions are organized into the following categories:
.TS
center box ;
l | l | l.
\fBCategory\fP \fBManual Page\fP \fBObject File\fP
_
Database Search wnsearch (3WN) search.o
Morphology morph (3WN) morph.o
Misc. Utility wnutil (3WN) wnutil.o
Binary Search binsrch (3WN) binsrch.o
.TE
The WordNet library is used by all of the searching interfaces
provided with the various WordNet packages. Additional programs in
the system, such as
.BR grind (1WN),
also use functions in this library.
The WordNet library is provided in both source and binary forms (on
some platforms) to allow users to build applications and tools to
their own specifications that utilize the WordNet database. We do not
provide programming support or assistance.
The code conforms to ANSI C standards. Functions are defined with
function prototypes. If you do not have a compiler that accepts
prototypes, you must edit the source code and remove the prototypes
before compiling.
.SH LIST OF WORDNET LIBRARY FUNCTIONS
Not all library functions are listed below. Missing are mainly
functions that are called by documented ones, or ones that were
written for specific applications or tools used during WordNet
development. Data structures are defined in
\fBwn.h\fP.
.SS Database Searching Functions (search.o)
.TP 25
.B findtheinfo
Primary search function for WordNet database. Returns
formatted search results in text buffer. Used by WordNet interfaces
to perform requested search.
.TP 25
.B findtheinfo_ds
Primary search function for WordNet database. Returns search results
in linked list data structure.
.TP 25
.B is_defined
Set bit for each search type that is valid for the search word passed
and return bit mask.
.TP 25
.B in_wn
Set bit for each syntactic category that search word is in.
.TP 25
.B index_lookup
Find word in index file and return parsed entry in data structure.
Input word must be exact match of string in database. Called by
\fBgetindex(\|)\fP.
.TP 25
.B getindex
Find word in index file, trying different techniques \- replace hyphens
with underscores, replace underscores with hyphens, strip hyphens and
underscores, strip periods.
.TP 25
.B read_synset
Read synset from data file at byte offset passed and return parsed
entry in data structure. Calls \fBparse_synset(\|)\fP.
.TP 25
.B parse_synset
Read synset at current byte offset in file and return parsed entry in
data structure.
.TP 25
.B free_syns
Free a synset linked list allocated by \fBfindtheinfo_ds(\|)\fP.
.TP 25
.B free_synset
Free a synset structure.
.TP 25
.B free_index
Free an index structure.
.TP 25
.B traceptrs_ds
Recursive search algorithm to trace a pointer tree and return results
in linked list.
.TP 25
.B do_trace
Do requested search on synset passed returning formatted output in
buffer.
.SS Morphology Functions (morph.o)
.TP 25
.B morphinit
Open exception list files.
.TP 25
.B re_morphinit
Close exception list files and reopen.
.TP 25
.B morphstr
Try to find base form (lemma) of word or collocation in syntactic
category passed. Calls \fBmorphword(\|)\fP for each word in string
passed.
.TP 25
.B morphword
Try to find base form (lemma) of individual word in syntactic category
passed.
.SS Utility Functions (wnutil.o)
.TP 25
.B wninit
Top level function to open database files and morphology exception
lists.
.TP 25
.B re_wninit
Top level function to close and reopen database files and morphology
exception lists.
.TP 25
.B cntwords
Count the number of underscore or space separated words in a string.
.TP 25
.B strtolower
Convert string to lower case and remove trailing adjective marker if
found.
.TP 25
.B ToLowerCase
Convert string passed to lower case.
.TP 25
.B strsubst
Replace all occurrences of \fIfrom\fP with \fIto\fP in \fIstr\fP.
.TP 25
.B getptrtype
Return code for pointer type character passed.
.TP 25
.B getpos
Return syntactic category code for string passed.
.TP 25
.B getsstype
Return synset type code for string passed.
.TP 25
.B FmtSynset
Reconstruct synset string from synset pointer.
.TP 25
.B StrToPos
Passed string for syntactic category, returns corresponding integer
value.
.TP 25
.B GetSynsetForSense
Return synset for sense key passed.
.TP 25
.B GetDataOffset
Find synset offset for sense.
.TP 25
.B GetPolyCount
Find polysemy count for sense passed.
.TP 25
.B GetWORD
Return word part of sense key.
.TP 25
.B GetPOS
Return syntactic category code for sense key passed.
.TP 25
.B WNSnsToStr
Generate sense key for index entry passed.
.TP 25
.B GetValidIndexPointer
Search for string and/or base form of word in database and return index
structure for word if found.
.TP 25
.B GetWNSense
Return sense number in database for sense key.
.TP 25
.B GetSenseIndex
Return parsed sense index entry for sense key passed.
.TP 25
.B default_display_message
Default function to use as value of \fBdisplay_message\fP. Simply
returns \fB-1\fP.
.SS Binary Search Functions (binsrch.o)
.TP 25
.B bin_search
General purpose binary search function to search for key as first item
on line in sorted file.
.TP 25
.B copyfile
Copy contents from one file to another.
.TP 25
.B replace_line
Replace a line in a sorted file.
.TP 25
.B insert_line
Insert a line into a sorted file.
.SH HEADER FILE
.TP 20
.B wn.h
WordNet include file of constants, data structures, external
declarations for global variables initialized in \fBwnglobal.c\fP.
Also lists function prototypes for library API. It must be included to
use any WordNet library functions.
.SH NOTES
All library functions that access the database files expect the files
to be open. The function
.BR wninit (3WN)
must be called before other database access functions such as
.BR findtheinfo (3WN)
or
.BR read_synset (3WN).
Inclusion of the header file \fBwn.h\fP is necessary.
The command line interface is a good example of a simple application
that uses several WordNet library functions.
Many of the library functions are passed or return syntactic category
or synset type information. The following table lists the possible
categories as integer codes, synset type constant names, syntactic
category constant names, single characters and character strings.
.TS
center box ;
c | c | c | c | c
c | l | l | c | l.
\fBInteger\fP \fBSynset Type\fP \fBSyntactic Category\fP \fBChar\fP \fBString\fP
_
1 NOUN NOUN n noun
2 VERB VERB v verb
3 ADJ ADJ a adj
4 ADV ADV r adv
5 SATELLITE ADJ s \fIn/a\fP
.TE
.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES (UNIX)
.TP 20
.B WNHOME
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fB/usr/local/WordNet-3.0\fP.
.TP 20
.B WNSEARCHDIR
Directory in which the WordNet database has been installed.
Default is \fBWNHOME/dict\fP.
.SH REGISTRY (WINDOWS)
.TP 20
.B HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSOFTWARE\eWordNet\e3.0\eWNHome
Base directory for WordNet. Default is
\fBC:\eProgram~Files\eWordNet\e3.0\fP.
.SH FILES
.TP 30
.B lib/libwn.a
WordNet library (Unix)
.TP 30
.B lib\ewn.lib
WordNet library (Windows)
.TP 30
.B include
header files for use with WordNet library
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR wnintro (1WN),
.BR binsrch (3WN),
.BR morph (3WN),
.BR wnsearch (3WN),
.BR wnutil (3WN),
.BR wnintro (5WN),
.BR wnintro (7WN).
Fellbaum, C. (1998), ed.
\fI"WordNet: An Electronic Lexical Database"\fP.
MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.
.SH BUGS
Please report bugs to \fBwordnet@princeton.edu\fP.

54
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wnintro.5 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH WNINTRO 5WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm File Formats"
.SH NAME
wnintro \- introduction to descriptions of WordNet file formats
.SH SYNOPSIS
.LP
\fBcntlist\fP \- format of \fBcntlist\fP and \fBcntlist.rev\fP files
.LP
\fBlexnames\fP \- list of lexicographer file names and numbers
.LP
\fBprologdb\fP \- description of Prolog database files
.LP
\fBsenseidx\fP \- format of sense index file
.LP
\fBsensemap\fP \- mapping from senses in WordNet 2.1 to corresponding
3.0 senses
.LP
\fBwndb\fP \- format of WordNet database files
.LP
\fBwninput\fP \- format of WordNet lexicographer files
.SH DESCRIPTION
This section of the \fIWordNet Reference Manual\fP contains manual pages
that describe the formats of the various files included in different
WordNet 3.0 packages.
.SH NOMENCLATURE
All files are in ASCII. Fields are generally separated by one space,
unless otherwise noted, and each line is terminated with a newline
character. In the file format descriptions, terms in \fIitalics\fP
refer to field names. Characters or strings in \fBboldface\fP
represent an actual character or string as it appears in the file.
Items enclosed in italicized square brackets (\fI[~~]\fP) may not be present.
Since several files contain fields that have the identical meaning,
field names are consistently defined. For example, several WordNet
files contain one or more \fIsynset_offset\fP fields. In each case,
the definition of \fIsynset_offset\fP is identical.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR wnintro (1WN),
.BR wnintro (3WN),
.BR cntlist (5WN),
.BR lexnames (5WN),
.BR prologdb (5WN),
.BR senseidx (5WN),
.BR sensemap (5WN),
.BR wndb (5WN),
.BR wninput (5WN),
.BR wnintro (7WN),
.BR wngloss (7WN).
.LP
Fellbaum, C. (1998), ed.
\fI"WordNet: An Electronic Lexical Database"\fP.
MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.

40
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wnintro.7 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH WNINTRO 7WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "Miscellaneous WordNet\(tm Topics"
.SH NAME
wnintro \- introduction to miscellaneous WordNet information
.SH SYNOPSIS
.LP
\fBmorphy\fP \- discussion of WordNet's morphological processing
.LP
\fBuniqbeg\fP \- unique beginners for noun hierarchies
.LP
\fBwngloss\fP \- glossary of terms used in WordNet
.LP
\fBwngroups\fP \- discussion of WordNet search code to group similar senses
.LP
\fBwnlicens\fP \- text of WordNet license agreement
.LP
\fBwnpkgs\fP \- information about WordNet packages and distribution
.LP
\fBwnstats\fP \- database statistics
.SH DESCRIPTION
This section of the \fIWordNet Reference Manual\fP contains manual pages
that describe various topics related to WordNet and the semantic
concordances, and a glossary of terms.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR wnintro (1WN),
.BR wnintro (3WN),
.BR wnintro (5WN),
.BR morphy (7WN),
.BR uniqbeg (7WN),
.BR wngroups (7WN),
.BR wnlicens (7WN),
.BR wnpkgs (7WN),
.BR wnstats (7WN),
.BR wngloss (7WN).
.LP
Fellbaum, C. (1998), ed.
\fI"WordNet: An Electronic Lexical Database"\fP.
MIT Press, Cambridge, MA.

37
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wnlicens.7 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.TH WNLICENS 7WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm"
.SH NAME
wnlicens \- text of WordNet license
.SH DESCRIPTION
WordNet Release 3.0
This software and database is being provided to you, the LICENSEE, by
Princeton University under the following license. By obtaining, using
and/or copying this software and database, you agree that you have
read, understood, and will comply with these terms and conditions.:
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and
database and its documentation for any purpose and without fee or
royalty is hereby granted, provided that you agree to comply with
the following copyright notice and statements, including the disclaimer,
and that the same appear on ALL copies of the software, database and
documentation, including modifications that you make for internal
use or for distribution.
WordNet 3.0 Copyright 2006 by Princeton University. All rights reserved.
THIS SOFTWARE AND DATABASE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND PRINCETON
UNIVERSITY MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED. BY WAY OF EXAMPLE, BUT NOT LIMITATION, PRINCETON
UNIVERSITY MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF MERCHANT-
ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE
OF THE LICENSED SOFTWARE, DATABASE OR DOCUMENTATION WILL NOT
INFRINGE ANY THIRD PARTY PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR
OTHER RIGHTS.
The name of Princeton University or Princeton may not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
and/or database. Title to copyright in this software, database and
any associated documentation shall at all times remain with
Princeton University and LICENSEE agrees to preserve same.

77
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wnpkgs.7 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.tr ~
.TH WNPKGS 7WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm"
.SH NAME
wnpkgs \- description of various WordNet system packages
.SH DESCRIPTION
WordNet 3.0 is distributed in several formats and in various packages.
All of the packages are available via anonymous FTP from
\fBftp.cogsci.princeton.edu\fP and from the WordNet Web
site at \fBhttp://wordnet.princeton.edu\fP.
.SS "Packages Available Via FTP and WWW"
The following WordNet packages can be downloaded using a web browser
from \fBftp://ftp.cogsci.princeton.edu/wordnet/3.0\fP, or
from the Web site noted above. Users can also FTP directly from
\fBftp.cogsci.princeton.edu\fP, directory \fBwordnet/3.0\fP.
.TS
center box ;
c | c | c | c
lt | l | l | lt.
\fBPackage\fP \fBFilename\fP \fBPlatform\fP \fBDescription\fP
_
.na
Database \fBWordNet-3.0.tar.gz\fP Unix/OS X T{
WordNet 3.0 database, interfaces, sense index, interface
and library source code, documentation.
T}
Database \fBWordNet-3.0.exe\fP Windows T{
WordNet 3.0 database, interfaces, sense index, interface
and library source code, documentation.
T}
Prolog Database \fBWNprolog-3.0.tar.gz\fP All T{
WordNet 3.0 database files in Prolog-readable format, documentation.
T}
Sense Map \fBWNsnsmap-3.0.tar.gz\fP All T{
Mapping of 2.1 to 3.0 senses, documentation.
T}
.TE
.SS "Database Package"
The database package is a complete installation for WordNet 3.0 users.
It includes the 3.0 database files, source code for the WordNet browsers and
library, and documentation. The other packages are not included \-
they must be downloaded and installed separately.
Note that with this version of WordNet for Unix platforms, only source
code is provided. Users should carefully read the README and INSTALL
files for detailed information on compiling WordNet and dependencies.
.SS Prolog Database Package
The WordNet 3.0 database files are available in this package in a
Prolog-readable format. Documentation describing the file format is
included. This package is only downloadable in compressed tar file
format, although once unpackaged it can be used from Windows
systems since the files are in ASCII. Many Windows utilities, such as
WinZip, can deal with a
compressed tar file.
.SS Sense Map Package
To help users automatically convert 2.1 noun and verb senses to their
corresponding 3.0 senses, we provide sense mapping information in
this package. This package contains files to map polysemous and
monosemous words, and documentation that describes the format of these
files. As with the Prolog database, this package is only downloadable
in compressed tar format, but the files are also in ASCII.
.SH NOTES
The lexicographer files and
.BR grind (1WN)
program are not generally distributed.
All of the packages described above may not be available at the time
of release of the 3.0 database package.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR wnintro (1WN),
.BR wnintro (3WN),
.BR wnintro (5WN),
.BR wnintro (7WN).

343
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wnsearch.3 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.TH WNSEARCH 3WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm Library Functions"
.SH NAME
findtheinfo, findtheinfo_ds, is_defined, in_wn, index_lookup, parse_index, getindex, read_synset, parse_synset, free_syns, free_synset, free_index, traceptrs_ds, do_trace
.SH SYNOPSIS
.LP
\fB#include "wn.h"
.LP
\fBchar *findtheinfo(char *searchstr, int pos, int ptr_type, int sense_num);\fP
.LP
\fBSynsetPtr findtheinfo_ds(char *searchstr, int pos, int ptr_type, int sense_num );\fP
.LP
\fBunsigned int is_defined(char *searchstr, int pos);\fP
.LP
\fBunsigned int in_wn(char *searchstr, int pos);\fP
.LP
\fBIndexPtr index_lookup(char *searchstr, int pos);\fP
.LP
\fBIndexPtr parse_index(long offset, int dabase, char *line);\fP
.LP
\fBIndexPtr getindex(char *searchstr, int pos);\fP
.LP
\fBSynsetPtr read_synset(int pos, long synset_offset, char *searchstr);\fP
.LP
\fBSynsetPtr parse_synset(FILE *fp, int pos, char *searchstr);\fP
.LP
\fBvoid free_syns(SynsetPtr synptr);\fP
.LP
\fBvoid free_synset(SynsetPtr synptr);\fP
.LP
\fBvoid free_index(IndexPtr idx);\fP
.LP
\fBSynsetPtr traceptrs_ds(SynsetPtr synptr, int ptr_type, int pos, int depth);\fP
.LP
\fBchar *do_trace(SynsetPtr synptr, int ptr_type, int pos, int depth);\fP
.SH DESCRIPTION
.LP
These functions are used for searching the WordNet database. They
generally fall into several categories: functions for reading and
parsing index file entries; functions for reading and parsing synsets
in data files; functions for tracing pointers and hierarchies;
functions for freeing space occupied by data structures allocated with
.BR malloc (3).
In the following function descriptions, \fIpos\fP is one of the
following:
.RS
.nf
\fB1\fP NOUN
\fB2\fP VERB
\fB3\fP ADJECTIVE
\fB4\fP ADVERB
.fi
.RE
.B findtheinfo(\|)
is the primary search algorithm for use with database interface
applications. Search results are automatically formatted, and a
pointer to the text buffer is returned. All searches listed in
.B WNHOME/include/wn.h
can be done by
.BR findtheinfo(\|) .
.B findtheinfo_ds(\|)
can be used to perform most of the searches, with results returned in
a linked list data structure. This is for use with applications that
need to analyze the search results rather than just display them.
Both functions are passed the same arguments: \fIsearchstr\fP is the
word or collocation to search for; \fIpos\fP indicates the syntactic
category to search in; \fIptr_type\fP is one of the valid search types
for \fIsearchstr\fP in \fIpos\fP. (Available searches can be obtained
by calling
.B is_defined(\|)
described below.) \fIsense_num\fP should be
.SB ALLSENSES
if the search is to be done on all senses of \fIsearchstr\fP in
\fIpos\fP, or a positive integer indicating which sense to search.
\fBfindtheinfo_ds(\|)\fP returns a linked list data structures
representing synsets. Senses are linked through the \fInextss\fP
field of a \fBSynset\fP data structure. For each sense, synsets that
match the search specified with \fIptr_type\fP are linked through the
\fIptrlist\fP field. See
.SB "Synset Navigation",
below, for detailed information on the linked lists returned.
\fBis_defined(\|)\fP sets a bit for each search type that is valid for
\fIsearchstr\fP in \fIpos\fP, and returns the resulting unsigned
integer. Each bit number corresponds to a pointer type constant
defined in \fBWNHOME/include/wn.h\fP. For example, if bit 2 is
set, the
.SB HYPERPTR
search is valid for \fIsearchstr\fP. There are 29 possible searches.
\fBin_wn(\|)\fP is used to find the syntactic categories in the
WordNet database that contain one or more senses of \fIsearchstr\fP.
If \fIpos\fP is
.SB ALL_POS,
all syntactic categories are checked. Otherwise, only the part of
speech passed is checked. An unsigned integer is returned with a bit
set corresponding to each syntactic category containing
\fIsearchstr\fP. The bit number matches the number for the part of
speech. \fB0\fP is returned if \fIsearchstr\fP is not present in
\fIpos\fP.
\fBindex_lookup(\|)\fP finds \fIsearchstr\fP in the index file for
\fIpos\fP and returns a pointer to the parsed entry in an \fBIndex\fP
data structure. \fIsearchstr\fP must exactly match the form of the
word (lower case only, hyphens and underscores in the same places) in
the index file.
.SB NULL
is returned if a match is not found.
\fBparse_index(\|)\fP parses an entry from an index file and returns a
pointer to the parsed entry in an \fBIndex\fP data structure.
Passed the byte \fIoffset\fP and syntactic category, it reads the index
entry at the desired location in the corresponding file. If passed
\fIline\fP, \fIline\fP contains an index file entry and the database
index file is not consulted. However, \fIoffset\fP and \fIdbase\fP
should still be passed so the information can be stored in the
\fBIndex\fP structure.
\fBgetindex(\|)\fP is a "smart" search for \fIsearchstr\fP in the
index file corresponding to \fIpos\fP. It applies to \fIsearchstr\fP
an algorithm that replaces underscores with hyphens, hyphens with
underscores, removes hyphens and underscores, and removes periods in
an attempt to find a form of the string that is an exact match for an
entry in the index file corresponding to \fIpos\fP.
\fBindex_lookup(\|)\fP is called on each transformed string until a
match is found or all the different strings have been tried. It
returns a pointer to the parsed \fBIndex\fP data structure for
\fIsearchstr\fP, or
.SB NULL
if a match is not found.
\fBread_synset(\|)\fP is used to read a synset from a byte offset in a
data file. It performs an \fBfseek\fP(3) to \fIsynset_offset\fP in
the data file corresponding to \fIpos\fP, and calls
\fBparse_synset(\|)\fP to read and parse the synset. A pointer to the
\fBSynset\fP data structure containing the parsed synset is returned.
\fBparse_synset(\|)\fP reads the synset at the current offset in the
file indicated by \fIfp\fP. \fIpos\fP is the syntactic category, and
\fIsearchstr\fP, if not
.SB NULL,
indicates the word in the synset that the caller is interested in. An
attempt is made to match \fIsearchstr\fP to one of the words in the
synset. If an exact match is found, the \fIwhichword\fP field in the
\fBSynset\fP structure is set to that word's number in the synset
(beginning to count from \fB1\fP).
\fBfree_syns(\|)\fP is used to free a linked list of \fBSynset\fP
structures allocated by \fBfindtheinfo_ds(\|)\fP. \fIsynptr\fP is a
pointer to the list to free.
\fBfree_synset(\|)\fP frees the \fBSynset\fP structure pointed to by
\fIsynptr\fP.
\fBfree_index(\|)\fP frees the \fBIndex\fP structure pointed to by
\fIidx\fP.
\fBtraceptrs_ds(\|)\fP is a recursive search algorithm that traces
pointers matching \fIptr_type\fP starting with the synset pointed to
by \fIsynptr\fP. Setting \fIdepth\fP to \fB1\fP when
\fBtraceptrs_ds(\|)\fP is called indicates a recursive search; \fB0\fP
indicates a non-recursive call. \fIsynptr\fP points to the data
structure representing the synset to search for a pointer of type
\fIptr_type\fP. When a pointer type match is found, the synset
pointed to is read is linked onto the \fInextss\fP chain. Levels of
the tree generated by a recursive search are linked via the
\fIptrlist\fP field structure until
.SB NULL
is found, indicating the top (or bottom) of the tree. This function
is usually called from \fBfindtheinfo_ds(\|)\fP for each sense of the
word. See
.SB "Synset Navigation",
below, for detailed information on the linked lists returned.
\fBdo_trace(\|)\fP performs the search indicated by \fIptr_type\fP on
synset \fPsynptr\fP in syntactic category \fIpos\fP. \fIdepth\fP is
defined as above. \fBdo_trace(\|)\fP returns the search results
formatted in a text buffer.
.SS Synset Navigation
Since the \fBSynset\fP structure is used to represent the synsets for
both word senses and pointers, the \fIptrlist\fP and \fInextss\fP
fields have different meanings depending on whether the structure is a
word sense or pointer. This can make navigation through the lists
returned by \fBfindtheinfo_ds(\|)\fP confusing.
Navigation through the returned list involves the following:
Following the \fInextss\fP chain from the synset returned moves
through the various senses of \fIsearchstr\fP.
.SB NULL
indicates that end of the chain of senses.
Following the \fIptrlist\fP chain from a \fBSynset\fP structure
representing a sense traces the hierarchy of the search results for
that sense. Subsequent links in the \fIptrlist\fP chain indicate the
next level (up or down, depending on the search) in the hierarchy.
.SB NULL
indicates the end of the chain of search result synsets.
If a synset pointed to by \fIptrlist\fP has a value in the
\fInextss\fP field, it represents another pointer of the same type at
that level in the hierarchy. For example, some noun synsets have two
hypernyms. Following this \fInextss\fP pointer, and then the
\fIptrlist\fP chain from the \fBSynset\fP structure pointed to, traces
another, parallel, hierarchy, until the end is indicated by
.SB NULL
on that \fIptrlist\fP chain. So, a \fBsynset\fP representing a
pointer (versus a sense of \fIsearchstr\fP) having a non-NULL
value in \fInextss\fP has another chain of search results linked
through the \fIptrlist\fP chain of the synset pointed to by
\fInextss\fP.
If \fIsearchstr\fP contains more than one base form in WordNet (as in
the noun \fBaxes\fP, which has base forms \fBaxe\fP and \fBaxis\fP),
synsets representing the search results for each base form are linked
through the \fInextform\fP pointer of the \fBSynset\fP structure.
.SS WordNet Searches
There is no extensive description of what each search type is or the
results returned. Using the WordNet interface, examining the source
code, and reading
.BR wndb (5WN)
are the best ways to see what types of searches are available and the
data returned for each.
Listed below are the valid searches
that can be passed as \fIptr_type\fP
to \fBfindtheinfo(\|)\fP. Passing a negative value (when applicable)
causes a recursive, hierarchical search by setting \fIdepth\fP to
\fB1\fP when \fBtraceptrs(\|)\fP is called.
.bp
.TS
center box ;
l | c | c | l
l | c | c | l
l | c | c | l .
\fBptr_type\fP \fBValue\fP \fBPointer\fP \fBSearch\fP
\fBSymbol\fP
_
ANTPTR 1 ! Antonyms
HYPERPTR 2 @ Hypernyms
HYPOPTR 3 \(ap Hyponyms
ENTAILPTR 4 * Entailment
SIMPTR 5 & Similar
ISMEMBERPTR 6 #m Member meronym
ISSTUFFPTR 7 #s Substance meronym
ISPARTPTR 8 #p Part meronym
HASMEMBERPTR 9 %m Member holonym
HASSTUFFPTR 10 %s Substance holonym
HASPARTPTR 11 %p Part holonym
MERONYM 12 % All meronyms
HOLONYM 13 # All holonyms
CAUSETO 14 > Cause
PPLPTR 15 < Participle of verb
SEEALSOPTR 16 ^ Also see
PERTPTR 17 \e Pertains to noun or derived from adjective
ATTRIBUTE 18 \\= Attribute
VERBGROUP 19 $ Verb group
DERIVATION 20 + Derivationally related form
CLASSIFICATION 21 ; Domain of synset
CLASS 22 - Member of this domain
SYNS 23 \fIn/a\fP Find synonyms
FREQ 24 \fIn/a\fP Polysemy
FRAMES 25 \fIn/a\fP Verb example sentences and generic frames
COORDS 26 \fIn/a\fP Noun coordinates
RELATIVES 27 \fIn/a\fP Group related senses
HMERONYM 28 \fIn/a\fP Hierarchical meronym search
HHOLONYM 29 \fIn/a\fP Hierarchical holonym search
WNGREP 30 \fIn/a\fP Find keywords by substring
OVERVIEW 31 \fIn/a\fP Show all synsets for word
CLASSIF_CATEGORY 32 ;c Show domain topic
CLASSIF_USAGE 33 ;u Show domain usage
CLASSIF_REGIONAL 34 ;r Show domain region
CLASS_CATEGORY 35 -c Show domain terms for topic
CLASS_USAGE 36 -u Show domain terms for usage
CLASS_REGIONAL 37 -r Show domain terms for region
INSTANCE 38 @i Instance of
INSTANCES 39 \(api Show instances
.TE
\fBfindtheinfo_ds(\|)\fP cannot perform the following searches:
.RS
.nf
SEEALSOPTR
PERTPTR
VERBGROUP
FREQ
FRAMES
RELATIVES
WNGREP
OVERVIEW
.fi
.RE
.SH NOTES
Applications that use WordNet and/or the morphological functions
must call \fBwninit(\|)\fP at the start of the program. See
.BR wnutil (3WN)
for more information.
In all function calls, \fIsearchstr\fP may be either a word or a
collocation formed by joining individual words with underscore
characters (\fB_\fP).
The \fBSearchResults\fP structure defines fields in the
\fIwnresults\fP global variable that are set by the various search
functions. This is a way to get additional information, such as the
number of senses the word has, from the search functions.
The \fIsearchds\fP field is set by \fBfindtheinfo_ds(\|)\fP.
The \fIpos\fP passed to \fBtraceptrs_ds(\|)\fP is not used.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR wn (1WN),
.BR wnb (1WN),
.BR wnintro (3WN),
.BR binsrch (3WN),
.BR malloc (3),
.BR morph (3WN),
.BR wnutil (3WN),
.BR wnintro (5WN).
.SH WARNINGS
\fBparse_synset(\|)\fP must find an exact match between the
\fIsearchstr\fP passed and a word in the synset to set
\fIwhichword\fP. No attempt is made to translate hyphens and
underscores, as is done in \fBgetindex(\|)\fP.
The WordNet database and exception list files must be opened with
\fBwninit\fP prior to using any of the searching functions.
A large search may cause \fBfindtheinfo(\|)\fP to run out of buffer
space. The maximum buffer size is determined by computer platform.
If the buffer size is exceeded the following message is printed in the
output buffer: \fB"Search too large. Narrow search and try
again..."\fP.
Passing an invalid \fIpos\fP will probably result in a core dump.

65
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wnstats.7 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.TH WNSTATS 7WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm"
.SH NAME
wnstats \- WordNet 3.0 database statistics
.SH DESCRIPTION
.SS Number of words, synsets, and senses
.TS
center box tab(/);
c | c | c | c
c | c | c | c
l | r | r | r.
\fBPOS\fP/\fBUnique\fP/\fBSynsets\fP/\fBTotal\fP
/\fBStrings\fP//\fBWord-Sense Pairs\fP/
_
Noun/117798/82115/146312
Verb/11529/13767/25047
Adjective/21479/18156/30002
Adverb/4481/3621/5580
=
Totals/155287/117659/206941
.TE
.SS Polysemy information
.TS
center box tab(/);
c | c | c | c
c | c | c | c
l | r | r | r.
\fBPOS\fP/\fBMonosemous\fP/\fBPolysemous\fP/\fBPolysemous\fP
/\fBWords and Senses\fP/\fBWords\fP/\fBSenses\fP
_
Noun/101863/15935/44449
Verb/6277/5252/18770
Adjective/16503/4976/14399
Adverb/3748/733/1832
=
Totals/128391/26896/79450
.TE
.TS
center box tab(/);
c | c | c
c | c | c
l | r | r.
\fBPOS\fP/\fBAverage Polysemy\fP/\fBAverage Polysemy\fP
/\fBIncluding Monosemous Words\fP/\fBExcluding Monosemous Words\fP
_
Noun/1.24/2.79
Verb/2.17/3.57
Adjective/1.40/2.71
Adverb/1.25/2.50
.TE
.SH NOTES
Statistics for all types of adjectives and adjective satellites are
combined.
The total of all unique noun, verb, adjective, and adverb strings is
actually 147278.
However, many strings are unique within a
syntactic category, but are in more than one syntactic category. The
figures in the table represent the unique strings in each syntactic category.

177
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/man/wnutil.3 Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
'\" t
.\" $Id$
.TH WNUTIL 3WN "Dec 2006" "WordNet 3.0" "WordNet\(tm Library Functions"
.SH NAME
wninit, re_wninit, cntwords, strtolower, ToLowerCase, strsubst,
getptrtype, getpos, getsstype, StrToPos, GetSynsetForSense,
GetDataOffset, GetPolyCount, WNSnsToStr,
GetValidIndexPointer, GetWNSense, GetSenseIndex, default_display_message
.SH SYNOPSIS
.LP
\fB#include "wn.h"\fP
.LP
\fBint wninit(void);\fP
.LP
\fBint re_wninit(void);\fP
.LP
\fBint cntwords(char *str, char separator);\fP
.LP
\fBchar *strtolower(char *str);\fP
.LP
\fBchar *ToLowerCase(char *str);\fP
.LP
\fBchar *strsubst(char *str, char from, char to);\fP
.LP
\fBint getptrtype(char *ptr_symbol);\fP
.LP
\fBint getpos(char *ss_type);\fP
.LP
\fBint getsstype(char *ss_type);\fP
.LP
\fBint StrToPos(char \**pos);\fP
.LP
\fBSynsetPtr GetSynsetForSense(char *sense_key);\fP
.LP
\fBlong GetDataOffset(char *sense_key);\fP
.LP
\fBint GetPolyCount(char *sense_key);\fP
.LP
\fBchar *WNSnsToStr(IndexPtr idx, int sense_num);\fP
.LP
\fBIndexPtr GetValidIndexPointer(char *str, int pos);\fP
.LP
\fBint GetWNSense(char *lemma, *lex_sense);\fP
.LP
\fBSnsIndexPtr GetSenseIndex(char *sense_key);\fP
.LP
\fBint GetTagcnt(IndexPtr idx, int sense);\fP
.LP
\fBint default_display_message(char *msg);\fP
.SH DESCRIPTION
.LP
The WordNet library contains many utility functions used by the
interface code, other library functions, and various applications and
tools. Only those of importance to the WordNet search code, or which
are generally useful are described here.
.B wninit(\|)
opens the files necessary for using WordNet with the WordNet library
functions. The database files are opened, and
.B morphinit(\|)
is called to open the exception list files. Returns \fB0\fP if
successful, \fB-1\fP otherwise. The database and exception list files
must be open before the WordNet search and morphology functions are
used. If the database is successfully opened, the global variable
\fBOpenDB\fP is set to \fB1\fP. Note that it is possible for the
database files to be opened (\fBOpenDB == 1\fP), but not the exception
list files.
.B re_wninit(\|)
is used to close the database files and reopen them, and is used
exclusively for WordNet development.
.B re_morphinit(\|)
is called to close and reopen the exception list files. Return codes
are as described above.
.B cntwords(\|)
counts the number of underscore or space separated words in \fIstr\fP.
A hyphen is passed in \fIseparator\fP if is is to be considered a
word delimiter. Otherwise \fIseparator\fP can be any other
character, or an underscore if another character is not desired.
.B strtolower(\|)
converts \fIstr\fP to lower case and removes a trailing adjective
marker, if present. \fIstr\fP is actually modified by this function,
and a pointer to the modified string is returned.
.B ToLowerCase(\|)
converts \fIstr\fP to lower case as above, without removing an
adjective marker.
.B strsubst(\|)
replaces all occurrences of \fIfrom\fP with \fIto\fP in \fIstr\fP and
returns resulting string.
.B getptrtype(\|)
returns the integer \fIptr_type\fP corresponding to the pointer
character passed in \fIptr_symbol\fP. See
.BR wnsearch (3WN)
for a table of pointer symbols and types.
.B getpos(\|)
returns the integer constant corresponding to the synset type passed.
\fIss_type\fP may be one of the following: \fBn, v, a, r, s\fP. If
\fBs\fP is passed,
.SB ADJ
is returned. Exits with \fB-1\fP if \fIss_type\fP is invalid.
.B getsstype(\|)
works like \fBgetpos(\|)\fP, but returns
.SB SATELLITE
if \fIss_type\fP is \fBs\fP.
.B StrToPos(\|)
returns the integer constant corresponding to the syntactic category
passed in \fIpos\fP. \fIstring\fP must be one of the following:
\fBnoun, verb, adj, adv\fP. \fB-1\fP is returned if \fIpos\fP is
invalid.
.B GetSynsetForSense(\|)
returns the synset that contains the word sense \fIsense_key\fP and
.SB NULL
in case of error.
.B GetDataOffset(\|)
returns the synset offset for synset that contains the word sense
\fIsense_key\fP, and \fB0\fP if \fIsense_key\fP is not in sense index
file.
.B GetPolyCount(\|)
returns the polysemy count (number of senses in WordNet) for
\fIlemma\fP encoded in \fIsense_key\fP and \fB0\fP if word is not
found.
.B WNSnsToStr(\|)
returns sense key encoding for \fIsense_num\fP entry in \fIidx\fP.
.B GetValidIndexPointer(\|)
returns the Index structure for \fIword\fP in \fIpos\fP. Calls
.BR morphstr (3WN)
to find a valid base form if \fIword\fP is inflected.
.B GetWNSense(\|)
returns the WordNet sense number for the sense key encoding
represented by \fIlemma\fP and \fIlex_sense\fP.
.B GetSenseIndex(\|)
returns parsed sense index entry for \fIsense_key\fP and
.SB NULL
if \fIsense_key\fP is not in sense index.
.B GetTagcnt(\|)
returns the number of times the sense passed has been tagged according
to the \fIcntlist\fP file.
.B default_display_message(\|)
simply returns \fB-1\fP. This is the default value for the global
variable \fBdisplay_message\fP, that points to a function to call to
display an error message. In general, applications (including the
WordNet interfaces) define an application specific function and set
\fBdisplay_message\fP to point to it.
.SH NOTES
\fBinclude/wn.h\fP lists all the pointer and search
types and their corresponding constant values. There is no
description of what each search type is or the results returned.
Using the WordNet interface is the best way to see what types of
searches are available, and the data returned for each.
.SH SEE ALSO
.BR wnintro (3WN),
.BR wnsearch (3WN),
.BR morph (3WN),
.BR wnintro (5WN),
.BR wnintro (7WN).
.SH WARNINGS
Error checking on passed arguments is not rigorous. Passing
.SB NULL
pointers or invalid values will often cause an application to die.

313
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/pdf/Makefile Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9 from Makefile.am.
# doc/pdf/Makefile. Generated from Makefile.in by configure.
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
srcdir = .
top_srcdir = ../..
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/WordNet
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/WordNet
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/WordNet
top_builddir = ../..
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = /usr/csl/bin/install -c
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
subdir = doc/pdf
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)"
pdfDATA_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_DATA)
DATA = $(pdf_DATA)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run aclocal-1.9
AMDEP_FALSE = #
AMDEP_TRUE =
AMTAR = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run tar
AUTOCONF = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run autoconf
AUTOHEADER = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run autoheader
AUTOMAKE = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run automake-1.9
AWK = nawk
CC = gcc
CCDEPMODE = depmode=gcc3
CFLAGS = -g -O2
CPP = gcc -E
CPPFLAGS =
CYGPATH_W = echo
DEFS = -DHAVE_CONFIG_H
DEPDIR = .deps
ECHO_C =
ECHO_N = -n
ECHO_T =
EGREP = egrep
EXEEXT =
INSTALL_DATA = ${INSTALL} -m 644
INSTALL_PROGRAM = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_SCRIPT = ${INSTALL}
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = ${SHELL} $(install_sh) -c -s
LDFLAGS =
LIBOBJS =
LIBS =
LTLIBOBJS =
MAKEINFO = ${SHELL} /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/missing --run makeinfo
OBJEXT = o
PACKAGE = WordNet
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = wordnet@princeton.edu
PACKAGE_NAME = WordNet
PACKAGE_STRING = WordNet 3.0
PACKAGE_TARNAME = wordnet
PACKAGE_VERSION = 3.0
PATH_SEPARATOR = :
RANLIB = ranlib
SET_MAKE =
SHELL = /bin/bash
STRIP =
TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC = -I/usr/csl/include
TCL_LIB_SPEC = -L/usr/csl/lib -ltcl8.4
TK_LIBS = -L/usr/openwin/lib -lX11 -ldl -lpthread -lsocket -lnsl -lm
TK_LIB_SPEC = -L/usr/csl/lib -ltk8.4
TK_PREFIX = /usr/csl
TK_XINCLUDES = -I/usr/openwin/include
VERSION = 3.0
ac_ct_CC = gcc
ac_ct_RANLIB = ranlib
ac_ct_STRIP =
ac_prefix = /usr/local/WordNet-3.0
am__fastdepCC_FALSE = #
am__fastdepCC_TRUE =
am__include = include
am__leading_dot = .
am__quote =
am__tar = ${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"
am__untar = ${AMTAR} xf -
bindir = ${exec_prefix}/bin
build_alias =
datadir = ${prefix}/share
exec_prefix = ${prefix}
host_alias =
includedir = ${prefix}/include
infodir = ${prefix}/info
install_sh = /people/wn/src/Release/3.0/Unix/install-sh
libdir = ${exec_prefix}/lib
libexecdir = ${exec_prefix}/libexec
localstatedir = ${prefix}/var
mandir = ${prefix}/man
mkdir_p = $(install_sh) -d
oldincludedir = /usr/include
prefix = /usr/local/WordNet-3.0
program_transform_name = s,x,x,
sbindir = ${exec_prefix}/sbin
sharedstatedir = ${prefix}/com
sysconfdir = ${prefix}/etc
target_alias =
pdfdir = $(prefix)/doc/pdf
pdf_DATA = binsrch.3.pdf cntlist.5.pdf grind.1.pdf lexnames.5.pdf morph.3.pdf morphy.7.pdf senseidx.5.pdf uniqbeg.7.pdf wn.1.pdf wnb.1.pdf wndb.5.pdf wngloss.7.pdf wngroups.7.pdf wninput.5.pdf wnintro.1.pdf wnintro.3.pdf wnintro.5.pdf wnintro.7.pdf wnlicens.7.pdf wnpkgs.7.pdf wnsearch.3.pdf wnstats.7.pdf wnutil.3.pdf
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/pdf/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/pdf/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
uninstall-info-am:
install-pdfDATA: $(pdf_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(pdfdir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)"
@list='$(pdf_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " $(pdfDATA_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f'"; \
$(pdfDATA_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f"; \
done
uninstall-pdfDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(pdf_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f"; \
done
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
case $$file in \
$(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
$(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
esac; \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
fi; \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(DATA)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am: install-pdfDATA
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-pdfDATA
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-pdfDATA install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall \
uninstall-am uninstall-info-am uninstall-pdfDATA
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

2
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/pdf/Makefile.am Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
pdfdir=$(prefix)/doc/pdf
pdf_DATA =binsrch.3.pdf cntlist.5.pdf grind.1.pdf lexnames.5.pdf morph.3.pdf morphy.7.pdf senseidx.5.pdf uniqbeg.7.pdf wn.1.pdf wnb.1.pdf wndb.5.pdf wngloss.7.pdf wngroups.7.pdf wninput.5.pdf wnintro.1.pdf wnintro.3.pdf wnintro.5.pdf wnintro.7.pdf wnlicens.7.pdf wnpkgs.7.pdf wnsearch.3.pdf wnstats.7.pdf wnutil.3.pdf

313
corpora/en/wordnet/doc/pdf/Makefile.in Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.9 from Makefile.am.
# @configure_input@
# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
# 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
@SET_MAKE@
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
VPATH = @srcdir@
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
top_builddir = ../..
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
transform = $(program_transform_name)
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
PRE_INSTALL = :
POST_INSTALL = :
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
POST_UNINSTALL = :
subdir = doc/pdf
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(srcdir)/Makefile.in
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/acinclude.m4 \
$(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
SOURCES =
DIST_SOURCES =
am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
$(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
*) f=$$p;; \
esac;
am__strip_dir = `echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)"
pdfDATA_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_DATA)
DATA = $(pdf_DATA)
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
AMDEP_FALSE = @AMDEP_FALSE@
AMDEP_TRUE = @AMDEP_TRUE@
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
AWK = @AWK@
CC = @CC@
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
CPP = @CPP@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
DEFS = @DEFS@
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
EGREP = @EGREP@
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
LIBS = @LIBS@
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
SHELL = @SHELL@
STRIP = @STRIP@
TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC = @TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC@
TCL_LIB_SPEC = @TCL_LIB_SPEC@
TK_LIBS = @TK_LIBS@
TK_LIB_SPEC = @TK_LIB_SPEC@
TK_PREFIX = @TK_PREFIX@
TK_XINCLUDES = @TK_XINCLUDES@
VERSION = @VERSION@
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
ac_ct_RANLIB = @ac_ct_RANLIB@
ac_ct_STRIP = @ac_ct_STRIP@
ac_prefix = @ac_prefix@
am__fastdepCC_FALSE = @am__fastdepCC_FALSE@
am__fastdepCC_TRUE = @am__fastdepCC_TRUE@
am__include = @am__include@
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
am__quote = @am__quote@
am__tar = @am__tar@
am__untar = @am__untar@
bindir = @bindir@
build_alias = @build_alias@
datadir = @datadir@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
host_alias = @host_alias@
includedir = @includedir@
infodir = @infodir@
install_sh = @install_sh@
libdir = @libdir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
mandir = @mandir@
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
prefix = @prefix@
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
sbindir = @sbindir@
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
target_alias = @target_alias@
pdfdir = $(prefix)/doc/pdf
pdf_DATA = binsrch.3.pdf cntlist.5.pdf grind.1.pdf lexnames.5.pdf morph.3.pdf morphy.7.pdf senseidx.5.pdf uniqbeg.7.pdf wn.1.pdf wnb.1.pdf wndb.5.pdf wngloss.7.pdf wngroups.7.pdf wninput.5.pdf wnintro.1.pdf wnintro.3.pdf wnintro.5.pdf wnintro.7.pdf wnlicens.7.pdf wnpkgs.7.pdf wnsearch.3.pdf wnstats.7.pdf wnutil.3.pdf
all: all-am
.SUFFIXES:
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
@for dep in $?; do \
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
*$$dep*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh \
&& exit 0; \
exit 1;; \
esac; \
done; \
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/pdf/Makefile'; \
cd $(top_srcdir) && \
$(AUTOMAKE) --gnu doc/pdf/Makefile
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
@case '$?' in \
*config.status*) \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
*) \
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
esac;
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
uninstall-info-am:
install-pdfDATA: $(pdf_DATA)
@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
test -z "$(pdfdir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)"
@list='$(pdf_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " $(pdfDATA_INSTALL) '$$d$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f'"; \
$(pdfDATA_INSTALL) "$$d$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f"; \
done
uninstall-pdfDATA:
@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
@list='$(pdf_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
f=$(am__strip_dir) \
echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f'"; \
rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f"; \
done
tags: TAGS
TAGS:
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS:
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
list='$(DISTFILES)'; for file in $$list; do \
case $$file in \
$(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
$(top_srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|"`;; \
esac; \
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
dir="/$$dir"; \
$(mkdir_p) "$(distdir)$$dir"; \
else \
dir=''; \
fi; \
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
cp -pR $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
fi; \
cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir)$$dir || exit 1; \
else \
test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
|| cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
|| exit 1; \
fi; \
done
check-am: all-am
check: check-am
all-am: Makefile $(DATA)
installdirs:
for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)"; do \
test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \
done
install: install-am
install-exec: install-exec-am
install-data: install-data-am
uninstall: uninstall-am
install-am: all-am
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
installcheck: installcheck-am
install-strip:
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
`test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
mostlyclean-generic:
clean-generic:
distclean-generic:
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
maintainer-clean-generic:
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
clean: clean-am
clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am
distclean: distclean-am
-rm -f Makefile
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
dvi: dvi-am
dvi-am:
html: html-am
info: info-am
info-am:
install-data-am: install-pdfDATA
install-exec-am:
install-info: install-info-am
install-man:
installcheck-am:
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
-rm -f Makefile
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic
pdf: pdf-am
pdf-am:
ps: ps-am
ps-am:
uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am uninstall-pdfDATA
.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic distclean \
distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
install install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
install-pdfDATA install-strip installcheck installcheck-am \
installdirs maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic \
mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall \
uninstall-am uninstall-info-am uninstall-pdfDATA
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More